Compounds, compositions and methods useful for cholesterol mobilization

ABSTRACT

The invention relates to classes of pharmaceutically-active heterocyclic compounds and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and hydrates thereof, and compositions comprising the same. The invention also relates to methods for treating or preventing a disease or disorder, which comprises administering a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount a compound described herein.

This application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No.61/394,136, filed Oct. 18, 2010, and U.S. Provisional Application No.61/444,212, filed Feb. 18, 2011, the disclosure of each of which arehereby incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.

FIELD OF THE INVENTION

The invention provides compounds, compositions, and methods of treatmentor prevention of abnormal conditions in a subject.

BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION

Cholesterol circulating in the human body is carried by plasmalipoproteins, which are particles of complex lipid and proteincomposition that transport lipids in the blood. Two types of plasmalipoproteins that carry cholesterol are low density lipoproteins (“LDL”)and high density lipoproteins (“HDL”). LDL particles are believed to beresponsible for the delivery of cholesterol from the liver (where it issynthesized or obtained from dietary sources) to extrahepatic tissues inthe body. HDL particles, on the other hand, are believed to aid in thetransport of cholesterol from the extrahepatic tissues to the liver,where the cholesterol is catabolized and eliminated. Such transport ofcholesterol from the extrahepatic tissues to the liver is referred to as“reverse cholesterol transport.”

The reverse cholesterol transport (“RCT”) pathway has three main steps:(i) cholesterol efflux, i.e., the initial removal of cholesterol fromvarious pools of peripheral cells; (ii) cholesterol esterification bythe action of lecithin:cholesterol acyltransferase (“LCAT”), therebypreventing a re-entry of effluxed cholesterol into cells; and (iii)uptake of the cholesteryl ester by HDL and delivery of theHDL-cholesteryl ester complex to liver cells.

The RCT pathway is mediated by HDL particles. A pathway in the liverinvolving F1-ATPase and the P2Y13 receptor (Martinez et al. 2003 Nature421; 75-79) that regulates HDL-cholesterol removal was recentlydescribed. The presence of a nucleotidase activity of F1-ATPase subunitat the cell surface of hepatocytes, allowing the hydrolysis of ATP toADP, which in turn stimulates the P2Y13 receptor activities resulting inthe uptake of the HDL by the cells was recently described. (Jacquet etal. 2005 Cell Mol Life Sci 62; 2508-2515). More recently, Fabre et al(Fabre et al. Hepatology 52; 1477-1483) confirmed the relationshipbetween P2Y13r and the reverse cholesterol transport in mice.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

In one embodiment, the invention provides compounds of the followingFormula (I)

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein

each of R¹, R², and R³ is independently H, —OH, —NH₂, —NH(alkyl),—N(alkyl)(alkyl), hydrocarbyl, —O-hydrocarbyl, aryl, —O-aryl, aralkyl,—O-aralykl, heteroaryl, —O-heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —O-heterocyclyl,halo, —OCF₃, —C(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)(alkyl), —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NH(alkyl),—C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —NHC(O)(alkyl), N(alkyl)C(O)(alkyl),—OC(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)NH₂, —OC(O)NH(alkyl), —OC(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl),—CHNH, —CHN(alkyl), or —SO₂NH₂;

R⁴ is —H, —OH, —COOH, —NH₂, —NH(alkyl), —N(alkyl)(alkyl), -hydrocarbyl,—O— hydrocarbyl, -aryl, —O-aryl, -aralkyl, —O-aralkyl, -heteroaryl,—O-heteroaryl, -heterocyclyl, —O-heterocyclyl, -halo, —C(O)O(alkyl),—OC(O)(alkyl), —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NH(alkyl), —C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl),—NHC(O)(alkyl), N(alkyl)C(O)(alkyl), —OC(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)NH₂,—OC(O)NH(alkyl), or —OC(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl);

Z¹ is CH₂, S, O, NH, N-hydrocarbyl, N-aryl, N-heteroaryl, orN-heterocyclyl;

Z² is CH or N; and

n is an integer from 1-6.

In another embodiment, the invention provides compounds of the followingFormula (II)

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein

each R⁹ is independently —H, -hydrocarbyl, -aryl, -aralkyl, -heteroaryl,-heterocyclyl, —C(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)(alkyl), —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NH(alkyl),—C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —NHC(O)(alkyl), N(alkyl)C(O)(alkyl), or —SO₂NH₂;

each R¹⁰ is independently —H, —OH, —NH₂, —NH(alkyl), —N(alkyl)(alkyl),hydrocarbyl, —O-alkyl, —O-alkenyl, aryl, —O-aryl, aralkyl, —O-aralykl,heteroaryl, —O— heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —O-heterocyclyl, halo, —OCF₃,—C(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)(alkyl), —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NH(alkyl),—C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), NHC(O)(C₂-C₁₀-alkyl), N(alkyl)C(O)(alkyl),—OC(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)NH₂, —OC(O)NH(alkyl), —OC(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl),—CHNH, —CHN(alkyl), or —SO₂NH₂;

each of Q¹, Q², and Q³ is independently CR¹⁰ or N;

X is CHR¹⁰, S, O, or NR⁹; and

each m is independently an integer from 0-3.

In another embodiment, the invention provides compounds of the followingFormula III:

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein

each of R¹, R², and R³ is independently H, —OH, —NH₂, —NH(alkyl),—N(alkyl)(alkyl), hydrocarbyl, —O-hydrocarbyl, aryl, —O-aryl, aralkyl,—O-aralykl, heteroaryl, —O-heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —O-heterocyclyl,halo, —OCF₃, —C(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)(alkyl), —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NH(alkyl),—C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —NHC(O)(alkyl), N(alkyl)C(O)(alkyl),—OC(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)NH₂, —OC(O)NH(alkyl), —OC(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl),—CHNH, —CHN(alkyl), or —SO₂NH₂;

R⁵ is —H, —OH, —NH₂, —NH(alkyl), —N(alkyl)(alkyl), hydrocarbyl,—O-hydrocarbyl, aryl, —O-aryl, aralkyl, —O-aralkyl, heteroaryl,—O-heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, or —O— heterocyclyl;

Z¹ is CH₂, S, O, NH, N-hydrocarbyl, N-aryl, N-heteroaryl, orN-heterocyclyl;

Z² is CH or N; and

n is an integer from 1-6.

In another embodiment, the invention provides compounds of the followingFormula IV:

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein

R¹ is H, —OH, —NH₂, —NH(alkyl), —N(alkyl)(alkyl), hydrocarbyl,—O-hydrocarbyl, aryl, —O-aryl, aralkyl, —O-aralykl, heteroaryl,—O-heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —O-heterocyclyl, halo, —OCF₃,—C(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)(alkyl), —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NH(alkyl),—C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —NHC(O)(alkyl), N(alkyl)C(O)(alkyl),—OC(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)NH₂, —OC(O)NH(alkyl), —OC(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl),—CHNH, —CHN(alkyl), or —SO₂NH₂;

Z¹ is CH₂, S, O, NH, N-hydrocarbyl, N-aryl, N-heteroaryl, orN-heterocyclyl; and

Z² is CH or N.

In another embodiment, the invention provides compounds of the followingFormula V:

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein

each of R¹, R², and R³ is independently H, —OH, —NH₂, —NH(alkyl),—N(alkyl)(alkyl), hydrocarbyl, —O-hydrocarbyl, aryl, —O-aryl, aralkyl,—O-aralykl, heteroaryl, —O-heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —O-heterocyclyl,halo, OCF₃, —C(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)(alkyl), —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NH(alkyl),—C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —NHC(O)(alkyl), N(alkyl)C(O)(alkyl),—OC(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)NH₂, —OC(O)NH(alkyl), —OC(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl),—CHNH, —CHN(alkyl), or —SO₂NH₂;

R⁴ is —H, —OH, —COOH, —NH₂, —NH(alkyl), —N(alkyl)(alkyl), hydrocarbyl,—O— hydrocarbyl, aryl, —O-aryl, aralkyl, —O-aralkyl, heteroaryl,—O-heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —O-heterocyclyl, halo, —C(O)O(alkyl),—OC(O)(alkyl), —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NH(alkyl), —C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl),—NHC(O)(alkyl), N(alkyl)C(O)(alkyl), —OC(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)NH₂,—OC(O)NH(alkyl), or —OC(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl;

R⁶ is —H, —OH, —SH, —S-hydrocarbyl, —COOH, —NH₂, —NH(alkyl),—N(alkyl)(alkyl), hydrocarbyl, —O-hydrocarbyl, aryl, —O-aryl, aralkyl,—O-aralkyl, heteroaryl, —O-heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —O-heterocyclyl,halo, —C(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)(alkyl), —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NH(alkyl),—C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —NHC(O)(alkyl), N(alkyl)C(O)(alkyl),—OC(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)NH₂, —OC(O)NH(alkyl), or —OC(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl);

R⁷ is H, hydrocarbyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl;

Z² is CH or N; and

n is an integer from 1-6.

In one embodiment, the invention provides compounds of the followingFormula VI:

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein

R¹, is H, —OH, —NH₂, —NH(alkyl), —N(alkyl)(alkyl), hydrocarbyl,—O-hydrocarbyl, aryl, —O-aryl, aralkyl, —O-aralykl, heteroaryl,—O-heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —O-heterocyclyl, halo, —OCF₃,—C(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)(alkyl), —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NH(alkyl),—C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —NHC(O)(alkyl), N(alkyl)C(O)(alkyl),—OC(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)NH₂, —OC(O)NH(alkyl), —OC(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl),—CHNH, —CHN(alkyl), or —SO₂NH₂;

R⁵ is —H, —OH, —NH₂, —NH(alkyl), —N(alkyl)(alkyl), hydrocarbyl,—O-hydrocarbyl, aryl, —O-aryl, aralkyl, —O-aralkyl, heteroaryl,—O-heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —O-heterocyclyl, or halo;

R⁶ is —H, —OH, —SH, —S-hydrocarbyl, —COOH, —NH₂, —NH(alkyl),—N(alkyl)(alkyl), hydrocarbyl, —O-hydrocarbyl, aryl, —O-aryl, aralkyl,—O-aralkyl, heteroaryl, —O-heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —O-heterocyclyl,halo, —C(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)(alkyl), —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NH(alkyl),—C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —NHC(O)(alkyl), N(alkyl)C(O)(alkyl),—OC(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)NH₂, —OC(O)NH(alkyl), or —OC(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl);

R⁷ is H, hydrocarbyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; and

Z² is CH or N.

In one embodiment, the invention provides compounds of the followingFormula VII:

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein

each of R^(1a), R^(1b), and R^(1c) is independently —H, —OH, —NH₂,—NH(alkyl), —N(alkyl)(alkyl), hydrocarbyl, —O-hydrocarbyl, aryl,—O-aryl, aralkyl, —O-aralykl, heteroaryl, —O-heteroaryl, heterocyclyl,—O-heterocyclyl, halo, —OCF₃, —C(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)(alkyl), —C(O)NH₂,—C(O)NH(alkyl), —C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —NHC(O)(alkyl),N(alkyl)C(O)(alkyl), —OC(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)NH₂, —OC(O)NH(alkyl),—OC(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —CHNH, —CHN(alkyl), or —SO₂NH₂;

each X is independently CHR¹⁰, S, O, or NR⁹;

-   -   each R⁹ is independently H, hydrocarbyl, aryl, aralkyl,        heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —C(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)(alkyl),        —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NH(alkyl), —C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —NHC(O)(alkyl),        N(alkyl)C(O)(alkyl), or —SO₂NH₂;

each R¹⁰ is independently —H, —OH, —NH₂, —NH(alkyl), —N(alkyl)(alkyl),hydrocarbyl, —O-hydrocarbyl, aryl, —O-aryl, aralkyl, —O-aralykl,heteroaryl, —O-heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —O-heterocyclyl, halo, —OCF₃,—C(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)(alkyl), —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NH(alkyl),—C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —NHC(O)(alkyl), N(alkyl)C(O)(alkyl),—OC(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)NH₂, —OC(O)NH(alkyl), —OC(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl),—CHNH, —CHN(alkyl), or —SO₂NH₂; and

m is an integer from 0-3.

In another embodiment, the invention provides compounds of the followingFormula VIII:

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein

R¹ is —H, —OH, —NH₂, —NH(alkyl), —N(alkyl)(alkyl), hydrocarbyl,—O-hydrocarbyl, aryl, —O-aryl, aralkyl, —O-aralykl, heteroaryl,—O-heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —O-heterocyclyl, halo, —OCF₃,—C(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)(alkyl), —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NH(alkyl),—C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —NHC(O)(alkyl), N(alkyl)C(O)(alkyl),—OC(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)NH₂, —OC(O)NH(alkyl), —OC(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl),—CHNH, —CHN(alkyl), or —SO₂NH₂;

R¹¹ is H, hydrocarbyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl,—C(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)(alkyl), —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NH(alkyl),—C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —NHC(O)(alkyl), N(alkyl)C(O)(alkyl), or —SO₂NH₂;

each of Q¹, Q², Q³, and Q⁴ is independently CR¹⁰ or N; and

each R¹⁰ is independently —H, —OH, —NH₂, —NH(alkyl), —N(alkyl)(alkyl),hydrocarbyl, —O-hydrocarbyl, aryl, —O-aryl, aralkyl, —O-aralykl,heteroaryl, —O-heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —O-heterocyclyl, halo, —OCF₃,—C(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)(alkyl), —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NH(alkyl),—C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —NHC(O)(alkyl), N(alkyl)C(O)(alkyl),—OC(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)NH₂, —OC(O)NH(alkyl), —OC(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl),—CHNH, —CHN(alkyl), or —SO₂NH₂.

In another embodiment, the invention provides compounds of the followingFormula IX:

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein

each of R^(11a), R^(11b), and R^(11c) is independently H, hydrocarbyl,aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —C(O)(alkyl), —C(O)O(alkyl),—C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NH(alkyl), —C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), or —SO₂NH₂;

-   -   each of X¹ and X² is independently CHR¹⁰, S, O, NR⁹, or N-acyl;    -   each R⁹ is independently H, hydrocarbyl, aryl, aralkyl,        heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —C(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)(alkyl),        —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NH(alkyl), —C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —NHC(O)(alkyl),        N(alkyl)C(O)(alkyl), —OC(O)O(alkyl), or —SO₂NH₂;

each R¹⁰ is independently —H, —OH, —NH₂, —NH(alkyl), —N(alkyl)(alkyl),hydrocarbyl, —O-hydrocarbyl, aryl, —O-aryl, aralkyl, —O-aralykl,heteroaryl, —O-heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —O-heterocyclyl, halo, —OCF₃,—C(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)(alkyl), —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NH(alkyl),—C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —NHC(O)(alkyl), N(alkyl)C(O)(alkyl),—OC(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)NH₂, —OC(O)NH(alkyl), —OC(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl),—CHNH, —CHN(alkyl), or —SO₂NH₂; and

each m is independently an integer from 1-3.

In another embodiment, the invention further provides compounds of thefollowing Formula X:

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein

each R⁹ is independently —H, -hydrocarbyl, -aryl, -aralkyl, -heteroaryl,-heterocyclyl, —C(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)(alkyl), —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NH(alkyl),—C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —NHC(O)(alkyl), N(alkyl)C(O)(alkyl), or —SO₂NH₂;

each R¹⁰ is independently —H, —OH, —NH₂, —NH(alkyl), —N(alkyl)(alkyl),hydrocarbyl, —O-hydrocarbyl, aryl, —O-aryl, aralkyl, —O-aralykl,heteroaryl, —O— heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —O-heterocyclyl, halo, —OCF₃,—C(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)(alkyl), —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NH(alkyl),—C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —NHC(O)(alkyl), N(alkyl)C(O)(alkyl),—OC(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)NH₂, —OC(O)NH(alkyl), —OC(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl),—CHNH, —CHN(alkyl), or —SO₂NH₂;

each of Q¹, Q², and Q³ is independently CR¹⁰ or N;

X is CHR¹⁰, S, O, or NR⁹; and

each m is independently an integer from 0-3.

In another embodiment, the invention further provides compounds of thefollowing Formula XI:

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein

each of R^(11a), R^(11b), and R^(11c) is independently H, hydrocarbyl,aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —C(O)(alkyl), —C(O)O(alkyl),—C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NH(alkyl), —C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), or —SO₂NH₂;

each of X¹ and X² is independently CHR¹⁰, S, O, NR⁹, or N-acyl;

-   -   each R⁹ is independently H, hydrocarbyl, aryl, aralkyl,        heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —C(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)(alkyl),        —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NH(alkyl), —C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —NHC(O)(alkyl),        N(alkyl)C(O)(alkyl), —OC(O)O(alkyl), or —SO₂NH₂;

each R¹⁰ is independently —H, —OH, —NH₂, —NH(alkyl), —N(alkyl)(alkyl),hydrocarbyl, —O-hydrocarbyl, aryl, —O-aryl, aralkyl, —O-aralykl,heteroaryl, —O-heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —O-heterocyclyl, halo, —OCF₃,—C(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)(alkyl), —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NH(alkyl),—C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —NHC(O)(alkyl), N(alkyl)C(O)(alkyl),—OC(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)NH₂, —OC(O)NH(alkyl), —OC(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl),—CHNH, —CHN(alkyl), or —SO₂NH₂; and

each m is independently an integer from 0-3.

In another embodiment, the invention provides compounds of the followingFormula (XII)

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein

each R⁹ is independently —H, -hydrocarbyl, -aryl, -aralkyl, -heteroaryl,-heterocyclyl, —C(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)(alkyl), —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NH(alkyl),—C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —NHC(O)(alkyl), N(alkyl)C(O)(alkyl), or —SO₂NH₂;

each R¹⁰ is independently —H, —OH, —NH₂, —NH(alkyl), —N(alkyl)(alkyl),hydrocarbyl, —O-alkyl, —O-alkenyl, aryl, —O-aryl, aralkyl, —O-aralykl,heteroaryl, —O— heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —O-heterocyclyl, halo, —OCF₃,—C(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)(alkyl), —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NH(alkyl),—C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), NHC(O)(C₂-C₁₀-alkyl), N(alkyl)C(O)(alkyl),—OC(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)NH₂, —OC(O)NH(alkyl), —OC(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl),—CHNH, —CHN(alkyl), —SO₂NH₂, —S-alkyl, —S-aryl, —S-heteroaryl,—S-heterocycle, or —S— hydrocarbyl;

each of Q¹, Q², and Q³ is independently CR¹⁰ or N;

X is CHR¹⁰, S, O, or NR⁹; and

each m is independently an integer from 0-3.

In another embodiment, the invention provides compounds of the followingFormula XIII:

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein

R¹ is is independently —H, —OH, —NH₂, —NH(alkyl), —N(alkyl)(alkyl),hydrocarbyl, —O-hydrocarbyl, aryl, —O-aryl, aralkyl, —O-aralykl,heteroaryl, —O-heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —O-heterocyclyl, halo, —OCF₃,—C(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)(alkyl), —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NH(alkyl),—C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —NHC(O)(alkyl), N(alkyl)C(O)(alkyl),—OC(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)NH₂, —OC(O)NH(alkyl), —OC(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl),—CHNH, —CHN(alkyl), or —SO₂NH₂;

R¹¹ is H, hydrocarbyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl,—C(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)(alkyl), —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NH(alkyl),—C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —NHC(O)(alkyl), N(alkyl)C(O)(alkyl), or —SO₂NH₂;

each of Q¹, Q², Q³, and Q⁴ is independently CR¹⁰ or N;

n is an integer from 1-4, and

each R¹⁰ is independently —H, —OH, —NH₂, —NH(alkyl), —N(alkyl)(alkyl),hydrocarbyl, —O-hydrocarbyl, aryl, —O-aryl, aralkyl, —O-aralykl,heteroaryl, —O-heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —O-heterocyclyl, halo, —OCF₃,—C(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)(alkyl), —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NH(alkyl),—C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —NHC(O)(alkyl), N(alkyl)C(O)(alkyl),—OC(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)NH₂, —OC(O)NH(alkyl), —OC(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl),—CHNH, —CHN(alkyl), or —SO₂NH₂.

A compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound of any ofFormulas (I)-(XIII) is a “compound of the invention.”

In another embodiment, the invention provides compositions comprising aneffective amount of a compound of the invention and a pharmaceuticallyacceptable vehicle or carrier.

In another embodiment, the invention provides methods for treating orpreventing a disorder of lipoprotein metabolism, a disorder of glucosemetabolism, a cardiovascular disorder or a related vascular disorder, adisorder involving abnormal modulation of C-reactive protein or arelated disorder, aging, Alzheimer's Disease, Parkinson's Disease,pancreatitis, pancreatitius, or abnormal bile production (each being a“Condition”), the method comprising administering to a subject in needthereof an effective amount of a compound of the invention.

In another embodiment, the invention encompasses methods for monitoringthe progress of a therapy for a cardiovascular disorder in a subject,the method comprising:

a. determining the level of free cholesterol in the high-densitylipoprotein in the blood of the subject;

b. administering to the subject a compound of the invention;

c. monitoring the level of free cholesterol in the blood of the subjectfor a period of time after administration of the compound; and

d. evaluating the level of improvement in the subject based on acomparison of the results of steps a. and c.

In another embodiment, the invention encompasses methods of determiningthe level of P2Y13 activity in a subject, the method comprising:

a. determining the level of free cholesterol in the high-densitylipoprotein in the blood of the subject;

b. administering to the subject a compound of the invention;

c. monitoring the level of free cholesterol in the blood of the subjectfor a period of time after administration of the compound; and

d. evaluating the level of P2Y13 activity in the subject based on acomparison of the results of steps a. and c.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES

FIG. 1: Compound Va (dark triangle; top panel), Compound Ih (R-isomer)(dark triangle; middle panel) and Compound Ih (S-isomer) (dark triangle;middle panel) activity on 1321 N1 cells transfected with P2Y13 receptor.Non-transfected 1321 N1 cells were used as negative control (darkcircle). Each data point was a mean of triplicate wells.

FIG. 2: Activity of illustrative compounds of the invention (darktriangles) on 1321 N1 cells transfected with P2Y13 receptor and comparedwith a positive Reference Compound. Non transfected 1321 N1 cells wereused as negative control (dark circle). Each data point was a mean oftriplicate wells.

FIG. 3: Single-dose effect of the selected molecules on HDLinternalization by HepG2 cells. Cells were incubated for 10 min at 37°C. with 75 μg/ml ³H cholesterol Cholesteryl Oleate[Cholesteryl-1,2-³H(N)] HDL, Reference Compound (100 nM) andillustrative compounds of the invention (1 μM). Data are expressed asthe percentage of internalized radioactivity with respect to the controlvalue (set as 0). *p<0.005, **p<0.0001.

FIG. 4: Dose responses of selected molecules on HDL internalization byHepG2 cells. Cells were incubated for 10 min at 37° C. with 75 μg/ml³Hcholesterol Cholesteryl Oleate [Cholesteryl-1,2-³H(N)] HDL, ReferenceCompound (100 nM) and increased concentrations of the selectedmolecules. A: Compounds IIa and IIc (0.1, 1, 10, 100 and 1000 nM). B:Compound Ih (S-isomer) and compound Ih (R-isomer) (1, 10, 100 and 1000nM). Data are expressed as the percentage of internalized radioactivitywith respect to the control value (set as 0).

FIG. 5: Single-dose effect of the illustrative compounds of theinvention on bile acids secretion after IV injection. Mice were fastedfor 2 hours and then injected in the caudal vein with the selectedmolecules (10 nmol/kg) in PBS solution (100 μl). 4 hours later the bilecontent was analyzed. A. Data are expressed as the concentration of bileacids. B. Data are expressed as the pool of bile acids per mouse(*p<0.05, **p<0.005, ***p<0.0001). Group of animals n=5.

FIG. 6: Dose-response effect of Compound IIa on bile acids, bilephospholipids and bile cholesterol secretions. Mice were fasted for 2hours and then treated with increased concentrations of Compound IIa(0.003, 0.03 and 0.3 mg/kg) by oral gavage. 6 hours later the bilecontent was analyzed. A. Data are expressed as the concentration of bileacids. B. Data are expressed as the pool of bile acids per mouse weight.C. Data are expressed as the concentration of bile cholesterol. D. Dataare expressed as the pool of bile cholesterol per mouse weight. E. Dataare expressed as the concentration of bile phospholipids. F. Data areexpressed as the pool of bile phospholipids per mouse weight. Group ofanimals n=10. (*p<0.05, **p<0.005)

FIG. 7: Dose-response effect of Compound XIa on bile acids, bilephospholipids and bile cholesterol secretions Mice were fasted for 2hours and then treated with increased concentrations of Compound XIa(0.003, 0.03 and 0.3 mg/kg) by oral gavage. 6 hours later the bilecontent was analyzed. A. Data are expressed as the concentration of bileacids. B. Data are expressed as the pool of bile acids per mouse weight.C. Data are expressed as the concentration of bile cholesterol. D. Dataare expressed as the pool of bile cholesterol per mouse weight. E. Dataare expressed as the concentration of bile phospholipids. F. Data areexpressed as the pool of bile phospholipids per mouse weight. Group ofanimals n=10. (*p<0.05, **p<0.005, ***p<0.0005, ****p<0.0001)

FIG. 8: Dose-response effect of Compound VIIa on bile acids, bilephospholipids and bile cholesterol secretions. Mice were fasted for 2hours and then treated with increased concentrations of Compound VIIa(0.003, 0.03 and 0.3 mg/kg) by oral gavage. 6 hours later the bilecontent was analyzed. A. Data are expressed as the concentration of bileacids. B. Data are expressed as the pool of bile acids per mouse weight.C. Data are expressed as the concentration of bile cholesterol. D. Dataare expressed as the pool of bile cholesterol per mouse weight. E. Dataare expressed as the concentration of bile phospholipids. F. Data areexpressed as the pool of bile phospholipids per mouse weight. Group ofanimals n=10. (*p<0.05, **p<0.01, ***p<0.005)

FIG. 9: Dose-response effect of Compound IIb on bile acids, bilephospholipids and bile cholesterol secretions. Mice were fasted for 2hours and then treated with increased concentrations of Compound IIb(0.003, 0.03 and 0.3 mg/kg) by oral gavage. 6 hours later the bilecontent was analyzed. A. Data are expressed as the concentration of bileacids. B. Data are expressed as the pool of bile acids per mouse weight.C. Data are expressed as the concentration of bile cholesterol. D. Dataare expressed as the pool of bile cholesterol per mouse weight. E. Dataare expressed as the concentration of bile phospholipids. F. Data areexpressed as the pool of bile phospholipids per mouse weight. Group ofanimals n=10. (*p<0.05, **p<0.005, ***p<0.0005)

FIG. 10: Dose-response effect of Compound VIIIa on bile acids, bilephospholipids and bile cholesterol secretions. Mice were fasted for 2hours and then treated with increased concentrations of Compound VIIIa(0.003, 0.03 and 0.3 mg/kg) by oral gavage. 6 hours later the bilecontent was analyzed. A. Data are expressed as the concentration of bileacids. B. Data are expressed as the pool of bile acids per mouse weight.C. Data are expressed as the concentration of bile cholesterol. D. Dataare expressed as the pool of bile cholesterol per mouse weight. E. Dataare expressed as the concentration of bile phospholipids. F. Data areexpressed as the pool of bile phospholipids per mouse weight. Group ofanimals n=10. (*p<0.05, **p<0.01, ***p<0.005, ****p<0.001,*****p<0.0005)

FIG. 11: Dose-response effect of Compound IIc on bile acids, bilephospholipids and bile cholesterol secretions. Mice were fasted for 2hours and then treated with increased concentrations of Compound IIc(0.003, 0.03 and 0.3 mg/kg) by oral gavage. 6 hours later the bilecontent was analyzed. A. Data are expressed as the concentration of bileacids. B. Data are expressed as the pool of bile acids per mouse weight.C. Data are expressed as the concentration of bile cholesterol. D. Dataare expressed as the pool of bile cholesterol per mouse weight. E. Dataare expressed as the concentration of bile phospholipids. F. Data areexpressed as the pool of bile phospholipids per mouse weight. Group ofanimals n=10. (*p<0.05, **p<0.005, ***p<0.0005)

FIG. 12: Effect of Compound Ih (racemate) on bile acids, bilephospholipids and bile cholesterol secretions. Mice were fasted for 2hours and then treated with increased concentrations of Compound Ih(racemate) (3, 30 and 100 mg/kg) by oral gavage. Six hours later thebile content was analyzed. A: data are expressed as the concentration ofbile acids. B: data are expressed as the pool of bile acids per mouseweight. C: data are expressed as the concentration of bile cholesterol.D: data are expressed as the pool of bile cholesterol per mouse weight.E: data are expressed as the concentration of bile phospholipids. F:data are expressed as the pool of bile phospholipids per mouse weight.Group of animals n=10. (*p<0.05, **p<0.005, ***p<0.0001).

FIG. 13: Single-dose effect of Compound IIa on bile acids secretionafter one week treatment. Mice were treated daily with Compound IIa(0.03 mg/kg) by oral gavage. On the day of sacrifice, the mice werefasted for 3 hours followed by an oral gavage (same concentration). 4hours later the bile content was analyzed. A: data are expressed as theconcentration of bile acids. B: data are expressed as the pool of bileacids per mouse weight (*p<0.05). Group of animals n=10.

FIG. 14: P2Y13 knock-down in Hepa 1-6 cells. Hepa 1-6 cells weretransduced with lentiviral particles coding the P2Y13 shRNA (MOI 40)inducible by the addition of doxycycline. The cell pool was treated ornot for 72 hours with doxycycline (10 μM final concentration) and theP2Y13 mRNA expression was measured by QPCR.*p<0.0001.

FIG. 15: HDL uptake on P2Y13 knock-down Hepa 1-6 cells. Hepa 1-6 cellstransduced with lentiviral particles coding the P2Y13 shRNA were inducedby the addition of doxycycline for 72 hours. Cells were incubated for 10min at 37° C. with 75 μg/ml³H cholesterol ether HDL and Compound IIa (1μM). Data are expressed as the percentage of internalized radioactivitywith respect to the control value (set as 0).*p<0.05, **p<0.005.

FIG. 16: Increase of bile secretion following activation of P2Y13rpathway in mice. C57B1/6J mice (n=10) were fasted for 2 h and thenintravenously injected with Cangrelor® or Compound IIa (10 nmoles/kg).Four hours later the gallbladders were removed and analyzed for: Bileacids content (A); Bile cholesterol content (B). C57B1/6J mice (n=10)were fasted for 2 h followed by single oral dose of P2Y13r agonistCompound IIa at 3, 30 or 300 μg/kg. Six hours later bile acids contents(C); bile cholesterol content (D), and bile acid content of liver (E)were evaluated using HPLC and enzymatic kits for gallbladers. Plasmasamples were collected at time 0 and after 6 h of treatment, thenanalyzed for: total cholesterol (▴), unesterified cholesterol (),esterified cholesterol (▪) and HDL cholesterol (▾) determined usingeither enzymatic kits or Lipoprint® for HDL cholesterol (F). C57B1/6Jmice (n=5) were intravenously injected with [³H]-cholesterol-labelledmouse HDL (G), [³H]-cholesteryl oleate-labelled mouse HDL (H) or[³H]-cholesterol-labelled mouse LDL (I), and with Cangrelor® or CompoundIIa (10 nmoles/kg). Radioactivity present in the liver was determined 2hours later for the HDL or 5 hours later for the LDL. Cholesterolcontent of feces from treated animals (100 μg/kg) was determined byCharge aerosol detection (J). *p<0.05, **p<0.01.

FIG. 17: Dose-response effect of P2Y13 agonist on atherosclerotic plaqueprogression in ApoE^(−/−) mice. ApoE^(−/−) mice (n=7) were ligated onthe upper part of the left carotids. On the day of the surgery theanimals were placed on a Western diet and given an oral gavage ofvehicle or increasing doses of Compound IIa. Ligated carotids were lipidextracted in 2:1 chloroform/methanol. A: the concentrations inunesterified cholesterol (dark bars) and total cholesterol (superimposedgray bars) were measured by HPLC. E and H: hematoxylin eosin staining oflongitudinal sections of ApoE^(−/−) mice carotids. F, I: Oil Red Ostaining of longitudinal sections of ApoE^(−/−) mice carotids. G and J:CD-68 antibody staining of longitudinal sections of ApoE^(−/−) micecarotids. B: quantification of the intima/media ratio (n=10). C: Oil RedO positive staining quantification (n=10). D: CD68 antibody stainingquantification (n=10). The mice were dosed for 2 weeks with vehicle (E,F and G) or Compound Ha at 100 μg/kg (H, I and J).

FIG. 18: Effect of P2Y13 silencing on atherosclerotic plaque progressionin ApoE^(−/−) mice. ApoE^(−/−) mice (n=10) were infected with 5×10⁹adenoviral particles coding empty vector (mock) or vector encodingP2Y13r shRNA, 3 days before the ligation of the left carotid. On the dayof surgery the animals were placed on a Western diet and also given oralgavage of vehicle or Compound IIa at 100 μg/kg, once a day for 2 weeks.A: Western-blot of liver homogenates blotted with anti-P2Y13r oranti-P2Y1r antibodies. B: ligatured carotids were lipid extracted in 2:1chloroform/methanol. The concentrations in unesterified cholesterol(dark bars) and total cholesterol (superimposed gray bars) were measuredby HPLC. C: esterified (dark bars) and total cholesterol (superimposedgray bars) concentrations in mice plasma were measured using enzymatickit. D, E and F: plasma VLDL cholesterol, LDL cholesterol and HDLcholesterol content were resolved by HPLC using a Superose 6 column andan inline enzymatic detection. Dark bars represent unesterifiedcholesterol and gray bars esterified cholesterol. *p<0.05, **p<0.001.

FIG. 19: Effect of P2Y13 agonist on atherosclerotic plaque progressionin aortas of apoE^(−/−) mice. ApoE^(−/−) mice (n=20) were placed on aWestern diet for 8 weeks followed by a 4 weeks oral gavage of vehicle or100 μg/kg of Compound IIa. Aortas (n=10) were lipid extracted in 2:1chloroform/methanol. A: the concentrations in total cholesterol weremeasured by HPLC and GC/MS and compared to parallel apoE−/− mice (n=10)on normal Chow diet as a baseline. B: quantification of the intima/mediaratio (n=10). C: F4/80 antibody staining quantification (n=10). D: OilRed 0 positive staining quantification (n=10). E: quantification ofSirius Red staining (n=10). F: anti-VCAM1 antibody stainingquantification (n=10). The quantifications were expressed as thepercentage of staining as compared to the sum of the intima and mediaarea. *p<0.05. G to L: typical example of staining of aorta slides usedfor the quantifications. G and J: hematoxylin eosin staining oftransversal sections of apoE^(−/−) mice aortas. H and K: Oil Red Ostaining of transversal sections of apoE^(−/−) mice aortas. I and L:VCAM1 antibody staining of transversal sections of apoE^(−/−) miceaortas.

FIG. 20: Plaque regression in rabbits treated with Compound IIa. NewZealand rabbits (n=15) with atherosclerotic plaques developed after 2months of high-cholesterol diet, were treated with Compound IIa at 30,100 and 300 μg/kg once a day by oral gavage for 4 weeks. A: lipidsextracted from aortas were analyzed by GC/MS for cholesterolconcentration. Dark bars, unesterified cholesterol; superimposed graybars, total cholesterol. *p<0.05. B, C and D: Plasma VLDL cholesterol,LDL cholesterol and HDL cholesterol were resolved as described in FIG.2. The results are expressed as the percentage from pre-dose. E: apoBconcentration in plasma was determined by Western blot analysis. F:triglycerides were measured in the plasma using the kit from Biolabo. G:the bile acids concentrations in liver were determined using anenzymatic kit. Panels H and K: hematoxylin/eosin staining of aortas fromrabbits dosed with vehicle (H) or Compound IIa at 300 μg/kg (K). PanelsI and L: smooth muscle cells staining of aortas from rabbits dosed withvehicle (I) or Compound IIa at 300 μg/kg (L). Panels J and M:macrophages and monocytes staining of aortas from rabbits dosed withvehicle (J) or Compound IIa at 300 μg/kg (M).

FIG. 21: Functionality of plasma from high-cholesterol diet fed rabbitstreated with Compound IIa. A: ApoA-I concentration in plasma wasmeasured by SELDI-TOF analysis. Purified ApoA-I from homo-sapiens(MW_(SELDI)=28083 Da) was used as a reference for determination ofrabbit ApoA-I (MW_(sELDI)=27838 Da) concentration. The results areexpressed as the percentage from pre-dose. B: ApoA-I mRNA level wasdetermined using the QPCR technique. Note the overall decrease in theHDL particle size of treated animals. C; HDL from rabbit plasma wereseparated according to the size of the different HDL particles using theLipoprint® system. The data were expressed as the percentage for eachHDL subpopulation set to the HDL population in the pre-dose animals. Twomain HDL particle sub-populations were quantified (high andintermediate—dark and gray bars respectively). D: example of lipoproteinprofiles of rabbit treated with vehicle (gray line) and with CompoundIIa (300 μg/kg, dark line) using the Lipoprint® separation technique. Eand F: determination of cholesterol efflux capacity of plasma and rabbitHDL, respectively, using pre-loaded [³H]-cholesterol-oxLDL macrophages.The results are expressed as a percentage of cholesterol efflux.*p<0.05, **p<0.005.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION I. Definitions

The following definitions are used in connection with the inventiondisclosed herein:

The term “alkyl,” as used herein unless otherwise defined, refers to astraight, branched, or cyclic saturated group derived form the removalof a hydrogen atom from an alkane. Representative straight chain alkylgroups include -methyl, -ethyl, -n-propyl, -n-butyl, -n-pentyl, andn-heptyl. Representative branched alkyl groups include -isopropyl,-sec-butyl, -isobutyl, -tert-butyl, -isopentyl, -neopentyl,1-methylbutyl, 2-methylbutyl, 3-methylbutyl, 1,1-dimethylpropyl and1,2-dimethylpropyl. Representative cyclic alkyl groups includecyclohexyl, cyclopentyl, and cyclopropyl.

The term “alkenyl” refers to a straight, branched, or cyclic hydrocarbongroup containing at least one double bond. Representative alkenyl groupsinclude, but are not limited to, ethylene, propylene, 1-butylene,2-butylene, isobutylene, sec-butylene, 1-pentene, 2-pentene, isopentene,1-hexene, 2-hexene, 3-hexene and isohexene.

The term “alkynyl” refers to a straight or branched chain hydrocarboncontaining at least one triple bond. Representative alkynyl groupsinclude, but are not limited to, acetylene, propyne, 1-butyne, 2-butyne,isobutyne, sec-butyne, 1-pentyne, 2-pentyne, isopentyne, 1-hexyne,2-hexyne, 3-hexyne and isohexyne.

The term “hydrocarbyl,” as used herein unless otherwise defined, refersto a substituent derived from the removal of hydrogen atom from ahydrocarbon molecule. Non-limiting examples of hydrocarbyl includealkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl; cyclic groups consisting of hydrogen and carbonsuch as aryl as described herein, including both aromatic andnon-aromatic groups as described herein; and aralkyl described herein.

The term “aryl” as used herein unless otherwise defined, refers to anaromatic group. Non-limiting examples of aryl include phenyl, naphthyl,pyridyl, phenanthryl, anthryl, furanyl, azolyl, imidazolyl, and indolyl.In one embodiment, the aryl group is substituted with one or more of thefollowing groups: -halo, —O— (C₁-C₆ alkyl), —OH, —CN, —COOR′, —OC(O)R′,—N(R′)₂, —NHC(O)R′ or —C(O)NHR′ groups wherein each R′ is independently—H or unsubstituted —C₁-C₆ alkyl. Unless specified otherwise, the arylis unsubstituted.

The term “heteroaryl” as used herein unless otherwise defined, refers toan aromatic group, wherein the aromatic group contains at least one ringatom that is not carbon. Non-limiting examples of heteroaryl includepyridyl, furanyl, azolyl, imidazolyl, thiophenyl, and indolyl. In oneembodiment, the aryl group is substituted with one or more of thefollowing groups: -halo, —O— (C₁-C₆ alkyl), —OH, —CN, —COOR′, —OC(O)R′,—N(R′)₂, —NHC(O)R′ or —C(O)NHR′ groups wherein each R′ is independently—H or unsubstituted —C₁-C₆ alkyl. Unless specified otherwise, theheteroaryl is unsubstituted.

The term “aralkyl” as used herein unless otherwise defined, refers to analkyl group, which is substituted with an aryl group. Non-limitingexamples of an aralkyl group include benzyl, picolyl, naphthylmethyl.

The term “heterocyclyl” as used herein unless otherwise defined, refersto a cyclic group, wherein the cyclic group contains at least one ringatom that is not carbon. Representative examples heterocyclyl groupinclude, but are not limited to, furanyl, furazanyl, imidazolidinyl,imidazolinyl, imidazolyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, morpholinyl,oxadiazolyl, oxazolidinyl, oxazolyl, oxazolidinyl, pyrimidinyl,phenanthridinyl, phenanthrolinyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, pyranyl,pyrazinyl, pyrazolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl,pyridooxazole, pyridoimidazole, pyridothiazole, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl,pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolinyl, quinuclidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl,thiadiazinyl, thiadiazolyl, thienyl, thienothiazolyl, thienooxazolyl,thienoimidazolyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiophenyl, triazinyl, triazolyl. Inone embodiment, the aryl group is substituted with one or more of thefollowing groups: -halo, —O— (C₁-C₆ alkyl), —OH, —CN, —COOR′, —OC(O)R′,—N(R′)₂, —NHC(O)R′ or —C(O)NHR′ groups wherein each R′ is independently—H or unsubstituted —C₁-C₆ alkyl. Unless specified otherwise, theheterocyclyl is unsubstituted.

The term “alkoxy,” as used herein unless otherwise defined, refers to—O—(alkyl), wherein alkyl is as defined above. Representative examplesof a C₁-C₆ alkoxy include, but are not limited to, —OCH₃, —OCH₂CH₃,—OCH₂CH₂CH₃, —OCH(CH₃)CH₃, —OCH₂CH₂CH₂CH₃, —OCH₂CH(CH₃)CH₃,—OCH(CH₃)CH₂CH₃, —OC(CH₃)₃, —OCH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₃, —OCH₂CH(CH₃)CH₂CH₃,—OCH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₃, and —OCH₂CH₂CH(CH₃)CH₂CH₃.

The terms “halo” and “halogen,” as used herein unless otherwise defined,refers to —F, —Cl, —Br or —I.

The term “subject,” as used herein unless otherwise defined, is amammal, e.g., a human, mouse, rat, guinea pig, dog, cat, horse, cow,pig, or non-human primate, such as a monkey, chimpanzee, or baboon. Inone embodiment, the subject is a human.

The term “pharmaceutically acceptable salt,” as used herein unlessotherwise defined, is a salt of a basic group, such as an amino group,or of an acidic group, such as a carboxyl group, on the compounds of theinvention. Illustrative salts of a basic group include, but are notlimited, to sulfate, citrate, acetate, oxalate, chloride, bromide,iodide, nitrate, bisulfate, phosphate, acid phosphate, isonicotinate,lactate, salicylate, acid citrate, tartrate, oleate, tannate,pantothenate, bitartrate, ascorbate, succinate, maleate, gentisinate,fumarate, gluconate, glucaronate, saccharate, formate, benzoate,glutamate, methanesulfonate, ethanesulfonate, benzenesulfonate,p-toluenesulfonate, camphorsulfonate, and pamoate (i.e.,1,1′-methylene-bis-(2-hydroxy-3-naphthoate)) salts. Illustrative saltsof an acidic group include, but are not limited, to lithium, sodium,potassium, calclium, magnesium, aluminum, chromium, iron, copper, zinc,cadmium, ammonium, guanidinium, pyridinium, and organic ammonium salts.

The terms “hydrate” and “solvate” as used herein and unless otherwisedefined, describe a compounds of the invention or salts thereof, whichfurther include a stoichiometric or non-stoichiometric amount of wateror other solvent bound by non-covalent intermolecular forces.

The term “reverse cholesterol transport” (RCT) as used herein unlessotherwise defined, describes the transport of cholesterol fromextrahepatic tissues to the liver where it is catabolized andeliminated. HDL particles can play a major role in the reverse transportprocess, acting as scavengers of tissue cholesterol.

The term “altering lipid metabolism” as used herein and unless otherwisedefined, indicates an observable (measurable) change in at least oneaspect of lipid metabolism including, but not limited to, total bloodlipid content, blood HDL cholesterol, blood LDL cholesterol, blood VLDLcholesterol, blood TG, blood Lp(a), blood Apo A-I, blood Apo E and bloodNEFA.

The term “altering glucose metabolism” as used herein and unlessotherwise defined, indicates an observable (measurable) change in atleast one aspect of glucose metabolism, including but not limited tototal blood glucose content, blood insulin, the blood insulin to bloodglucose ratio, insulin sensitivity, and oxygen consumption.

An “effective amount,” when used in connection with a compound of theinvention, is an amount that is effective for treating or preventing aCondition as described herien.

An “effective amount” when used in connection with another therapeuticagent is an amount that is effective for treating or preventing aCondition in combination with a compound of the invention. “Incombination with” includes administration within the same compositionand via separate compositions; in the latter instance, the othertherapeutic agent is effective for treating or preventing a Conditionduring a time when the compound of the invention exerts its prophylacticor therapeutic effect, or vice versa.

The language “substantially free of its corresponding oppositeenantiomer” means having no more than about 10 mol %, in anotherembodiment no more than about 5 mol %, in another embodiment no morethan about 2 mol %, in another embodiment no more than about 1 mol %, inanother embodiment no more than about 0.5 mol % and in anotherembodiment no more than about 0.1 mol %, of its corresponding oppositeenantiomer.

The language “substantially free of another stereoisomer” means havingno more than about 10 mol %, in another embodiment no more than about 5mol %, in another embodiment no more than about 2 mol %, in anotherembodiment no more than about 1 mol %, in another embodiment no morethan about 0.5 mol % and in another embodiment no more than about 0.1mol %, of another stereoisomer.

The term “about” when used in connection with a referenced numericindication means the referenced numeric indication plus or minus up to10% of that referenced numeric indication. For example, the language“about 50” covers the range of 45 to 55.

As used herein, the term “elderly human” refers to a human 65 years orolder.

As used herein, the term “human adult” refers to a human that is 18years or older.

As used herein, the term “human child” refers to a human that is 1 yearto 18 years old.

As used herein, the term “human toddler” refers to a human that is 1year to 3 years old.

As used herein, the term “human infant” refers to a newborn to 1 yearold year human.

As used herein, the term “premature human infant” refers to a humaninfant born at less than 37 weeks of gestational age.

As used herein, the term “Apo(a)” refers to apolipoprotein(a).

As used herein, the term “Apo A-I” refers to apolipoprotein A-I.

As used herein, the term “Apo B” refers to apolipoprotein B.

As used herein, the term “Apo E” refers to apolipoprotein E.

As used herein, the term “FA” refers to fatty acids.

As used herein, the term “HDL” refers to High density lipoprotein.

As used herein, the term “IDL” refers to Intermediate densitylipoprotein.

As used herein, the term “IDDM” refers to Insulin dependent diabetesmellitus.

As used herein, the term “LDH” refers to Lactate dehdyrogenase

As used herein, the term “LDL” refers to Low density lipoprotein.

As used herein, the term “Lp(a)” refers to Lipoprotein (a).

As used herein, the term “NIDDM” refers to Non-insulin dependentdiabetes mellitus.

As used herein, the term “NEFA” refers to non-esterified fatty acids.

As used herein, the term “P2Y13” refers to a GPCR receptor.

As used herein the term “P2Y13r” referes to the P2Y13 receptor

As used herein the terms “P2Y13r” and “P2Y13 receptor” are usedinterchangably.

As used herein, the term “RXR” refers to Retinoid X receptor.

As used herein, the term “TG” refers to Triglicerides.

As used herein, the term “VLDL” refers to Very low density lipoprotein.

II. Compounds of the Invention

In one embodiment, the invention provides compounds of the followingFormula I:

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein

each of R¹, R², and R³ is independently H, —OH, —NH₂, —NH(alkyl),—N(alkyl)(alkyl), hydrocarbyl, —O-hydrocarbyl, aryl, —O-aryl, aralkyl,—O-aralykl, heteroaryl, —O-heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —O-heterocyclyl,halo, —OCF₃, —C(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)(alkyl), —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NH(alkyl),—C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —NHC(O)(alkyl), N(alkyl)C(O)(alkyl),—OC(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)NH₂, —OC(O)NH(alkyl), —OC(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl),—CHNH, —CHN(alkyl), or —SO₂NH₂;

R⁴ is —H, —OH, —COOH, —NH₂, —NH(alkyl), —N(alkyl)(alkyl), -hydrocarbyl,—O— hydrocarbyl, -aryl, —O-aryl, -aralkyl, —O-aralkyl, -heteroaryl,—O-heteroaryl, -heterocyclyl, —O-heterocyclyl, -halo, —C(O)O(alkyl),—OC(O)(alkyl), —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NH(alkyl), —C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl),—NHC(O)(alkyl), N(alkyl)C(O)(alkyl), —OC(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)NH₂,—OC(O)NH(alkyl), or —OC(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl);

Z¹ is CH₂, S, O, NH, N-hydrocarbyl, N-aryl, N-heteroaryl, orN-heterocyclyl;

Z² is CH or N; and

n is an integer from 1-6.

In some embodiments, the compounds of Formula I are those wherein Z² isN. In other embodiments, Z² is CH.

In some embodiments, R¹ is halo. In other embodiments, R¹ is chloro. Inother embodiments, R¹ is 2-halo. In other embodiments, R¹ is 2-chloro.In other embodiments, R¹ is H.

In some embodiments, Z¹ is S. In other embodiments, Z¹ is O. In otherembodiments, Z¹ is NH. In other embodiments, Z¹ is N-alkyl.

In some embodiments, each of R² and R³ is independently H or alkyl. Inother embodiments, each of R² and R³ is H. In other embodiments, each ofR² and R³ is alkyl. In other embodiments, each of R² and R³ is methyl.

In some embodiments, R⁴ is —OH, —COOH, —C(O)O(alkyl), or —OC(O)(alkyl).In other embodiments, R⁴ is —OH. In other embodiments, R⁴ is —COOH. Inother embodiments, R⁴ is —C(O)O(alkyl) or —OC(O)(alkyl). In otherembodiments, R⁴ is —COOEt. In other embodiments, R⁴ is —COOMe.

In some embodiments, n is an integer from 1-6. In other embodiments, nis 1. In other embodiments, n is 2. In other embodiments, n is 3. Inother embodiments, n is 4. In other embodiments, n is 5. In otherembodiments, n is 6.

In some embodiments, each of R² and R³ is alkyl and R⁴ is —C(O)O-alkyl.In other embodiments, each of R² and R³ is methyl and R⁴ is—C(O)O-alkyl. In other embodiments, each of R² and R³ is alkyl and R⁴ is—C(O)OEt. In other embodiments, each of R² and R³ is methyl and R⁴ is—C(O)OEt.

In some embodiments, each of R² and R³ is H and R⁴ is —C(O)O-alkyl. Inother embodiments, each of R² and R³ is H and R⁴ is —C(O)OEt.

In some embodiments, each of R² and R³ is alkyl and R⁴ is —C(O)OH. Inother embodiments, each of R² and R³ is methyl and R⁴ is —C(O)OH.

In some embodiments, each of R² and R³ is H and R⁴ is —C(O)OH.

In some embodiments, each of R² and R³ is alkyl and R⁴ is —OH. In otherembodiments, each of R² and R³ is methyl and R⁴ is —OH.

In some embodiments, each of R² and R³ is H and R⁴ is —OH.

In some embodiments, Z¹ and Z² of the compounds of Formula I are thefollowing:

Z¹ Z² I-1 CH₂ CH I-2 S CH I-3 O CH I-4 NH CH I-5 N-hydrocarbyl CH I-6N-aryl CH I-7 N-heteroaryl CH I-8 N-heterocyclyl CH I-9 CH₂ N I-10 S NI-11 O N I-12 NH N I-13 N-hydrocarbyl N I-14 N-aryl N I-15 N-heteroarylN I-16 N-heterocyclyl N

In some embodiments, a compound of Formula I has the structure:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing.

In another embodiment, the invention provides compounds of the followingFormula II:

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein

each R⁹ is independently —H, -hydrocarbyl, -aryl, -aralkyl, -heteroaryl,-heterocyclyl, —C(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)(alkyl), —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NH(alkyl),—C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —NHC(O)(alkyl), N(alkyl)C(O)(alkyl), or —SO₂NH₂;

each R¹⁰ is independently —H, —OH, —NH₂, —NH(alkyl), —N(alkyl)(alkyl),hydrocarbyl, —O-alkyl, —O-alkenyl, aryl, —O-aryl, aralkyl, —O-aralykl,heteroaryl, —O— heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —O-heterocyclyl, halo, —OCF₃,—C(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)(alkyl), —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NH(alkyl),—C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), NHC(O)(C₂-C₁₀-alkyl), N(alkyl)C(O)(alkyl),—OC(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)NH₂, —OC(O)NH(alkyl), —OC(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl),—CHNH, —CHN(alkyl), or —SO₂NH₂;

each of Q¹, Q², and Q³ is independently CR¹⁰ or N;

X is CHR¹⁰, S, O, or NR⁹; and

each m is independently an integer from 0-3.

In some embodiments, the compounds of Formula II are those wherein R⁹ isH or hydrocarbyl. In other embodiments, R⁹ is H. In other embodiments,R⁹ is hydrocarbyl. In other embodiments, R⁹ is alkyl. In otherembodiments, R⁹ is methyl. In other embodiments, R⁹ is ethyl. In otherembodiments, R⁹ is phenyl.

In some embodiments, the compounds of Formula II are those wherein R¹⁰is H, —OH, or hydrocarbyl. In other embodiments, R¹⁰ is H. In otherembodiments, R¹⁰ is —OH. In other embodiments, R¹⁰ is —OMe. In otherembodiments, R¹⁰ is —OEt. In other embodiments, R¹⁰ is —NH₂. In otherembodiments, R¹⁰ is —NHMe. In other embodiments, R¹⁰ is —NMe₂. In otherembodiments, R¹⁰ is hydrocarbyl. In other embodiments, R¹⁰ is alkyl. Inother embodiments, R¹⁰ is methyl. In other embodiments, R¹⁰ is ethyl. Inother embodiments, R¹⁰ is phenyl.

In another embodiment, R⁹ is H and R¹⁰ is —OH.

In some embodiments, the compounds of Formula II are those wherein eachof Q¹, Q², and Q³ is N. In other embodiments, each of Q¹, Q², and Q³ isCR¹⁰. In other embodiments, each of Q¹, Q² is N and Q³ is CR¹⁰.

In some embodiments, the compounds of Formula II are those wherein X isCH₂. In other embodiments, X is O. In other embodiments, X is NH. Inother embodiments, X is NMe. In other embodiments, X is N-benzyl.

In some embodiments, the compounds of Formula II are those wherein eachm is independently an integer from 0-3. In other embodiments, each m isindependently an integer from 1-3. In other embodiments, m is 0. Inother embodiments, m is 1. In other embodiments, m is 2. In otherembodiments, m is 3.

In other embodiments, Q¹ and Q³ are are N, Q² is CR¹⁰ and R¹⁰ is—N(alkyl)(alkyl). In other embodiments, Q¹ and Q³ are are N, Q² is CR¹⁰and R¹⁰ is —N(H)(alkyl). In other embodiments, Q¹ and Q³ are are N, Q²is CR¹⁰ and R¹⁰ is —N(CH₃)₂. In other embodiments, Q¹ and Q³ are are N,Q² is CR¹⁰ and R¹⁰ is —N(H)(CH₃).

In other embodiments, each m is 1, Xis NR⁹ and R⁹ is H. In otherembodiments, each m is 1 and X is O.

In some embodiments, Q¹, Q², Q³ and X of the compounds of Formula II arethe following:

X Q² Q³ Q¹ II-1 CHR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ II-2 S CR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ II-3 O CR¹⁰CR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ II-4 NR⁹ CR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ II-5 CHR¹⁰ N CR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ II-6 S N CR¹⁰CR¹⁰ II-7 O N CR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ II-8 NR⁹ N CR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ II-9 CHR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ N CR¹⁰II-10 S CR¹⁰ N CR¹⁰ II-11 O CR¹⁰ N CR¹⁰ II-12 NR⁹ CR¹⁰ N CR¹⁰ II-13CHR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ N II-14 S CR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ N II-15 O CR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ N II-16 NR⁹ CR¹⁰CR¹⁰ N II-17 CHR¹⁰ N N CR¹⁰ II-18 S N N CR¹⁰ II-19 O N N CR¹⁰ II-20 NR⁹N N CR¹⁰ II-21 CHR¹⁰ N CR¹⁰ N II-22 S N CR¹⁰ N II-23 O N CR¹⁰ N II-24NR⁹ N CR¹⁰ N II-25 CHR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ N N II-26 S CR¹⁰ N N II-27 O CR¹⁰ N NII-28 NR⁹ CR¹⁰ N N II-29 CHR¹⁰ N N N II-30 S N N N II-31 O N N N II-32NR⁹ N N N

In some embodiments, a compound of Formula II exists as a singletautomer or a mixture of tautomers. One of skill in the art willrecognize structures possessing tautomeric forms, and will understandthat the illustration of a single tautomer implies the structure of allpossible tautomeric forms. In some embodiments, R¹⁰ is OH, and thecompound of Formula II exists in one, two, or three tautomeric forms ofFormula II, as illustrated in Equation I.

In some embodiments, a compound of Formula II has the structure:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing.

In another embodiment, the invention encompasses compounds of thefollowing Formula III:

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein

each of R¹, R², and R³ is independently H, —OH, —NH₂, —NH(alkyl),—N(alkyl)(alkyl), hydrocarbyl, —O-hydrocarbyl, aryl, —O-aryl, aralkyl,—O-aralykl, heteroaryl, —O-heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —O-heterocyclyl,halo, —OCF₃, —C(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)(alkyl), —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NH(alkyl),—C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —NHC(O)(alkyl), N(alkyl)C(O)(alkyl),—OC(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)NH₂, —OC(O)NH(alkyl), —OC(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl),—CHNH, —CHN(alkyl), or —SO₂NH₂;

R⁵ is —H, —OH, —NH₂, —NH(alkyl), —N(alkyl)(alkyl), hydrocarbyl,—O-hydrocarbyl, aryl, —O-aryl, aralkyl, —O-aralkyl, heteroaryl,—O-heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, or —O— heterocyclyl;

Z¹ is CH₂, S, O, NH, N-hydrocarbyl, N-aryl, N-heteroaryl, orN-heterocyclyl;

Z² is CH or N; and

n is an integer from 1-6.

In some embodiments, the compounds of Formula III are those wherein Z²is N. In other embodiments, Z² is CH.

In some embodiments, R¹ is halo. In other embodiments, R¹ is chloro. Inother embodiments, R¹ is 2-halo. In other embodiments, R¹ is 2-chloro.In other embodiments, R¹ is H.

In some embodiments, Z¹ is S. In other embodiments, Z¹ is O. In otherembodiments, Z¹ is NH. In other embodiments, Z¹ is N-alkyl.

In some embodiments, each of R² and R³ is independently H or alkyl. Inother embodiments, each of R² and R³ is H. In other embodiments, each ofR² and R³ is methyl.

In some embodiments, R⁵ is —OH, —O-alkyl, or —O-aralkyl. In otherembodiments, R⁵ is —OH. In other embodiments, R⁵ is —O-benzyl. In otherembodiments, R⁵ is —OEt. In other embodiments, R⁵ is —OMe.

In some embodiments, n is an integer from 1-6. In other embodiments, nis 1. In other embodiments, n is 2. In other embodiments, n is 3. Inother embodiments, n is 4. In other embodiments, n is 5. In otherembodiments, n is 6.

In some embodiments, Z¹ and Z² of the compounds of Formula III are thefollowing:

Z¹ Z² III-1 CH₂ CH III-2 S CH III-3 O CH III-4 NH CH III-5 N-hydrocarbylCH III-6 N-aryl CH III-7 N-heteroaryl CH III-8 N-heterocyclyl CH III-9CH₂ N III-10 S N III-11 O N III-12 NH N III-13 N-hydrocarbyl N III-14N-aryl N III-15 N-heteroaryl N III-16 N-heterocyclyl N

In another embodiment, the invention provides compounds of the followingFormula IV:

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein

R¹ is H, —OH, —NH₂, —NH(alkyl), —N(alkyl)(alkyl), hydrocarbyl,—O-hydrocarbyl, aryl, —O-aryl, aralkyl, —O-aralykl, heteroaryl,—O-heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —O-heterocyclyl, halo, —OCF₃,—C(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)(alkyl), —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NH(alkyl),—C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —NHC(O)(alkyl), N(alkyl)C(O)(alkyl),—OC(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)NH₂, —OC(O)NH(alkyl), —OC(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl),—CHNH, —CHN(alkyl), or —SO₂NH₂;

Z¹ is CH₂, S, O, NH, N-hydrocarbyl, N-aryl, N-heteroaryl, orN-heterocyclyl; and

Z² is CH or N.

In some embodiments, the compounds of Formula IV are those wherein Z² isN. In other embodiments, Z² is CH.

In some embodiments, R¹ is halo. In other embodiments, R¹ is chloro. Inother embodiments, R¹ is 2-halo. In other embodiments, R¹ is 2-chloro.In other embodiments, R¹ is H.

In some embodiments, Z¹ is S. In other embodiments, Z¹ is O. In otherembodiments, Z¹ is NH. In other embodiments, Z¹ is N-alkyl.

In some embodiments, Z¹ and Z² of the compounds of Formula IV are thefollowing:

Z¹ Z² IV-1 CH₂ CH IV-2 S CH IV-3 O CH IV-4 NH CH IV-5 N-hydrocarbyl CHIV-6 N-aryl CH IV-7 N-heteroaryl CH IV-8 N-heterocyclyl CH IV-9 CH₂ NIV-10 S N IV-11 O N IV-12 NH N IV-13 N-hydrocarbyl N IV-14 N-aryl NIV-15 N-heteroaryl N IV-16 N-heterocyclyl N

In some embodiments, a compound of Formula IV has the structure: IVa:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof

In one embodiment, the invention encompasses compounds of the followingFormula V:

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein

each of R¹, R², and R³ is independently H, —OH, —NH₂, —NH(alkyl),—N(alkyl)(alkyl), hydrocarbyl, —O-hydrocarbyl, aryl, —O-aryl, aralkyl,—O-aralykl, heteroaryl, —O-heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —O-heterocyclyl,halo, OCF₃, —C(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)(alkyl), —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NH(alkyl),—C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —NHC(O)(alkyl), N(alkyl)C(O)(alkyl),—OC(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)NH₂, —OC(O)NH(alkyl), —OC(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl),—CHNH, —CHN(alkyl), or —SO₂NH₂;

R⁴ is —H, —OH, —COOH, —NH₂, —NH(alkyl), —N(alkyl)(alkyl), hydrocarbyl,—O— hydrocarbyl, aryl, —O-aryl, aralkyl, —O-aralkyl, heteroaryl,—O-heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —O-heterocyclyl, halo, —C(O)O(alkyl),—OC(O)(alkyl), —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NH(alkyl), —C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl),—NHC(O)(alkyl), N(alkyl)C(O)(alkyl), —OC(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)NH₂,—OC(O)NH(alkyl), or —OC(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl;

R⁶ is —H, —OH, —SH, —S-hydrocarbyl, —COOH, —NH₂, —NH(alkyl),—N(alkyl)(alkyl), hydrocarbyl, —O-hydrocarbyl, aryl, —O-aryl, aralkyl,—O-aralkyl, heteroaryl, —O-heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —O-heterocyclyl,halo, —C(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)(alkyl), —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NH(alkyl),—C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —NHC(O)(alkyl), N(alkyl)C(O)(alkyl),—OC(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)NH₂, —OC(O)NH(alkyl), or —OC(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl);

R⁷ is H, hydrocarbyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl;

Z² is CH or N; and

n is an integer from 1-6.

In some embodiments, the compounds of Formula V are those wherein Z² isN. In other embodiments, Z² is CH.

In some embodiments, R¹ is halo. In other embodiments, R¹ is chloro. Inother embodiments, R¹ is 2-halo. In other embodiments, R¹ is 2-chloro.In other embodiments, R¹ is H.

In some embodiments, each of R² and R³ is independently H or alkyl. Inother embodiments, each of R² and R³ is H. In other embodiments, each ofR² and R³ is alkyl. In other embodiments, each of R² and R³ is methyl.

In some embodiments, R⁴ is —OH, —COOH, —C(O)O(alkyl), or —OC(O)(alkyl).In other embodiments, R⁴ is —OH. In other embodiments, R⁴ is —COOH. Inother embodiments, R⁴ is —C(O)O(alkyl) or —OC(O)(alkyl). In otherembodiments, R⁴ is —COOEt. In other embodiments, R⁴ is —COOMe.

In some embodiments, R⁶ is —OH, —O-alkyl, —SH, —S-alkyl, or alkyl. Inother embodiments, R⁶ is —OH. In other embodiments, R⁶ is —OMe. In otherembodiments, R⁶ is H. In other embodiments, R⁶ is methyl. In otherembodiments, R⁶ is SH. In other embodiments, R⁶ is —SMe.

In some embodiments, R⁷ is H. In other embodiments, R⁷ is methyl. Inother embodiments, R⁷ is ethyl. In other embodiments, R⁷ is benzyl.

In some embodiments, n is an integer from 1-6. In other embodiments, nis 1. In other embodiments, n is 2. In other embodiments, n is 3. Inother embodiments, n is 4. In other embodiments, n is 5. In otherembodiments, n is 6.

In some embodiments, a compound of Formula V has the structure: Va:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof

In one embodiment, the invention encompasses compounds of the followingFormula VI:

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein

R¹, is H, —OH, —NH₂, —NH(alkyl), —N(alkyl)(alkyl), hydrocarbyl,—O-hydrocarbyl, aryl, —O-aryl, aralkyl, —O-aralykl, heteroaryl,—O-heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —O-heterocyclyl, halo, —OCF₃,—C(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)(alkyl), —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NH(alkyl),—C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —NHC(O)(alkyl), N(alkyl)C(O)(alkyl),—OC(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)NH₂, —OC(O)NH(alkyl), —OC(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl),—CHNH, —CHN(alkyl), or —SO₂NH₂;

R⁵ is —H, —OH, —NH₂, —NH(alkyl), —N(alkyl)(alkyl), hydrocarbyl,—O-hydrocarbyl, aryl, —O-aryl, aralkyl, —O-aralkyl, heteroaryl,—O-heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —O-heterocyclyl, or halo;

R⁶ is —H, —OH, —SH, —S-hydrocarbyl, —COOH, —NH₂, —NH(alkyl),—N(alkyl)(alkyl), hydrocarbyl, —O-hydrocarbyl, aryl, —O-aryl, aralkyl,—O-aralkyl, heteroaryl, —O-heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —O-heterocyclyl,halo, —C(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)(alkyl), —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NH(alkyl),—C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —NHC(O)(alkyl), N(alkyl)C(O)(alkyl),—OC(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)NH₂, —OC(O)NH(alkyl), or —OC(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl);

R⁷ is H, hydrocarbyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; and

Z² is CH or N.

In some embodiments, the compounds of Formula VI are those wherein Z² isN. In other embodiments, Z² is CH.

In some embodiments, R¹ is halo. In other embodiments, R¹ is chloro. Inother embodiments, R¹ is 2-halo. In other embodiments, R¹ is 2-chloro.In other embodiments, R¹ is H.

In some embodiments, R⁵ is OH, O-alkyl, or O-aralkyl. In otherembodiments, R⁵ is OH. In other embodiments, R⁵ is O-benzyl. In otherembodiments, R⁵ is OEt. In other embodiments, R⁵ is OMe.

In some embodiments, R⁶ is —OH, —O-alkyl, —SH, —S-alkyl, or alkyl. Inother embodiments, R⁶ is —OH. In other embodiments, R⁶ is —OMe. In otherembodiments, R⁶ is —H. In other embodiments, R⁶ is methyl. In otherembodiments, R⁶ is —SH. In other embodiments, R⁶ is —SMe.

In some embodiments, R⁷ is H. In other embodiments, R⁷ is methyl. Inother embodiments, R⁷ is ethyl. In other embodiments, R⁷ is benzyl.

In some embodiments, a compound of Formula VI has the structure:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof

In one embodiment, the invention encompasses compounds of the followingFormula VII:

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein

each of R^(1a), R^(1b), and R^(1c) is independently —H, —OH, —NH₂,—NH(alkyl), —N(alkyl)(alkyl), hydrocarbyl, —O-hydrocarbyl, aryl,—O-aryl, aralkyl, —O-aralykl, heteroaryl, —O-heteroaryl, heterocyclyl,—O-heterocyclyl, halo, —OCF₃, —C(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)(alkyl), —C(O)NH₂,—C(O)NH(alkyl), —C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —NHC(O)(alkyl),N(alkyl)C(O)(alkyl), —OC(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)NH₂, —OC(O)NH(alkyl),—OC(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —CHNH, —CHN(alkyl), or —SO₂NH₂;

each X is independently CHR¹⁰, S, O, or NR⁹;

each R⁹ is independently H, hydrocarbyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl,heterocyclyl, —C(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)(alkyl), —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NH(alkyl),—C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —NHC(O)(alkyl), N(alkyl)C(O)(alkyl), or —SO₂NH₂;

each R¹⁰ is independently —H, —OH, —NH₂, —NH(alkyl), —N(alkyl)(alkyl),hydrocarbyl, —O-hydrocarbyl, aryl, —O-aryl, aralkyl, —O-aralykl,heteroaryl, —O-heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —O-heterocyclyl, halo, —OCF₃,—C(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)(alkyl), —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NH(alkyl),—C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —NHC(O)(alkyl), N(alkyl)C(O)(alkyl),—OC(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)NH₂, —OC(O)NH(alkyl), —OC(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl),—CHNH, —CHN(alkyl), or —SO₂NH₂; and

m is an integer from 0-3.

In some embodiments, one or more of R^(1a), R^(1b) and R^(1c) is halo.In other embodiments, one or more of R^(1a), R^(1b), and R^(1c) ischloro. In other embodiments, each of R^(1a), R^(1b) and R^(1c) is H.

In some embodiments, X is CH₂. In other embodiments, X is O. In otherembodiments, X is NH. In other embodiments, X is NMe. In otherembodiments, X is N-benzyl.

In some embodiments, R⁹ is H or hydrocarbyl. In other embodiments, R⁹ isH. In other embodiments, R⁹ is hydrocarbyl. In other embodiments, R⁹ isalkyl. In other embodiments, R⁹ is methyl. In other embodiments, R⁹ isethyl. In other embodiments, R⁹ is phenyl.

In some embodiments, R¹⁰ is H, —OH, or hydrocarbyl. In otherembodiments, R¹⁰ is H. In other embodiments, R¹⁰ is —OH. In otherembodiments, R¹⁰ is —OMe. In other embodiments, R¹⁰ is —OEt. In otherembodiments, R¹⁰ is —NH₂. In other embodiments, R¹⁰ is —NHMe. In otherembodiments, R¹⁰ is —NMe₂. In other embodiments, R¹⁰ is hydrocarbyl. Inother embodiments, R¹⁰ is alkyl. In other embodiments, R¹⁰ is methyl. Inother embodiments, R¹⁰ is ethyl. In other embodiments, R¹⁰ is phenyl.

In some embodiments, m is an integer from 0-3. In other embodiments, mis an integer from 1-3. In other embodiments, m is 0. In otherembodiments, m is 1. In other embodiments, m is 2. In other embodiments,m is 3.

In some embodiment, the invention encompasses compounds of the followingFormula VII-1:

Wherein R^(1a), R^(1b), R^(1c), m, R⁹, and R¹⁰ are defined as above, andX¹ and X² are defined as X above.

In some embodiments, X¹ and X² of the compounds of Formula VII-1 are thefollowing:

X¹ X² VII-1-1 CHR¹⁰ CHR¹⁰ VII-1-2 CHR¹⁰ S VII-1-3 CHR¹⁰ O VII-1-4 CHR¹⁰NR⁹ VII-1-5 S CHR¹⁰ VII-1-6 S S VII-1-7 S O VII-1-8 S NR⁹ VII-1-9 NCHR¹⁰ VII-1-10 N S VII-1-11 N O VII-1-12 N NR⁹ VII-1-13 NR⁹ CHR¹⁰VII-1-14 NR⁹ S VII-1-15 NR⁹ O VII-1-16 NR⁹ NR⁹

In some embodiments, a compound of Formula VII has the structure:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In another embodiment, the invention encompasses compounds of thefollowing Formula VIII:

or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein

R¹ is —H, —OH, —NH₂, —NH(alkyl), —N(alkyl)(alkyl), hydrocarbyl,—O-hydrocarbyl, aryl, —O-aryl, aralkyl, —O-aralykl, heteroaryl,—O-heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —O-heterocyclyl, halo, —OCF₃,—C(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)(alkyl), —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NH(alkyl),—C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —NHC(O)(alkyl), N(alkyl)C(O)(alkyl),—OC(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)NH₂, —OC(O)NH(alkyl), —OC(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl),—CHNH, —CHN(alkyl), or —SO₂NH₂;

R¹ is H, hydrocarbyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl,—C(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)(alkyl), —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NH(alkyl),—C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —NHC(O)(alkyl), N(alkyl)C(O)(alkyl), or —SO₂NH₂;

each of Q¹, Q², Q³, and Q⁴ is independently CR¹⁰ or N; and each R¹⁰ isindependently —H, —OH, —NH₂, —NH(alkyl), —N(alkyl)(alkyl), hydrocarbyl,—O-hydrocarbyl, aryl, —O-aryl, aralkyl, —O-aralykl, heteroaryl,—O-heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —O-heterocyclyl, halo, —OCF₃,—C(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)(alkyl), —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NH(alkyl),—C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —NHC(O)(alkyl), N(alkyl)C(O)(alkyl),—OC(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)NH₂, —OC(O)NH(alkyl), —OC(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl),—CHNH, —CHN(alkyl), or —SO₂NH₂.

In some embodiments, R¹ is alkyl. In other embodiments, R¹ is 2-alkyl.

In other embodiments, Q¹ is H, Q² is CR¹⁰ and R¹⁰ is —OH and Q³ is CR¹⁰and R¹⁰ is O-alkyl. In other embodiments, Q¹ is CR¹⁰ and R¹⁰ is—O-alkyl, Q² is CR¹⁰ and R¹⁰ is —OH and Q³ is H.

In other embodiments, Q⁴ is N. In other embodiments, Q⁴ is CR¹⁰. Inother embodiments, Q⁴ is C(H).

In some embodiments, R¹⁰ is H, —OH, or hydrocarbyl. In otherembodiments, R¹⁰ is H. In other embodiments, R¹⁰ is —OH. In otherembodiments, R¹⁰ is —OMe. In other embodiments, R¹⁰ is —OEt. In otherembodiments, R¹⁰ is —NH₂. In other embodiments, R¹⁰ is —NHMe. In otherembodiments, R¹⁰ is —NMe₂. In other embodiments, R¹⁰ is hydrocarbyl. Inother embodiments, R¹⁰ is alkyl. In other embodiments, R¹⁰ is methyl. Inother embodiments, R¹⁰ is ethyl. In other embodiments, R¹⁰ is phenyl.

In some embodiments, R¹¹ is H. In other embodiments, R¹¹ is methyl. Inother embodiments, R¹¹ is ethyl. In other embodiments, R¹¹ is benzyl.

In some embodiments Q¹, Q², Q³, and Q⁴ of the compounds of Formula VIIIare defined as follows:

Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 VIII-1 CR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ VIII-2 CR¹⁰ N CR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ VIII-3CR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ N CR¹⁰ VIII-4 CR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ N VIII-5 CR¹⁰ N N CR¹⁰ VIII-6CR¹⁰ N CR¹⁰ N VIII-7 CR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ N N VIII-8 CR¹⁰ N N N VIII-9 N CR¹⁰ CR¹⁰CR¹⁰ VIII-10 N N CR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ VIII-11 N CR¹⁰ N CR¹⁰ VIII-12 N CR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ NVIII-13 N N N CR¹⁰ VIII-14 N N CR¹⁰ N VIII-15 N CR¹⁰ N N VIII-16 N N N N

In some embodiments, a compound of Formula VIII has the structure:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In another embodiment, the invention encompasses compounds of thefollowing Formula IX:

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein

each of R^(11a), R^(11b), and R^(11c) is independently H, hydrocarbyl,aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —C(O)(alkyl), —C(O)O(alkyl),—C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NH(alkyl), —C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), or —SO₂NH₂;

each of X¹ and X² is independently CHR¹⁰, S, O, NR⁹, or N-acyl;

-   -   each R⁹ is independently H, hydrocarbyl, aryl, aralkyl,        heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —C(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)(alkyl),        —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NH(alkyl), —C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —NHC(O)(alkyl),        N(alkyl)C(O)(alkyl), —OC(O)O(alkyl), or —SO₂NH₂;

each R¹⁰ is independently —H, —OH, —NH₂, —NH(alkyl), —N(alkyl)(alkyl),hydrocarbyl, —O-hydrocarbyl, aryl, —O-aryl, aralkyl, —O-aralykl,heteroaryl, —O-heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —O-heterocyclyl, halo, —OCF₃,—C(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)(alkyl), —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NH(alkyl),—C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —NHC(O)(alkyl), N(alkyl)C(O)(alkyl),—OC(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)NH₂, —OC(O)NH(alkyl), —OC(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl),—CHNH, —CHN(alkyl), or —SO₂NH₂; and

each m is independently an integer from 1-3.

In some embodiments, each of X¹ and X² is CH₂. In other embodiments,each of X¹ and X² is O. In other embodiments, each of X¹ and X² is NH.In other embodiments, each of X¹ and X² is NMe. In other embodiments,each of X¹ and X² is N-benzyl.

In some embodiments, R⁹ is H or hydrocarbyl. In other embodiments, R⁹ isH. In other embodiments, R⁹ is hydrocarbyl. In other embodiments, R⁹ isalkyl. In other embodiments, R⁹ is methyl. In other embodiments, R⁹ isethyl. In other embodiments, R⁹ is phenyl.

In some embodiments, R¹⁰ is H, —OH, or hydrocarbyl. In otherembodiments, R¹⁰ is H. In other embodiments, R¹⁰ is —OH. In otherembodiments, R¹⁰ is —OMe. In other embodiments, R¹⁰ is —OEt. In otherembodiments, R¹⁰ is —NH₂. In other embodiments, R¹⁰ is —NHMe. In otherembodiments, R¹⁰ is —NMe₂. In other embodiments, R¹⁰ is hydrocarbyl. Inother embodiments, R¹⁰ is alkyl. In other embodiments, R¹⁰ is methyl. Inother embodiments, R¹⁰ is ethyl. In other embodiments, R¹⁰ is phenyl.

In some embodiments, each of R^(11a), R^(11b), and R^(11c) is H. Inother embodiments, one or more of R^(11a), R^(11b), and R^(11c) ismethyl. In other embodiments, one or more of R^(11a), R^(11b), andR^(11c) is ethyl. In other embodiments, one or more of R^(11a), R^(11b),and R^(11c) is benzyl. In other embodiments, one or more of R^(11a),R^(11b), and R^(11c) is acetyl. In other embodiments, one or more ofR^(11a), R^(11b), and R^(11c) is benzoyl.

In some embodiments, each m is independently an integer from 1-3. Inother embodiments, m is 1. In other embodiments, m is 2. In otherembodiments, m is 3.

In some embodiments, X¹ and X² of the compounds of Formula IX are thefollowing:

X¹ X¹ IX-1 CHR¹⁰ CHR¹⁰ IX-2 S CHR¹⁰ IX-3 O CHR¹⁰ IX-4 NR⁹ CHR¹⁰ IX-5N-acyl CHR¹⁰ IX-6 CHR¹⁰ S IX-7 S S IX-8 O S IX-9 NR⁹ S IX-10 N-acyl SIX-11 CHR¹⁰ O IX-12 S O IX-13 O O IX-14 NR⁹ O IX-15 N-acyl O IX-16 CHR¹⁰NR⁹ IX-17 S NR⁹ IX-18 O NR⁹ IX-19 NR⁹ NR⁹ IX-20 N-acyl NR⁹ IX-21 CHR¹⁰ NIX-22 S N IX-23 O N IX-24 NR⁹ N IX-25 N-acyl N

The compounds disclosed herein can include one or more chiral centersand/or double bonds and, therefore, exist as stereoisomers, such asgeometric isomers, enantiomers, or diastereomers. Illustrations hereinof the compounds of the invention encompass all possible isomers asmixtures or in purified forms. Purified forms can begeometrically-enriched, enantiomerically-enriched,diastereomerically-enriched, optically-enriched, geometrically-pure,enantiomerically-pure, diastereomerically-pure, or optically-pure.Mixtures can include any combination of isomers, such as andenantiomeric, diastereomeric, racemic, and stereoisomeric mixtures. Inone embodiment, the compounds of the invention exist as a singlestereoisomer, substantially free of another stereoisomer. In anotherembodiment, the compounds of the invention exist as a single enantiomer,substantially free of its corresponding opposite enantiomer. In anotherembodiment, the compounds of the invention exist as racemates.

Compounds of the invention can be obtained, isolated, or purified suchthat they are racemic, substantially free of another stereoisomer orsubstantially free of corresponding opposite enantiomers using methodsknown to one of skill in the art, including chiral high performanceliquid chromatography, selective crystallization, and reaction with achiral resolving agent or chiral auxiliary.

In one embodiment, the compound of the invention is a compound orpharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound of the followingFormula X:

wherein

each R⁹ is independently —H, -hydrocarbyl, -aryl, -aralkyl, -heteroaryl,-heterocyclyl, —C(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)(alkyl), —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NH(alkyl),—C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —NHC(O)(alkyl), N(alkyl)C(O)(alkyl), or —SO₂NH₂;

each R¹⁰ is independently —H, —OH, —NH₂, —NH(alkyl), —N(alkyl)(alkyl),hydrocarbyl, —O-hydrocarbyl, aryl, —O-aryl, aralkyl, —O-aralykl,heteroaryl, —O-heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —O-heterocyclyl, halo, —OCF₃,—C(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)(alkyl), —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NH(alkyl),—C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —NHC(O)(alkyl), N(alkyl)C(O)(alkyl),—OC(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)NH₂, —OC(O)NH(alkyl), —OC(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl),—CHNH, —CHN(alkyl), or —SO₂NH₂;

each of Q¹, Q², and Q³ is independently CR¹⁰ or N;

X is CHR¹⁰, S, O, or NR⁹; and

each m is independently an integer from 0-3.

In some embodiments, Q¹, Q², Q³ and X of the compounds of Formula X arethe following:

X Q² Q³ Q¹ X-1 CHR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ X-2 S CR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ X-3 O CR¹⁰ CR¹⁰CR¹⁰ X-4 NR⁹ CR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ X-5 CHR¹⁰ N CR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ X-6 S N CR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ X-7O N CR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ X-8 NR⁹ N CR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ X-9 CHR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ N CR¹⁰ X-10 S CR¹⁰ NCR¹⁰ X-11 O CR¹⁰ N CR¹⁰ X-12 NR⁹ CR¹⁰ N CR¹⁰ X-13 CHR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ N X-14S CR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ N X-15 O CR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ N X-16 NR⁹ CR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ N X-17 CHR¹⁰ N NCR¹⁰ X-18 S N N CR¹⁰ X-19 O N N CR¹⁰ X-20 NR⁹ N N CR¹⁰ X-21 CHR¹⁰ N CR¹⁰N X-22 S N CR¹⁰ N X-23 O N CR¹⁰ N X-24 NR⁹ N CR¹⁰ N X-25 CHR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ N NX-26 S CR¹⁰ N N X-27 O CR¹⁰ N N X-28 NR⁹ CR¹⁰ N N X-29 CHR¹⁰ N N N X-30S N N N X-31 O N N N X-32 NR⁹ N N N

In one embodiment, the compound of the invention is a compound orpharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound of the followingFormula XI:

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein

each of R^(11a), R^(11b), and R^(11c) is independently H, hydrocarbyl,aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —C(O)(alkyl), —C(O)O(alkyl),—C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NH(alkyl), —C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), or —SO₂NH₂;

each of X¹ and X² is independently CHR¹⁰, S, O, NR⁹, or N-acyl;

each R⁹ is independently H, hydrocarbyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl,heterocyclyl, —C(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)(alkyl), —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NH(alkyl),—C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —NHC(O)(alkyl), N(alkyl)C(O)(alkyl),—OC(O)O(alkyl), or —SO₂NH₂;

each R¹⁰ is independently —H, —OH, —NH₂, —NH(alkyl), —N(alkyl)(alkyl),hydrocarbyl, —O-hydrocarbyl, aryl, —O-aryl, aralkyl, —O-aralykl,heteroaryl, —O-heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —O-heterocyclyl, halo, —OCF₃,—C(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)(alkyl), —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NH(alkyl),—C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —NHC(O)(alkyl), N(alkyl)C(O)(alkyl),—OC(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)NH₂, —OC(O)NH(alkyl), —OC(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl),—CHNH, —CHN(alkyl), or —SO₂NH₂; and

each m is independently an integer from 0-3.

In some embodiments, X¹ and X² of the compounds of Formula XI are thefollowing:

X¹ X¹ XI-1 CHR¹⁰ CHR¹⁰ XI-2 S CHR¹⁰ XI-3 O CHR¹⁰ XI-4 NR⁹ CHR¹⁰ XI-5N-acyl CHR¹⁰ XI-6 CHR¹⁰ S XI-7 S S XI-8 O S XI-9 NR⁹ S XI-10 N-acyl SXI-11 CHR¹⁰ O XI-12 S O XI-13 O O XI-14 NR⁹ O XI-15 N-acyl O XI-16 CHR¹⁰NR⁹ XI-17 S NR⁹ XI-18 O NR⁹ XI-19 NR⁹ NR⁹ XI-20 N-acyl NR⁹ XI-21 CHR¹⁰ NXI-22 S N XI-23 O N XI-24 NR⁹ N XI-25 N-acyl N

In one embodiment, a compound of Formula XI has the structure:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In another embodiment, the invention provides compounds of the followingFormula XII:

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein

each R⁹ is independently —H, -hydrocarbyl, -aryl, -aralkyl, -heteroaryl,-heterocyclyl, —C(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)(alkyl), —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NH(alkyl),—C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —NHC(O)(alkyl), N(alkyl)C(O)(alkyl), or —SO₂NH₂;

each R¹⁰ is independently —H, —OH, —NH₂, —NH(alkyl), —N(alkyl)(alkyl),hydrocarbyl, —O-alkyl, —O-alkenyl, aryl, —O-aryl, aralkyl, —O-aralykl,heteroaryl, —O— heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —O-heterocyclyl, halo, —OCF₃,—C(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)(alkyl), —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NH(alkyl),—C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), NHC(O)(C₂-C₁₀-alkyl), N(alkyl)C(O)(alkyl),—OC(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)NH₂, —OC(O)NH(alkyl), —OC(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl),—CHNH, —CHN(alkyl), —SO₂NH₂, —S-alkyl, —S-aryl, —S-heteroaryl,—S-heterocycle, or —S— hydrocarbyl;

each of Q¹, Q², and Q³ is independently CR¹⁰ or N;

X is CHR¹⁰, S, O, or NR⁹; and

each m is independently an integer from 0-3.

In some embodiments, the compounds of Formula XII are those wherein R⁹is H or hydrocarbyl. In other embodiments, R⁹ is H. In otherembodiments, R⁹ is hydrocarbyl. In other embodiments, R⁹ is alkyl. Inother embodiments, R⁹ is methyl. In other embodiments, R⁹ is ethyl. Inother embodiments, R⁹ is phenyl.

In some embodiments, the compounds of Formula XII are those wherein R¹⁰is H, —OH, or hydrocarbyl. In other embodiments, R¹⁰ is H. In otherembodiments, R¹⁰ is —OH. In other embodiments, R¹⁰ is —OMe. In otherembodiments, R¹⁰ is —OEt. In other embodiments, R¹⁰ is —NH₂. In otherembodiments, R¹⁰ is —NHMe. In other embodiments, R¹⁰ is —NMe₂. In otherembodiments, R¹⁰ is hydrocarbyl. In other embodiments, R¹⁰ is alkyl. Inother embodiments, R¹⁰ is methyl. In other embodiments, R¹⁰ is ethyl. Inother embodiments, R¹⁰ is phenyl. In other embodiments, R10 is —S-alkyl

In another embodiment, R⁹ is H and R¹⁰ is —OH.

In some embodiments, the compounds of Formula XII are those wherein eachof Q¹, Q², and Q³ is N. In other embodiments, each of Q¹, Q², and Q³ isCR¹⁰. In other embodiments, each of Q¹, Q² is N and Q³ is CR¹⁰.

In some embodiments, the compounds of Formula XII are those wherein X isCH₂. In other embodiments, X is O. In other embodiments, X is NH. Inother embodiments, X is NMe. In other embodiments, X is N-benzyl.

In some embodiments, the compounds of Formula XII are those wherein eachm is independently an integer from 0-3. In other embodiments, each m isindependently an integer from 1-3. In other embodiments, m is 0. Inother embodiments, m is 1. In other embodiments, m is 2. In otherembodiments, m is 3.

In other embodiments, Q¹ and Q³ are are N, Q² is CR¹⁰ and R¹⁰ is—N(alkyl)(alkyl). In other embodiments, Q¹ and Q³ are are N, Q² is CR¹⁰and R¹⁰ is —N(H)(alkyl). In other embodiments, Q¹ and Q³ are are N, Q²is CR¹⁰ and R¹⁰ is —N(CH₃)₂. In other embodiments, Q¹ and Q³ are are N,Q² is CR¹⁰ and R¹⁰ is —N(H)(CH₃).

In other embodiments, each m is 1, X is NR⁹ and R⁹ is H. In otherembodiments, each m is 1 and X is O.

In some embodiments, Q¹, Q², Q³ and X of the compounds of Formula XIIare the following:

X Q² Q³ Q¹ XII-1 CHR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ XII-2 S CR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ XII-3 OCR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ XII-4 NR⁹ CR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ XII-5 CHR¹⁰ N CR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ XII-6 SN CR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ XII-7 O N CR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ XII-8 NR⁹ N CR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ XII-9 CHR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ NCR¹⁰ XII-10 S CR¹⁰ N CR¹⁰ XII-11 O CR¹⁰ N CR¹⁰ XII-12 NR⁹ CR¹⁰ N CR¹⁰XII-13 CHR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ N XII-14 S CR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ N XII-15 O CR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ NXII-16 NR⁹ CR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ N XII-17 CHR¹⁰ N N CR¹⁰ XII-18 S N N CR¹⁰ XII-19 ON N CR¹⁰ XII-20 NR⁹ N N CR¹⁰ XII-21 CHR¹⁰ N CR¹⁰ N XII-22 S N CR¹⁰ NXII-23 O N CR¹⁰ N XII-24 NR⁹ N CR¹⁰ N XII-25 CHR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ N N XII-26 SCR¹⁰ N N XII-27 O CR¹⁰ N N XII-28 NR⁹ CR¹⁰ N N XII-29 CHR¹⁰ N N N XII-30S N N N XII-31 O N N N XII-32 NR⁹ N N N

In some embodiments, a compound of Formula XII exists as a singletautomer or as a mixture of tautomers. One of skill in the art willrecognize structures possessing tautomeric forms, and will understandthat the illustration of a single tautomer implies the structure of allpossible tautomeric forms. In some embodiments, R¹⁰ is OH, and thecompound of Formula XII exists in one, two, or three tautomeric forms ofFormula XII, as illustrated in Equation II.

In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula XII has the structure offormula II, and illustrative compounds of Formula XII include compoundsIIa-IIjj, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.

In some embodiments, a compound of Formula XII has the structure:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In another embodiment, the invention provides compounds of the followingFormula XIII:

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein

R¹ is is independently —H, —OH, —NH₂, —NH(alkyl), —N(alkyl)(alkyl),hydrocarbyl, —O-hydrocarbyl, aryl, —O-aryl, aralkyl, —O-aralykl,heteroaryl, —O-heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —O-heterocyclyl, halo, —OCF₃,—C(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)(alkyl), —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NH(alkyl),—C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —NHC(O)(alkyl), N(alkyl)C(O)(alkyl),—OC(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)NH₂, —OC(O)NH(alkyl), —OC(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl),—CHNH, —CHN(alkyl), or —SO₂NH₂;

R¹¹ is H, hydrocarbyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl,—C(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)(alkyl), —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NH(alkyl),—C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —NHC(O)(alkyl), N(alkyl)C(O)(alkyl), or —SO₂NH₂;

each of Q¹, Q², Q³, and Q⁴ is independently CR¹⁰ or N;

n is an integer from 1-4, and

each R¹⁰ is independently —H, —OH, —NH₂, —NH(alkyl), —N(alkyl)(alkyl),hydrocarbyl, —O-hydrocarbyl, aryl, —O-aryl, aralkyl, —O-aralykl,heteroaryl, —O-heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —O-heterocyclyl, halo, —OCF₃,—C(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)(alkyl), —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NH(alkyl),—C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —NHC(O)(alkyl), N(alkyl)C(O)(alkyl),—OC(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)NH₂, —OC(O)NH(alkyl), —OC(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl),—CHNH, —CHN(alkyl), or —SO₂NH₂.

In some embodiments, R¹ is alkyl. In other embodiments, R¹ is 2-alkyl.

In other embodiments, Q¹ is H, Q² is CR¹⁰ and R¹⁰ is —OH and Q³ is CR¹⁰and R¹⁰ is O-alkyl. In other embodiments, Q¹ is CR¹⁰ and R¹⁰ is—O-alkyl, Q² is CR¹⁰ and R¹⁰ is —OH and Q³ is H.

In other embodiments, Q⁴ is N. In other embodiments, Q⁴ is CR¹⁰. Inother embodiments, Q⁴ is C(H).

In some embodiments, R¹⁰ is H, —OH, or hydrocarbyl. In otherembodiments, R¹⁰ is H. In other embodiments, R¹⁰ is —OH. In otherembodiments, R¹⁰ is —OMe. In other embodiments, R¹⁰ is —OEt. In otherembodiments, R¹⁰ is —NH₂. In other embodiments, R¹⁰ is —NHMe. In otherembodiments, R¹⁰ is —NMe₂. In other embodiments, R¹⁰ is hydrocarbyl. Inother embodiments, R¹⁰ is alkyl. In other embodiments, R¹⁰ is methyl. Inother embodiments, R¹⁰ is ethyl. In other embodiments, R¹⁰ is phenyl.

In some embodiments, R¹¹ is H. In other embodiments, R¹¹ is methyl. Inother embodiments, R¹¹ is ethyl. In other embodiments, R¹¹ is benzyl.

In some embodiments, the compounds of Formula XIII are those wherein nis independently an integer from 1-4. In other embodiments, n is 1. Inother embodiments, n is 2. In other embodiments, n is 3. In otherembodiments, n is 4.

In some embodiments Q¹, Q², Q³, and Q⁴ of the compounds of Formula XIIIare defined as follows:

Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 XIII-1 CR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ XIII-2 CR¹⁰ N CR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ XIII-3CR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ N CR¹⁰ XIII-4 CR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ N XIII-5 CR¹⁰ N N CR¹⁰ XIII-6CR¹⁰ N CR¹⁰ N XIII-7 CR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ N N XIII-8 CR¹⁰ N N N XIII-9 N CR¹⁰ CR¹⁰CR¹⁰ XIII-10 N N CR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ XIII-11 N CR¹⁰ N CR¹⁰ XIII-12 N CR¹⁰ CR¹⁰ NXIII-13 N N N CR¹⁰ XIII-14 N N CR¹⁰ N XIII-15 N CR¹⁰ N N XIII-16 N N N N

In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula XIII has the structure offormula VIII, and illustrative compounds of Formula XIII includecompounds VIIIa VIIIc, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.

In some embodiments, a compound of Formula XIII has the structure:

or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.

III. Treatment or Prevention of a Condition with the Compounds of theInvention

In accordance with the invention, the compounds of the invention areuseful for treating or preventing one or more Conditions.

In one embodiment, the invention provides methods for the treatment orprevention of one or more Conditions comprising administering to asubject in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of theinvention.

In another embodiment, the invention provides use of one or morecompounds of the invention in the manufacture of a medicament useful forthe treatment or prevention of one or more Conditions.

In another embodiment, the invention provides one or more compounds ofthe invention for the treatment or prevention of one or more Conditions.

Non-limiting examples of Conditions that are treatable or preventable byadministering one or more compounds of the invention include: (i) adisorder of lipoprotein metabolism including, dyslipidemia,dyslipoproteinemia, lipoprotein overproduction or deficiency, elevationof total cholesterol, elevation of low density lipoproteinconcentration, elevation of triglyceride concentration, lipidelimination in bile, metabolic disorder, phospholipid elimination inbile, oxysterol elimination in bile, and peroxisome proliferatoractivated receptor-associated disorders; (ii) a disorder of glucosemetabolism including insulin resistance, impaired glucose tolerance,impaired fasting glucose levels in blood, diabetes mellitus,lipodystrophy, central obesity, peripheral lipoatrophy, diabeticnephropathy, diabetic retinopathy, renal disease, and septicemia; (iii)a cardiovascular disorder or a related vascular disorder includinghypertension, coronary artery disease, myocardial infarcation,arrhythmia, atrial fibrillation, heart valve disease, heart failure,cardiomyopathy, pericarditis and impotence; and (iv) a disorderinvolving abnormal modulation of C-reactive protein or a relateddisorder including inflammation, ischemic necrosis, colon cancer and athrombotic disorder; and (v) aging, Alzheimer's Disease, Parkinson'sDisease, pancreatitis, pancreatitius, and abnormal bile production.

The invention further provides methods for identifying a biomarker forone or more Conditions, comprising administering an effective amount ofa compound of the invention to a subject in need thereof and measuringthe level of unesterified cholesterol in the subject's blood. In oneembodiment the Condition is a cardiovascular-related disorder. Inanother embodiment the biomarker is the presence of reverse cholesteroltransport from the arterial vessels to the liver or cholesterolelimination in the bile acids, or both.

The invention further provides the use of free cholesterol as abiomarker of the P2Y13 activation having as consequence thefunctionalisation of the HDL, i.e., its increased potency of a reversecholesterol transport agent. Accordingly, the invention further providesmethods for determining the extent of P2Y13 activation, comprisingadministering an effective amount of a compound of the invention to asubject in need thereof and measuring the amount of free cholesterol inthe subject's blood.

The compounds of the invention and compositions thereof can beadministered orally. The compounds of the invention and compositionsthereof can also be administered by any other convenient route, forexample, by intravenous infusion or bolus injection, by absorptionthrough epithelial or mucocutaneous linings (e.g., oral mucosa, rectaland intestinal mucosa, etc.) and can be administered together withanother biologically active agent. Administration can be systemic orlocal. Various delivery systems are known, e.g., encapsulation inliposomes, microparticles, microcapsules, capsules, etc., and can beused to administer a compound of the invention. In certain embodiments,more than one compound of the invention is administered to a subject.Methods of administration include but are not limited to intradermal,intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intravenous, subcutaneous, intranasal,epidural, oral, sublingual, intranasal, intracerebral, intravaginal,transdermal, rectally, by inhalation, or topically, particularly to theears, nose, eyes, or skin. The mode of administration can be left to thediscretion of the practitioner, and depends in-part upon the site of themedical condition. In most instances, administration results in therelease of the compounds of the invention into the bloodstream.

In specific embodiments, it may be desirable to administer one or morecompounds of the invention locally to the area in need of treatment.This may be achieved, for example, and not by way of limitation, bylocal infusion during surgery, topical application, e.g., in conjunctionwith a wound dressing after surgery, by injection, by means of acatheter, by means of a suppository, or by means of an implant, theimplant being of a porous, non-porous, or gelatinous material, includingmembranes, such as sialastic membranes, or fibers. In one embodiment,administration can be by direct injection at the site (or former site)of an atherosclerotic plaque tissue.

In certain embodiments, a compound of the invention can be introducedinto the central nervous system by any suitable route, includingintraventricular, intrathecal and epidural injection. Intraventricularinjection can be facilitated by an intraventricular catheter, forexample, attached to a reservoir, such as an Ommaya reservoir.

Pulmonary administration can also be employed, e.g., by use of aninhaler or nebulizer, and formulation with an aerosolizing agent, or viaperfusion in a fluorocarbon or synthetic pulmonary surfactant. Incertain embodiments, the compounds of the invention can be formulated asa suppository, with traditional binders and vehicles such astriglycerides.

In another embodiment, the compounds and compositions of the compoundsof the invention can be delivered in a vesicle, in particular a liposome(see Langer, 1990, Science 249:1527-1533; Treat et al., in Liposomes inthe Therapy of Infectious Disease and Cancer, Lopez-Berestein and Fidler(eds.), Liss, New York, pp. 353-365 (1989); Lopez-Berestein, ibid., pp.317-327; see generally ibid.).

In yet another embodiment, the compounds and compositions of thecompounds of the invention can be delivered in a controlled releasesystem. In one embodiment, a pump may be used (see Langer, supra;Sefton, 1987, CRC Crit. Ref. Biomed. Eng. 14:201; Buchwald et al., 1980,Surgery 88:507 Saudek et al., 1989, N. Engl. J. Med. 321:574). Inanother embodiment, polymeric materials can be used (see MedicalApplications of Controlled Release, Langer and Wise (eds.), CRC Pres.,Boca Raton, Fla. (1974); Controlled Drug Bioavailability, Drug ProductDesign and Performance, Smolen and Ball (eds.), Wiley, New York (1984);Ranger and Peppas, 1983, J. Macromol. Sci. Rev. Macromol. Chem. 23:61;see also Levy et al., 1985, Science 228:190; During et al., 1989, Ann.Neurol. 25:351; Howard et al., 1989, J. Neurosurg. 71:105). In anotherembodiment, a controlled-release system can be placed in proximity ofthe target area to be treated, e.g., the liver, thus requiring only afraction of the systemic dose (see, e.g., Goodson, in MedicalApplications of Controlled Release, supra, vol. 2, pp. 115-138 (1984)).Other controlled-release systems discussed in the review by Langer,1990, Science 249:1527-1533) may be used.

The present compositions comprise a therapeutically effective amount ofa compound of the invention, optionally more than one compound of theinvention, together with a suitable amount of a pharmaceuticallyacceptable vehicle so as to provide a form for administration to thesubject.

The present compositions can take the form of solutions, suspensions,emulsion, tablets, pills, pellets, capsules, capsules containingliquids, powders, sustained-release formulations, suppositories,emulsions, aerosols, sprays, suspensions, or any other form suitable foruse. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle is acapsule (see e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,698,155). Other examples of suitablepharmaceutical vehicles are described in “Remington's PharmaceuticalSciences” by E. W. Martin, incorporated by reference in its entirety forteachings of pharmaceutical compositions and methods of administeringthe same.

In some embodiments, the compounds and compositions of the compounds ofthe invention are formulated in accordance with routine procedures as apharmaceutical composition adapted for intravenous administration tohumans. Compounds and compositions of the compounds of the invention forintravenous administration can be solutions in sterile isotonic aqueousbuffer. The compositions can also include a solubilizing agent.Compositions for intravenous administration optionally include a localanesthetic such as lignocaine. The ingredients can be supplied eitherseparately or mixed together in unit dosage form, for example, as a drylyophilized powder or water free concentrate in a hermetically sealedcontainer such as an ampoule or sachette. Where the compound of theinvention is to be administered by intravenous infusion, it can bedispensed, for example, with an infusion bottle containing sterilepharmaceutical grade water or saline. Where the compound of theinvention is administered by injection, an ampoule of sterile water forinjection or saline can be provided so that the ingredients may be mixedprior to administration.

Compounds and compositions of the compounds of the invention for oraldelivery can be in the form of tablets, lozenges, aqueous or oilysuspensions, granules, powders, emulsions, capsules, syrups, or elixirs.Compounds and compositions of the compounds of the invention for oraldelivery can also be formulated in foods and food mixes. Orallyadministered compositions can comprise one or more optional agents, forexample, sweetening agents such as fructose, aspartame or saccharin;flavoring agents such as peppermint, oil of wintergreen, or cherry;coloring agents; and preserving agents, to provide apharmaceutically-palatable preparation. The compositions can be coatedto delay disintegration and absorption in the gastrointestinal tractthereby providing a sustained action over an extended period of time.Selectively permeable membranes surrounding an osmotically activedriving compound are also suitable for orally administered compounds andcompositions of the compounds of the invention. A time delay materialsuch as glycerol monostearate or glycerol stearate can also be used.Oral compositions can include standard vehicles such as mannitol,lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, sodium saccharine, cellulose, andmagnesium carbonate.

The amount of a compound of the invention that is effective in thetreatment of a particular Condition disclosed herein can depend on thenature of the Condition, and can be determined by standard clinicaltechniques. In vitro or in vivo assays can be employed to help identifyoptimal dosage ranges. The precise dose to be employed in thecompositions can also depend on the route of administration or theseverity of the Condition, and can be decided according to the judgmentof the practitioner and each subject's circumstances. However, suitabledosage ranges for oral administration are generally about 0.001 mg to2000 mg of a compound of the invention per kg body mass. In someembodiments, the oral dose is 0.01 mg to 100 mg per kg body mass, 0.1 mgto 50 mg per kg body mass, 0.5 mg to 20 mg per kg body mass, or 1 mg to10 mg per kg body mass. In some embodiments, the oral dose is 5 mg of acompound of the invention per kg body mass. The dosage amounts describedherein refer to total amounts administered; that is, if more than onecompound of the invention is administered, the dosages can correspond tothe total amount of the compounds of the invention administered. Oralcompositions can comprise 10% to 95% active ingredient by mass.

In certain embodiments, the compounds or compositions of the compoundsof the invention are administered to a subject, such as a human, as aprophylactic or preventative measure against a Condition as describedherein. Compositions of the present invention can be administered as apreventative measure to a subject having a genetic predisposition to aCondition, such as cardiovascular disease, a dyslipidemia, adyslipoproteinemia, a disorder of glucose metabolism, Alzheimer'sdisease, Syndrome X, a P2Y13-associated disorder, septicemia, athrombotic disorder, obesity, pancreatitis, hypertension, a renaldisease, cancer, inflammation, or impotence. Examples of such geneticpredispositions include but are not limited to the ε4 allele ofapolipoprotein E, which increases the likelihood of Alzheimer's Disease;a loss of function or null mutation in the lipoprotein lipase genecoding region or promoter (e.g., mutations in the coding regionsresulting in the substitutions D9N and N291S; for a review of geneticmutations in the lipoprotein lipase gene that increase the risk ofcardiovascular diseases, dyslipidemias and dyslipoproteinemias, seeHayden and Ma, 1992, Mol. Cell Biochem. 113:171-176); and familialcombined hyperlipidemia and familial hypercholesterolemia.

Compounds or compositions of the compounds of the invention can beadministered as a preventative measure to a subject having a non-geneticpredisposition to a Condition, such as cardiovascular disease, adyslipidemia, a dyslipoproteinemia, a disorder of glucose metabolism,Alzheimer's Disease, Syndrome X, a P2Y13-associated disorder,septicemia, a thrombotic disorder, obesity, pancreatitis, hypertension,a renal disease, cancer, inflammation, or impotence. Examples of suchnon-genetic predispositions include but are not limited to cardiacbypass surgery and percutaneous transluminal coronary angioplasty, whichcan lead to restenosis, an accelerated form of atherosclerosis; diabetesin women, which can lead to polycystic ovarian disease; andcardiovascular disease, which can lead to impotence. Accordingly, thecompositions of the compounds of the invention may be used for theprevention of one disease or disorder and concurrently treating another(e.g., prevention of polycystic ovarian disease while treating diabetes;prevention of impotence while treating a cardiovascular disease).

The present invention provides methods for the treatment or preventionof a cardiovascular disease or a symptom thereof, the methods comprisingadministering to a subject in need thereof an effective amount of acompound of the invention. In one embodiment, the compound of theinvention is present in a composition that further comprises apharmaceutically acceptable vehicle. As used herein, the term“cardiovascular disease” refers to a disease of the heart or circulatorysystem. Cardiovascular disearse can be associated withdyslipoproteinemia or dyslipidemia, or both. Cardiovascular diseasesinclude but are not limited to arteriosclerosis; atherosclerosis;stroke; ischemia; perivascular disease (PVD); transient ischemic attack(TIA), fulgurant atherosclerosis; organ graft atherosclerosis;endothelium dysfunctions, in particular those dysfunctions affectingblood vessel elasticity; peripheral vascular disease; coronary heartdisease; myocardial infarction; cerebral infarction and restenosis.Non-limiting examples of symptoms of cardiovascular disease includeangina, shortness of breath, dizziness, nausea, fatigue, irregularheartbeat, and impotence. In some embodiments, treatment of acardiovascular disease treats one or more symptoms of cardiovasculardisease. In some embodiments, treatment of cardiovascular disease treatsimpotence.

The present invention provides methods for the treatment or preventionof a dyslipidemia, the method comprising administering to a subject inneed thereof an effective amount of a compound of the invention. In oneembodiment, the compound of the invention is present in a compositionthat further comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle.

Dyslipidemias include but are not limited to: hyperlipidemia and lowblood levels of high density lipoprotein (HDL) cholesterol. In certainembodiments, the hyperlipidemia is familial hypercholesterolemia;familial combined hyperlipidemia; reduced or deficient lipoproteinlipase levels or activity, including reductions or deficienciesresulting from lipoprotein lipase mutations; hypertriglyceridemia;hypercholesterolemia; high blood levels of ketone bodies (e.g. β-OHbutyric acid); high blood levels of Lp(a) cholesterol; high blood levelsof low density lipoprotein (LDL) cholesterol; high blood levels of verylow density lipoprotein (VLDL) cholesterol and high blood levels ofnon-esterified fatty acids.

The present invention further provides methods for altering lipidmetabolism in a subject, e.g., reducing LDL in the blood of a subject,reducing free triglycerides in the blood of a subject, increasing theratio of HDL to LDL in the blood of a subject, and inhibiting saponifiedor non-saponified fatty acid synthesis, the methods comprisingadministering to a subject in need thereof an effective amount of acompound of the invention. In one embodiment, the compound of theinvention is present in a composition that further comprises apharmaceutically acceptable vehicle.

The present invention provides methods for the treatment or preventionof a dyslipoproteinemia, comprising administering to a subject in needthereof an effective amount of a compound of the invention. In oneembodiment, the compound of the invention is present in a compositionthat further comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle.

Dyslipoproteinemia are disorders that lead to or are manifested byaberrant levels of circulating lipoproteins. To the extent that levelsof lipoproteins in the blood are abnormally high, a compound of theinvention is administered to a subject to restore normal levels.Conversely, to the extent that levels of lipoproteins in the blood areabnormally low, a compound of the invention is administered to a subjectto restore normal levels. Normal levels of lipoproteins are well knownto those of skill in the art.

Dyslipoproteinemias include but are not limited to: high blood levels ofLDL; high blood levels of apolipoprotein B (apo B); high blood levels ofLp(a); high blood levels of apo(a); high blood levels of VLDL; low bloodlevels of HDL; reduced or deficient lipoprotein lipase levels oractivity, including reductions or deficiencies resulting fromlipoprotein lipase mutations; hypoalphalipoproteinemia; lipoproteinabnormalities associated with diabetes; lipoprotein abnormalitiesassociated with obesity; lipoprotein abnormalities associated withAlzheimer's Disease; and familial combined hyperlipidemia.

The present invention further provides methods for reducing apo C-IIlevels in the blood of a subject; reducing apo C-III levels in the bloodof a subject; elevating the levels of HDL associated proteins, includingbut not limited to apo A-I, apo A-II, apo A-IV and apo E in the blood ofa subject; elevating the levels of apo E in the blood of a subject, orpromoting clearance of triglycerides from the blood of a subject, themethods comprising administering to a subject in need thereof aneffective amount of a compound of the invention. In one embodiment, thecompound of the invention is present in a composition that furthercomprises a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle.

The present invention provides methods for the treatment or preventionof a glucose metabolism disorder, the method comprising administering toa subject in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of theinvention. In one embodiment, the compound of the invention is presentin a composition that further comprises a pharmaceutically acceptablevehicle.

Glucose metabolism disorders can involve aberrant glucose storage and/orutilization. To the extent that one or more indicia of glucosemetabolism (i.e., blood insulin, blood glucose) are abnormally high, thecompound of the invention is administered to a subject to restore normallevels. Conversely, to the extent that one or more indicia of glucosemetabolism are abnormally low, the compound of the invention isadministered to a subject to restore normal levels. Normal indicia ofglucose metabolism are well known to those of skill in the art.

Glucose metabolism disorders include but are not limited to: impairedglucose tolerance; diabetic retinopathy, diabetic nephropathy, insulinresistance; insulin resistance related cancer, such as breast, colon orprostate cancer; diabetes, including but not limited to non-insulindependent diabetes mellitus (NIDDM), insulin dependent diabetes mellitus(IDDM), gestational diabetes mellitus (GDM), and maturity onset diabetesof the young (MODY); pancreatitis; hypertension; polycystic ovariandisease; and high levels of blood insulin or glucose, or both.

The present invention further provides methods for altering glucosemetabolism in a subject, for example to increase insulin sensitivity oroxygen consumption of a subject, the methods comprising administering toa subject in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of theinvention. In one embodiment, the compound of the invention is presentin a composition that further comprises a pharmaceutically acceptablevehicle.

The present invention provides methods for the treatment or preventionof a P2Y13-associated disorder, the method comprising administering to asubject in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of theinvention. In one embodiment, the compound of the invention is presentin a composition that further comprises a pharmaceutically acceptablevehicle.

Examples of P2Y13-associated disorders include, but are not limited to,rheumatoid arthritis; multiple sclerosis; psoriasis; inflammatory boweldiseases; breast; colon or prostate cancer; low levels of blood HDL; lowlevels of blood, lymph and/or cerebrospinal fluid apo E; low blood,lymph or cerebrospinal fluid levels of apo A-I; high levels of bloodVLDL; high levels of blood LDL; high levels of blood triglyceride; highlevels of blood apo B; high levels of blood apo C-III and reduced ratioof post-heparin hepatic lipase to lipoprotein lipase activity. HDL maybe elevated in lymph or cerebral fluid, or both.

The present invention provides methods for the treatment or preventionof a hepatic steatosis, including alcoholic and non-alcoholic hepaticsteatosis, the method comprising administering to a subject in needthereof an effective amount of a compound of the invention. In oneembodiment, the compound of the invention is present in a compositionthat further comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle.

The present invention provides methods for the treatment or preventionof a renal disease, the method comprising administering to a subject inneed thereof an effective amount of a compound of the invention. In oneembodiment, the compound of the invention is present in a compositionthat further comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle.

Renal diseases include: a glomerular disease (including but not limitedto acute and chronic glomerulonephritis, rapidly progressiveglomerulonephritis, nephrotic syndrome, focal proliferativeglomerulonephritis, glomerular lesions associated with systemic disease,such as systemic lupus erythematosus, Goodpasture's syndrome, multiplemyeloma, diabetes, neoplasia, sickle cell disease, and chronicinflammatory diseases), a tubular disease (including but not limited toacute tubular necrosis and acute renal failure, polycystic renaldiseasemedullary sponge kidney, medullary cystic disease, nephrogenicdiabetes, and renal tubular acidosis), a tubulointerstitial disease(including but not limited to pyelonephritis, drug and toxin inducedtubulointerstitial nephritis, hypercalcemic nephropathy, and hypokalemicnephropathy) acute and rapidly progressive renal failure, chronic renalfailure, nephrolithiasis, or tumors (including but not limited to renalcell carcinoma and nephroblastoma). In another embodiment, the renaldisease is a vascular disease, including but not limited tohypertension, nephrosclerosis, microangiopathic hemolytic anemia,atheroembolic renal disease, diffuse cortical necrosis, and a renalinfarct.

The present invention provides methods for the treatment or preventionof a neurodegenerative disease or disorder, Parkinson's Disease,Alzheimer's Disease, Syndrome X, septicemia, thrombotic disorders,obesity, pancreatitis, hypertension, inflammation, or impotence,comprising administering to a subject in need thereof an effectiveamount of a compound of the invention. In one embodiment, the compoundof the invention is present in a composition that further comprises apharmaceutically acceptable vehicle.

Treatment or prevention of Alzheimer's Disease can also includetreatment or prevention of one or more lipoprotein abnormalitiesassociated with Alzheimer's Disease.

Treatment or prevention of Syndrome X or Metabolic Syndrome can alsoinclude treatment or prevention of a symptom thereof, including but notlimited to: impaired glucose tolerance, hypertension and dyslipidemia ordyslipoproteinemia.

Treatment or prevention of septicemia can also include treatment orprevention of septic shock.

Treatment or prevention of a thrombotic disorder can also includetreatment or prevention of high blood levels of fibrinogen or promotionof fibrinolysis.

The compounds of the invention are also useful to promote weightreduction of the subject.

The compounds of the invention are useful in medical applications fortreating or preventing a variety of diseases and disorders such as, butnot limited to, cardiovascular disease, stroke, and peripheral vasculardisease; dyslipidemia; hypercholesterolemia, atherosclerosis,perivascular disease (PVD), stroke, TIA, fulgurant atherosclerosis OrganGraft atherosclerosis; dyslipoproteinemia; a disorder of glucosemetabolism; diabetic nephropathy, diabetic retinopathy, insulinresistance, metabolic syndrome disorders (e.g., Syndrome X); aperoxisome proliferator activated receptor-associated disorder;septicemia; a thrombotic disorder; obesity; pancreatitis; hypertension;renal disease; inflammation; inflammatory muscle diseases, such aspolymylagia rheumatica, polymyositis, myopathy, and fibrositis;inflammatory disorders, such as asthma, vasculitis, ulcerative colitis,Crohn's disease, Kawasaki disease, Wegener's granulomatosis, (RA),systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE), multiple sclerosis (MS), andautoimmune chronic hepatitis; arthritis, such as rheumatoid arthritis,juvenile rheumatoid arthritis, and osteoarthritis; osteoporosis, softtissue rheumatism, such as tendonitis; bursitis; autoimmune disease,such as systemic lupus and erythematosus; scleroderma; ankylosingspondylitis; gout; pseudogout; non-insulin dependent diabetes mellitus;polycystic ovarian disease; hyperlipidemias, such as familialhypercholesterolemia (FH), familial combined hyperlipidemia (FCH);lipoprotein lipase deficiencies, such as hypertriglyceridemia,hypoalphalipoproteinemia, and hypercholesterolemia; lipoproteinabnormalities associated with diabetes; lipoprotein abnormalitiesassociated with obesity. The compounds and compositions of the inventionare useful for treatment or prevention of high levels of bloodtriglycerides, high levels of low density lipoprotein cholesterol, highlevels of apolipoprotein B, high levels of lipoprotein Lp(a)cholesterol, high levels of very low density lipoprotein cholesterol,high levels of fibrinogen, high levels of insulin, high levels ofglucose, and low levels of high density lipoprotein cholesterol. Thecompounds and compositions of the invention also have utility fortreatment of non-insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus (NIDDM) withoutincreasing weight gain. The compounds of the invention may also be usedto reduce the fat content of meat in livestock and reduce thecholesterol content of eggs.

The invention provides novel compounds particularly useful for treatingor preventing a variety of diseases and conditions, which include, butare not limited to aging, Alzheimer's Disease, and lipoproteinabnormalities associated with Alzheimer's Disease Parkinson's Disease,cancer, cardiovascular disease, diabetic nephropathy, diabeticretinopathy, a disorder of glucose metabolism, dyslipidemia,dyslipoproteinemia, enhancing bile production, hypertension, impotence,inflammation, insulin resistance, lipid elimination in bile, modulatingC reactive protein, obesity, oxysterol elimination in bile,pancreatitis, pancreatitius, impotence; gastrointestinal disease;irritable bowel syndrome; inflammatory bowel disease; a peroxisomeproliferator activated receptor-associated disorder, phospholipidelimination in bile, renal disease, septicemia, metabolic syndromedisorders (e.g., Syndrome X), and a thrombotic disorder.

Cardiovascular diseases such as atherosclerosis can require surgicalprocedures such as angioplasty. Angioplasty can be accompanied by theplacement of a reinforcing a metallic tube-shaped structure known as a“stent” into a damaged coronary artery. For more serious conditions,open heart surgery such as coronary bypass surgery can be required.These surgical procedures can entail using invasive surgical devices orimplants, and are associated with a high risk of restenosis andthrombosis. Accordingly, the compounds of the invention are useful ascoatings on surgical devices (e.g., catheters) or implants (e.g.,stents) to reduce the risk of restenosis and thrombosis associated withinvasive procedures used in the treatment of cardiovascular diseases.Accordingly, the present invention further provides surgical devices orimplants that have a coating that comprises an effective amount of acompound of the invention.

A compound of the invention can be administered to a non-human animalfor a veterinary use for treating or preventing a disease or disorderdisclosed herein.

In a specific embodiment, the non-human animal is a household pet. Inanother specific embodiment, the non-human animal is a livestock animal.In another embodiment, the non-human animal is a mammal, for example, acow, horse, sheep, pig, cat, dog, mouse, rat, rabbit, or guinea pig. Inanother embodiment, the non-human animal is a fowl species, such as achicken, turkey, duck, goose, or quail.

In addition to veterinary uses, the compounds and compositions of theinvention are useful to reduce the fat content of livestock to produceleaner meats. Alternatively, the compounds and compositions of theinvention are useful to reduce the cholesterol content of eggs byadministering the compounds to a chicken, quail, or duck hen. Fornon-human animal uses, the compounds and compositions of the inventioncan be administered via the animals' feed or orally as a drenchcomposition. Accordingly, the present invention further provides methodsfor reducing the fat content of livestock or the cholesterol content ofeggs, comprising administering an effective amount of a compound of theinvention to a subject in need thereof

A. Treatment or prevention of Cancer

The compounds of the invention are useful for treating or preventingcancer. Accordingly, the invention provides methods for treating orpreventing cancer, comprising administering an effective amount of acompound of the invention to a subject in need thereof. In oneembodiment, the methods further comprise administering an effectiveamount of another anticancer agent. Examples of cancers that thecompounds of the invention disclosed herein are useful for treating orpreventing include, but are not limited to, the cancers disclosed belowin Table 1 and metastases thereof.

TABLE 1 Solid tumors, including but not limited to: fibrosarcoma basalcell carcinoma myxosarcoma adenocarcinoma liposarcoma sweat glandcarcinoma chondrosarcoma sebaceous gland carcinoma osteogenic sarcomapapillary carcinoma chordoma papillary adenocarcinomas angiosarcomacystadenocarcinoma endotheliosarcoma medullary carcinomalymphangiosarcoma bronchogenic carcinoma lymphangioendotheliosarcomarenal cell carcinoma synovioma hepatoma mesothelioma bile duct carcinomaEwing's tumor choriocarcinoma leiomyosarcoma seminoma rhabdomyosarcomaembryonal carcinoma colon cancer Wilms' tumor colorectal cancer cervicalcancer kidney cancer uterine cancer pancreatic cancer testicular cancerbone cancer small cell lung carcinoma breast cancer bladder carcinomaovarian cancer lung cancer prostate cancer epithelial carcinomaesophageal cancer skin cancer stomach cancer melanoma oral cancermetastatic melanoma nasal cancer neuroblastoma throat cancerretinoblastoma squamous cell carcinoma Blood-borne cancers, includingbut not limited to: acute lymphoblastic leukemia acute myelomonocyticleukemia (“ALL”) acute lymphoblastic B-cell acute nonlymphocycticleukemia leukemia acute lymphoblastic T-cell acute undifferentiatedleukemia leukemia acute myeloblasts leukemia chronic myelocytic leukemia(“AML”) (“CML”) acute promyelocyte leukemia chronic lymphocytic leukemia(“APL”) (“CLL”) acute monoblastic leukemia hairy cell leukemia acuteerythroleukemic leukemia multiple myeloma acute megakaryoblasticleukemia Acute and chronic leukemias, including but not limited to:lymphoblastic lymphocytic myelogenous myelocytic leukemias CNS and braincancers, including but not limited to: glioma acoustic neuroma pilocyticastrocytoma oligodendroglioma astrocytoma meningioma anaplasticastrocytoma vestibular schwannoma glioblastoma multiforme adenomamedulloblastoma metastatic brain tumor craniopharyngioma meningiomaependymoma spinal tumor pinealoma medulloblastoma hemangioblastoma

In one embodiment, the cancer is lung cancer, breast cancer, colorectalcancer, prostate cancer, a leukemia, a lymphoma, non-Hodgkin's lymphoma,skin cancer, a brain cancer, a cancer of the central nervous system,ovarian cancer, uterine cancer, stomach cancer, pancreatic cancer,esophageal cancer, kidney cancer, liver cancer, or a head and neckcancer. In another embodiment, the cancer is metastatic cancer.

In another embodiment, the cancer is brain cancer or melanoma. In oneembodiment, the brain cancer is metastatic brain cancer or a glioma. Inone embodiment, the glioma is pilocytic astrocytoma, astrocytoma,anaplastic astrocytoma or glioblastoma multiforme. In one embodiment,the cancer is homologous-recombination deficient, such as BRCA-I orBRCA-2 deficient, or is deficient in one or more proteins of the Fanconifamily. In one embodiment, the deficiency is caused by a geneticmutation. In another embodiment, the phenotype resulting from thedeficiency is caused by abnormally low expression of BRCA-I or BRCA-2protein. In another embodiment, the phenotype resulting from thedeficiency is caused by abnormally low expression of one or moreproteins of the Fanconi family.

In another embodiment, the cancer is leukemia, such as but not limitedto, acute leukemia, acute lymphocytic leukemia, acute myelocyticleukemias, such as, myeloblastic, promyelocytic, myelomonocytic,monocytic, and erythroleukemia leukemias and myelodysplastic syndrome;chronic leukemia, such as but not limited to, chronic myelocytic(granulocytic) leukemia, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, hairy cellleukemia; polycythemia vera; lymphoma such as but not limited toHodgkin's disease, non-Hodgkin's disease; multiple myeloma such as butnot limited to smoldering multiple myeloma, nonsecretory myeloma,osteosclerotic myeloma, plasma cell leukemia, solitary plasmacytoma andextramedullary plasmacytoma; Waldenström's macroglobulinemia; monoclonalgammopathy of undetermined significance; benign monoclonal gammopathy;heavy chain disease; dendritic cell cancer, including plasmacytoiddendritic cell cancer, NK blastic lymphoma (also known as cutaneousNK/T-cell lymphoma and agranular (CD4+/CD56+) dermatologic neoplasms);basophilic leukemia; bone and connective tissue sarcomas such as but notlimited to bone sarcoma, osteosarcoma, chondrosarcoma, Ewing's sarcoma,malignant giant cell tumor, fibrosarcoma of bone, chordoma, periostealsarcoma, soft-tissue sarcomas, angiosarcoma (hemangiosarcoma),fibrosarcoma, Kaposi's sarcoma, leiomyosarcoma, liposarcoma,lymphangiosarcoma, neurilemmoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, synovial sarcoma; abrain tumor such as but not limited to, glioma, astrocytoma, brain stemglioma, ependymoma, oligodendroglioma, nonglial tumor, acousticneurinoma, craniopharyngioma, medulloblastoma, meningioma, pineocytoma,pineoblastoma, primary brain lymphoma; breast cancer including but notlimited to ductal carcinoma, adenocarcinoma, lobular (small cell)carcinoma, intraductal carcinoma, medullary breast cancer, mucinousbreast cancer, tubular breast cancer, papillary breast cancer, Paget'sdisease, and inflammatory breast cancer; adrenal cancer such as but notlimited to pheochromocytom and adrenocortical carcinoma; thyroid cancersuch as but not limited to papillary or follicular thyroid cancer,medullary thyroid cancer and anaplastic thyroid cancer; pancreaticcancer such as but not limited to, insulinoma, gastrinoma, glucagonoma,vipoma, somatostatin-secreting tumor, and carcinoid or islet cell tumor;pituitary cancer such as but limited to Cushing's disease,prolactin-secreting tumor, acromegaly, and diabetes insipius; eye cancersuch as but not limited to ocular melanoma such as iris melanoma,choroidal melanoma, and cilliary body melanoma, and retinoblastoma;vaginal cancer such as squamous cell carcinoma, adenocarcinoma, andmelanoma; vulvar cancer such as squamous cell carcinoma, melanoma,adenocarcinoma, basal cell carcinoma, sarcoma, and Paget's disease;cervical cancer such as but not limited to, squamous cell carcinoma, andadenocarcinoma; uterine cancer such as but not limited to endometrialcarcinoma and uterine sarcoma; ovarian cancer such as but not limitedto, ovarian epithelial carcinoma, borderline tumor, germ cell tumor, andstromal tumor; esophageal cancer such as but not limited to, squamouscancer, adenocarcinoma, adenoid cystic carcinoma, mucoepidermoidcarcinoma, adenosquamous carcinoma, sarcoma, melanoma, plasmacytoma,verrucous carcinoma, and oat cell (small cell) carcinoma; stomach cancersuch as but not limited to, adenocarcinoma, fungating (polypoid),ulcerating, superficial spreading, diffusely spreading, malignantlymphoma, liposarcoma, fibrosarcoma, and carcinosarcoma; colon cancer;rectal cancer; liver cancer such as but not limited to hepatocellularcarcinoma and hepatoblastoma; gallbladder cancer such as adenocarcinoma;cholangiocarcinomas such as but not limited to papillary, nodular, anddiffuse; lung cancer such as non-small cell lung cancer, squamous cellcarcinoma (epidermoid carcinoma), adenocarcinoma, large-cell carcinomaand small-cell lung cancer; testicular cancer such as but not limited togerminal tumor, seminoma, anaplastic, classic (typical), spermatocytic,nonseminoma, embryonal carcinoma, teratoma carcinoma, choriocarcinoma(yolk-sac tumor), prostate cancer such as but not limited to, prostaticintraepithelial neoplasia, adenocarcinoma, leiomyosarcoma, andrhabdomyosarcoma; penile cancer; oral cancer such as but not limited tosquamous cell carcinoma; basal cancer; salivary gland cancer such as butnot limited to adenocarcinoma, mucoepidermoid carcinoma, andadenoidcystic carcinoma; pharynx cancer such as but not limited tosquamous cell cancer, and verrucous; skin cancer such as but not limitedto, basal cell carcinoma, squamous cell carcinoma and melanoma,superficial spreading melanoma, nodular melanoma, lentigo malignantmelanoma, acral lentiginous melanoma; kidney cancer such as but notlimited to renal cell carcinoma, adenocarcinoma, hypernephroma,fibrosarcoma, transitional cell cancer (renal pelvis or uterer); Wilms'tumor; bladder cancer such as but not limited to transitional cellcarcinoma, squamous cell cancer, adenocarcinoma, carcinosarcoma. Inaddition, cancer include myxosarcoma, osteogenic sarcoma,endotheliosarcoma, lymphangioendotheliosarcoma, mesothelioma, synovioma,hemangioblastoma, epithelial carcinoma, cystadenocarcinoma, bronchogeniccarcinoma, sweat gland carcinoma, sebaceous gland carcinoma, papillarycarcinoma and papillary adenocarcinomas (for a review of such disorders,see Fishman et al., 1985, Medicine, 2d Ed., J.B. Lippincott Co.,Philadelphia and Murphy et al., 1997, Informed Decisions: The CompleteBook of Cancer Diagnosis, Treatment, and Recovery, Viking Penguin,Penguin Books U.S.A., Inc., United States of America).

In a specific of this embodiment, the cancer is one that is associatedwith cleavage of notch by γ-secretase including, but not limited to,leukemia, non small cell lung cancer, ovarian cancer, breast cancer, orbrain cancer.

In some embodiments, the cancer is colon cancer. In some embodiments,the cancer is colon, breast, lung cancer or melanoma.

In another embodiment, the subject in need of treatment has previouslyundergone or is presently undergoing treatment for cancer. The treatmentincludes, but is not limited to, chemotherapy, radiation therapy,surgery or immunotherapy, such as administration of a cancer vaccine. Insome embodiments, the compounds of the inventions are used for theprevention of metastasis and invasion from a previous cancer.

The compounds of the invention are also useful for treating orpreventing a cancer caused by a virus. Such viruses include humanpapilloma virus, which can lead to cervical cancer (see, e.g.,Hernandez-Avila et al., Archives of Medical Research (1997) 28:265-271);Epstein-Barr virus (EBV), which can lead to lymphoma (see, e.g.,Herrmann et al., J. Pathol. (2003) 199(2):140-5); hepatitis B or Cvirus, which can lead to liver carcinoma (see, e.g., El-Serag, J. Clin.Gastroenterol. (2002) 35(5 Suppl. 2):572-8); human T cell leukemia virus(HTLV)-I, which can lead to T-cell leukemia (see, e.g., Mortreux et al.,Leukemia (2003) 17(1):26-38); human herpesvirus-8 infection, which canlead to Kaposi's sarcoma (see, e.g., Kadow et al., Curr. Opin. Investig.Drugs (2002) 3(11): 1574-9); and Human Immune deficiency Virus (HIV)infection, which can lead to cancer as a consequence of immunodeficiency(see, e.g., Dal Maso et al., Lancet Oncol (2003) 4(2): 110-9). Each ofthese references is incorporated herein by reference.

The compounds of the invention are also useful for preventing cancer, orpreventing progression of a cancer, including but not limited to thecancers listed in Table 1. Such prophylactic use includes that in whichnon-neoplastic cell growth such as hyperplasia, metaplasia, or mostspecifically, dysplasia has occurred. Alternatively or in addition tothe presence of abnormal cell growth characterized as hyperplasia,metaplasia, or dysplasia, the presence of one or more characteristics ofa transformed phenotype, or of a malignant phenotype, displayed in vivoor displayed in vitro by a cell sample from a subject, can indicate thedesirability of prophylactic or therapeutic administration of a compoundof the invention. Such characteristics of a transformed phenotypeinclude morphology changes, looser substratum attachment, loss ofcontact inhibition, loss of anchorage dependence, protease release,increased sugar transport, decreased serum requirement, expression offetal antigens, disappearance of the 250,000 dalton cell surfaceprotein, etc. In a specific embodiment, leukoplakia, a benign-appearinghyperplastic or dysplastic lesion of the epithelium, or Bowen's disease,a carcinoma in situ, is treatable or preventable according to thepresent methods.

In another embodiment, fibrocystic disease (cystic hyperplasia, mammarydysplasia, specifically adenosis (benign epithelial hyperplasia)) istreatable or preventable according to the present methods.

In other embodiments, a subject that has one or more of the followingpredisposing factors for malignancy can be treated by administration ofan effective amount of a compound of the invention: a chromosomaltranslocation associated with a malignancy (e.g., the Philadelphiachromosome for chronic myelogenous leukemia; t(14;1 8) for follicularlymphoma); familial polyposis or Gardner's syndrome; benign monoclonalgammopathy; a first degree kinship with persons having a cancer orprecancerous disease showing a Mendelian (genetic) inheritance pattern(e.g., familial polyposis of the colon, Gardner's syndrome, hereditaryexostosis, polyendocrine. adenomatosis, medullary thyroid carcinoma withamyloid production and pheochromocytoma, Peutz-Jeghers syndrome,neurofibromatosis of Von Recklinghausen, retinoblastoma, carotid bodytumor, cutaneous melanocarcinoma, intraocular melanocarcinoma, xerodermapigmentosum, ataxia telangiectasia, Chediak-Higashi syndrome, albinism,Fanconi's aplastic anemia, and Bloom's syndrome); and exposure tocarcinogens (e.g., smoking, second-hand smoke exposure, and inhalationof or contacting with certain chemicals).

In one aspect, the present methods for treating or preventing cancer canfurther comprise the administration of another anticancer agent.

In one embodiment, the present invention provides methods for treatingor preventing cancer, comprising the administration of an effectiveamount of a compound of the invention and another anticancer agent to asubject in need thereof. The compound of the invention and anotheranticancer agent can be administered concurrently. In this embodiment,the compound of the invention and another anticancer agent can beadministered within the same composition, or can be administered fromdifferent compositions, via the same or different routes ofadministration. In another embodiment, the compound of the invention isadministered during a time when the other anticancer agent exerts itsprophylactic or therapeutic effect, or vice versa.

In another embodiment, the compound of the invention or other anticanceragent is administered in doses commonly employed when such agents areused as monotherapy for the treatment of cancer.

In one embodiment, the compound of the invention or other anticanceragent is administered in doses that are lower than the doses commonlyemployed when such agents are used as monotherapy for the treatment ofcancer.

In another embodiment, the compound of the invention and otheranticancer agent act synergistically and are administered in doses thatare lower than the doses commonly employed when such agents are used asmonotherapy for the treatment of cancer. The dosage of the compound ofthe invention or other anticancer agent administered as well as thedosing schedule can depend on various parameters, including, but notlimited to, the cancer being treated, the subject's general health, andthe administering physician's discretion. A compound of the inventioncan be administered prior to (e.g., 5 minutes, 15 minutes, 30 minutes,45 minutes, 1 hour, 2 hours, 4 hours, 6 hours, 12 hours, 24 hours, 48hours, 72 hours, 96 hours, 1 week, 2 weeks, 3 weeks, 4 weeks, 5 weeks, 6weeks, 8 weeks, or 12 weeks before), concurrently with, or subsequent to(e.g., 5 minutes, 15 minutes, 30 minutes, 45 minutes, 1 hour, 2 hours, 4hours, 6 hours, 12 hours, 24 hours, 48 hours, 72 hours, 96 hours, 1week, 2 weeks, 3 weeks, 4 weeks, 5 weeks, 6 weeks, 8 weeks, or 12 weeksafter) the administration of the other anticancer agent, to a subject inneed thereof. In various embodiments a compound of the invention and theother anticancer agent are administered 1 minute apart, 10 minutesapart, 30 minutes apart, less than 1 hour apart, 1 hour apart, 1 hour to2 hours apart, 2 hours to 3 hours apart, 3 hours to 4 hours apart, 4hours to 5 hours apart, 5 hours to 6 hours apart, 6 hours to 7 hoursapart, 7 hours to 8 hours apart, 8 hours to 9 hours apart, 9 hours to 10hours apart, 10 hours to 11 hours apart, 11 hours to 12 hours apart, nomore than 24 hours apart or no more than 48 hours apart. In oneembodiment, a compound of the invention and the other anticancer agentare administered within 3 hours. In another embodiment, a compound ofthe invention and the other anticancer agent are administered at 1minute to 24 hours apart.

In one embodiment, an effective amount of a compound of the inventionand an effective amount of other anticancer agent are present in thesame composition. In one embodiment, this composition is useful for oraladministration, in another embodiment, this composition is useful forintravenous administration.

In one embodiment, the compositions comprise an amount of a compound ofthe invention and the other anticancer agent which together areeffective to treat or prevent cancer.

In another embodiment, the compositions comprise an effective amount oftemozolomide, procarbazine, dacarbazine, interleukin-2, irinotecan, ordoxorubicin, a physiologically acceptable carrier, diluent, excipient,or vehicle, and an effective amount of a compound of the invention.

In one embodiment, the amount of a compound of the invention and theother anticancer agent is at least about 0.01% of the combinedcombination chemotherapy agents by weight of the composition. Whenintended for oral administration, this amount can be varied from about0.1% to about 80% by weight of the composition. Some oral compositionscan comprise from about 4% to about 50% of combined amount of a compoundof the invention and the other anticancer agent by weight of thecomposition. Other compositions of the present invention are prepared sothat a parenteral dosage unit comprises from about 0.01% to about 2% byweight of the composition.

Cancers that can be treated or prevented by administering a compound ofthe invention and the other anticancer agent include, but are notlimited to, the list of cancers set forth above in Table 1.

In one embodiment, the cancer is brain cancer. In specific embodiments,the brain cancer is pilocytic astrocytoma, astrocytoma, anaplasticastrocytoma, glioblastoma multiforme or a metastatic brain tumor.

In one embodiment, the cancer is melanoma. In a specific embodiment, themelanoma is metastatic melanoma.

The compound of the invention and other anticancer agent can actadditively or synergistically. A synergistic combination of a compoundof the invention and the other anticancer agent, might allow the use oflower dosages of one or both of these agents or less frequentadministration of the agents to a subject with cancer. The ability toutilize lower dosages of one or both of the compounds of the inventionand other anticancer agent or to administer the agents less frequentlycan reduce any toxicity associated with the administration of the agentsto a subject without reducing the efficacy of the agents in thetreatment of cancer. In addition, a synergistic effect might result inthe improved efficacy of these agents in the treatment of cancer and/orthe reduction of any adverse or unwanted side effects associated withthe use of either agent alone.

In one embodiment, the administration of an effective amount of acompound of the invention and an effective amount of another anticanceragent inhibits the resistance of a cancer to the other anticancer agent.In one embodiment, the cancer is a tumor.

Suitable other anticancer agents useful in the methods and compositionsof the present invention include, but are not limited to temozolomide, atopoisomerase I inhibitor, procarbazine, dacarbazine, gemcitabine,capecitabine, methotrexate, taxol, taxotere, mercaptopurine,thioguanine, hydroxyurea, cytarabine, cyclophosphamide, ifosfamide,nitrosoureas, cisplatin, carboplatin, mitomycin, dacarbazine,procarbizine, etoposide, teniposide, campathecins, bleomycin,doxorubicin, idarubicin, daunorubicin, dactinomycin, plicamycin,mitoxantrone, L-asparaginase, doxorubicin, epirubicin, 5-fluorouracil,taxanes such as docetaxel and paclitaxel, leucovorin, levamisole,irinotecan, estramustine, etoposide, nitrogen mustards, BCNU,nitrosoureas such as carmustine and lomustine, vinca alkaloids such asvinblastine, vincristine and vinorelbine, platinum complexes such ascisplatin, carboplatin and oxaliplatin, imatinib mesylate,hexamethylmelamine, topotecan, tyrosine kinase inhibitors, tyrphostinsherbimycin A, genistein, erbstatin, and lavendustin A.

In one embodiment, the other anticancer agent is, but is not limited to,a drug listed in Table 2.

TABLE 2 Alkylating agents, including but not limited to: Nitrogenmustards: Cyclophosphamide Trofosfamide Ifosfamide ChlorambucilNitrosoureas: Carmustine (BCNU) Lomustine (CCNU) Alkylsulfonates:Busulfan Treosulfan Triazenes: Dacarbazine Temozolomide ProcarbazinePlatinum containing complexes: Cisplatin Aroplatin CarboplatinOxaliplatin Plant alkaloids, including but not limited to: Vincaalkaloids: Vincristine Vindesine Vinblastine Vinorelbine Taxoids:Paclitaxel Docetaxel DNA topoisomerase inhibitors, including but notlimited to: Epipodophyllins: Etoposide 9-aminocamptothecin TeniposideCamptothecin Topotecan Crisnatol Mitomycins: Mitomycin CAnti-metabolites Anti-folates, including but not limited to: DHFRinhibitors: Methotrexate Trimetrexate IMP dehydrogenase inhibitors:Mycophenolic acid EICAR Tiazofurin Ribavirin Ribomiclotide reductaseDeferoxamine hydroxyurea inhibitors: Pyrimidine analogs, including butnot limited to: Uracil analogs: 5-Fluorouracil DoxifluridineFluoxuridine Ralitrexed Cytosine analogs: Cytarabine (ara C) GemcitabineCytosine arabinoside Capecitabine Fludarabine Purine analogs:Mercaptopurine Thioguanine DNA anti-metabolites: 3-HP beta-TGDR2′-deoxy-5-fluorouridine cyclocytidine 5-HP guanazole alpha-TGDR inosineglycodialdehyde aphidicolin glycinate macebecin II ara-CPyrazoloimidazole 5-aza-2′-deoxycytidine Hormonal therapies, includingbut not limited to: Receptor antagonists: Anti-estrogen: TamoxifenMegestrol Raloxifene LHRH agonists: Goscrclin Leuprolide acetateAnti-androgens: Flutamide Bicalutamide Retinoids/deltoids, including butnot limited to: Cis-retinoic acid Vitamin A derivative: All-transretinoic acid (ATRA-IV) Vitamin D3 analogs: EB 1089 KH 1060 CB 1093Photodvnamic therapies, including but not limited to: Vertoporfm(BPD-MA) Demethoxy-hypocrellin A Plithalocyanine (2BA-2-DMHA)Photosensitizer Pc4 Cytokines, including but not limited to:Interferon-α Tumor necrosis factor Interferon-β Interleukin-2Interferon-γ Angiogenesis inhibitors, including but not limited to:Angiostatin MoAb IMC-ICl 1 (plasminogen fragment) antiangiogenicNeovastat antithrombin III Angiozyme NM-3 ABT-627 Panzem Bay 12-9566PI-88 Benefin Placental ribonuclease inhibitor Bevacizumab Plasminogenactivator inhibitor BMS-275291 Platelet factor-4 (PF4) cartilage-derivedPrinomastat inhibitor (CDI) CAI Prolactin 16 kD fragment CD59 complementProliferin-related protein fragment (PRP) CEP-7055 PTK 787/ZK 222594 Col3 Retinoids Combretastatin A-4 Solimastat Endostatin (collagenSqualamine XVIII fragment) Fibronectin fragment SS 3304 Gro-beta SU 5416Halofuginone SU 6668 Heparinases SUl 1248 Heparin hexasaccharideTetrahydrocortisol-S fragment HMV833 Tetrathiomolybdate Human chorionicThalidomide gonadotropin (hCG) IM-862 Thrombospondin-1 (TSP-I)Interferon α/β/γ TNP-470 Interferon inducible Transforming growthprotein (IP-10) factor-beta (TGF-β) Interleukin-12 Vasculostatin Kringle5 (plasminogen Vasostatin (calreticulin fragment) fragment) MarimastatZD6126 Metalloproteinase ZD 6474 inhibitors (TIMPs) 2-Methoxyestradiolfarnesyl transferase inhibitors (FTI) MMI 270 (CGS 27023A)Bisphosphonates Antimitotic agents, including but not limited to:Allocolchicine Maytansine Halichondrin B Rhizoxin ColchicineThiocolchicine colchicine derivative trityl cysteine dolstatin 10Others: Isoprenylation inhibitors: Dopaminergic neurotoxins: 1-methyl-4-phenylpyridinium ion Cell cycle inhibitors: Staurosporine Actinomycins:Actinomycin D Dactinomycin Bleomycins: Bleomycin A2 Peplomycin BleomycinB2 Anthracyclines: Daunorubicin Pirarabicin Doxorubicin Zorabicin(adriamycin) Idarubicin Mitoxantrone Epirubicin MDR inhibitors:Verapamil Ca²⁺ATPase inhibitors: Thapsigargin

Other additional anticancer agents that are useful in the compositionsand methods of the present invention include, but are not limited to:acivicin; aclarubicin; acodazole hydrochloride; acronine; adozelesin;aldesleukin; altretamine; ambomycin; ametantrone acetate;aminoglutethimide; amsacrine; anastrozole; anthramycin; asparaginase;asperlin; azacitidine; azetepa; azotomycin; batimastat; benzodepa;bicalutamide; bisantrene hydrochloride; bisnafide dimesylate; bizelesin;bleomycin sulfate; brequinar sodium; bropirimine; busulfan;cactinomycin; calusterone; caracemide; carbetimer; carboplatin;carmustine; carubicin hydrochloride; carzelesin; cedefmgol;chlorambucil; cirolemycin; cisplatin; cladribine; crisnatol mesylate;cyclophosphamide; cytarabine; dacarbazine; dactinomycin; daunorubicinhydrochloride; decitabine; dexormaplatin; dezaguanine; dezaguaninemesylate; diaziquone; docetaxel; doxorubicin; doxorubicin hydrochloride;droloxifene; droloxifene citrate; dromostanolone propionate; duazomycin;edatrexate; eflornithine hydrochloride; elsamitrucin; enloplatin;enpromate; epipropidine; epirubicin hydrochloride; erbulozole;esorubicin hydrochloride; estramustine; estramustine phosphate sodium;etanidazole; etoposide; etoposide phosphate; etoprine; fadrozolehydrochloride; fazarabine; fenretinide; floxuridine; fludarabinephosphate; fluorouracil; flurocitabine; fosquidone; fostriecin sodium;gemcitabine hydrochloride; hydroxyurea; idarubicin hydrochloride;ifosfamide; ilmofosine; interleukin-2 (including recombinantinterleukin-2, or rIL2), interferon alfa-2α; interferon alfa-2β;interferon alfa-n1; interferon alfa-n3; interferon beta-Iα; interferonγ-Iβ; iproplatin; irinotecan hydrochloride; lanreotide acetate;letrozole; leuprolide acetate; liarozole hydrochloride; lometrexolsodium; lomustine; losoxantrone hydrochloride; masoprocol; maytansine;mechlorethamine hydrochloride; megestrol acetate; melengestrol acetate;melphalan; menogaril; mercaptopurine; methotrexate; methotrexate sodium;metoprine; meturedepa; mitindomide; mitocarcin; mitocromin; mitogillin;mitomalcin; mitomycin; mitosper; mitotane; mitoxantrone hydrochloride;mycophenolic acid; nocodazole; nogalamycin; ormaplatin; oxisuran;paclitaxel; pegaspargase; peliomycin; pentamustine; peplomycin sulfate;perfosfamide; pipobroman; piposulfan; piroxantrone hydrochloride;plicamyciii; plomestane; porfimer sodium; porfiromycin; prednimustine;procarbazine hydrochloride; puromycin; puromycin hydrochloride;pyrazofurin; riboprine; rogletimide; safingol; safingol hydrochloride;semustine; simtrazene; sparfosate sodium; sparsomycin; spirogermaniumhydrochloride; spiromustine; spiroplatin; streptonigrin; streptozocin;sulofenur; talisomycin; tecogalan sodium; tegafur; teloxantronehydrochloride; temoporfin; teniposide; teroxirone; testolactone;thiamiprine; thioguanine; thiotepa; tiazofurin; tirapazamine; toremifenecitrate; trestolone acetate; triciribine phosphate; trimetrexate;trimetrexate glucuronate; triptorelin; tubulozole hydrochloride; uracilmustard; uredepa; vapreotide; verteporfin; vinblastine sulfate;vincristine sulfate; vindesine; vindesine sulfate; vinepidine sulfate;vinglycinate sulfate; vinleurosine sulfate; vinorelbine tartrate;vinrosidine sulfate; vinzolidine sulfate; vorozole; zeniplatin;zinostatin; and zorubicin hydrochloride.

Further anticancer drugs that are useful in the methods and compositionsof the invention include, but are not limited to: 20-epi-1,25dihydroxyvitamin D3; 5-ethynyluracil; abiraterone; aclarubicin;acylfulvene; adecypenol; adozelesin; aldesleukin;ALL-TK antagonists;altretamine; ambamustine; amidox; amifostine; aminolevulinic acid;amrubicin; amsacrine; anagrelide; anastrozole; andrographolide;angiogenesis inhibitors; antagonist D; antagonist G; antarelix;anti-dorsalizing morphogenetic protein-1; antiandrogen, prostaticcarcinoma; antiestrogen; antineoplaston; antisense oligonucleotides;aphidicolin glycinate; apoptosis gene modulators; apoptosis regulators;apurinic acid; ara-CDP-DL-PTBA; arginine deaminase; asulacrine;atamestane; atrimustine; axinastatin 1; axinastatin 2; axinastatin 3;azasetron; azatoxin; azatyrosine; baccatin III derivatives; balanol;batimastat; BCR/ABL antagonists; benzochlorins; benzoylstaurosporine;beta Lactam Derivatives; beta-alethine; betaclamycin B; betulinic acid;bFGF inhibitor; bicalutamide; bisantrene; bisaziridinylspermme;bisnafide; bistratene A; bizelesin; breflate; bropirimine; budotitane;buthionine sulfoximine; calcipotriol; calphostin C; camptothecinderivatives; canarypox IL-2; carboxamide-amino-triazole;carboxyamidotriazole; CaRest M3; CARN 700; cartilage derived inhibitor;carzelesin; casein kinase inhibitors (ICOS); castanospermine; cecropinB; cetrorelix; chlorins; chloroquinoxaline sulfonamide; cicaprost;cis-porphyrin; cladribine; clomifene analogues; clotrimazole;collismycin A; collismycin B; combretastatin A4; combretastatinAnalogue; conagenin; crambescidin 816; crisnatol; cryptopliycin 8;cryptophycin A derivatives; curacin A; cyclopentanthraquinones;cycloplatam; cypemycin; cytarabine ocfosfate; cytolytic factor;cytostatin; dacliximab; decitabine; dehydrodidemnin B; deslorelin;dexamethasone; dexifosfamide; dexrazoxane; dexverapamil; diaziquone;didemniii B; didox; diethylnorspermine; dihydro-5-acytidine;dihydrotaxol; dioxamycin; diphenyl spiromustine; docetaxel; docosanol;dolasetron; doxifluridine; droloxifene; dronabinol; duocarmycin SA;ebselen; ecomustine; edelfosine; edrecolomab; eflornithine; elemene;emitefur; epirubicin; epristeride; estramustine analogue; estrogenagonists; estrogen antagonists; etanidazole; etoposide phosphate;exemestane; fadrozole; fazarabine; fenretinide; filgrastim; finasteride;flavopiridol; flezelastine; fluasterone; fludarabine; fluorodaunorunicinhydrochloride; forfenimex; formestane; fostriecin; fotemustine;gadolinium texaphyrin; gallium nitrate; galocitabine; ganirelix;gelatinase inhibitors; gemcitabine; glutathione inhibitors; hepsulfam;heregulin; hexamethylene bisacetamide; hypericin; ibandronic acid;idarubicin; idoxifene; idramantone; ilmofosine; ilomastat;imidazoacridones; imiquimod; immunostimulant peptides; insulin-likegrowth factor-1 receptor inhibitor; interferon agonists; interferons;interleukins; iobenguane; iododoxorubicin; ipomeanol, 4-; iroplact;irsogladine; isobengazole; isohomohalicondrin B; itasetron; jasplakinolide; kahalalide F; lamellarin-N triacetate; lanreotide;leinamycin; lenograstim; lentinan sulfate; leptolstatin; letrozole;leukemia inhibiting factor; leukocyte alpha interferon;leuprolide+estrogen+progesterone; leuprorelin; levamisole; liarozole;linear polyamine Analogue; lipophilic disaccharide peptide; lipophilicplatinum complexes; lissoclinamide 7; lobaplatin; lombricine;lometrexol; lonidamine; losoxantrone; lovastatin; loxoribine;lurtotecan; lutetium texaphyrin; lysofylline; lytic peptides;maitansine; mannostatin A; marimastat; masoprocol; maspin; matrilysininhibitors; matrix metalloproteinase inhibitors; menogaril; merbarone;meterelin; methioninase; metoclopramide; MIF inhibitor; mifepristone;miltefosine; mirimostim; mismatched double stranded RNA; mitoguazone;mitolactol; mitomycin Analogues; mitonafide; mitotoxin fibroblast growthfactor-saporin; mitoxantrone; mofarotene; molgramostim; monoclonalantibody, human chorionic gonadotrophin; monophosphoryl lipidA+myobacterium cell wall sk; mopidamol; multiple drag resistance geneinhibitor; multiple tumor suppressor 1-based. therapy; mustardanticancer agents; mycaperoxide B; mycobacterial cell wall extract;myriaporone; N-acetyldinaline; N-substituted benzamides; nafarelin;nagrestip; naloxone+pentazocine; napavin; naphterpin; nartograstim;nedaplatin; nemorubicin; neridronic acid; neutral endopeptidase;nilutamide; nisamycin; nitric oxide modulators; nitroxide antioxidant;nitrullyn; 06-benzylguanine; octreotide; okicenone; oligonucleotides;onapristone; ondansetron; ondansetron; oracin; oral cytokine inducer;ormaplatin; osaterone; oxaliplatin; oxaunomycin; paclitaxel; paclitaxelAnalogues; paclitaxel derivatives; palauamiiie; palmitoylrhizoxin;pamidronic acid; panaxytriol; panomifene; parabactin; pazelliptine;pegaspargase; peldesine; pentosan polysulfate sodium; pentostatin;pentrozole; perflubron; perfosfamide; perillyl alcohol; phenazinomycin;phenylacetate; phosphatase inhibitors; picibanil; pilocarpinehydrochloride; pirarubicin; piritrexim; placetin A; placetin B;plasminogen activator inhibitor; platinum complex; platinum complexes;platinum-triamine complex; porfimer sodium; porfiromycin; prednisone;propyl bis-acridone; prostaglandin J2; proteasome inhibitors; proteinA-based immune modulator; protein kinase C inhibitor; protein kinase Cinhibitors, microalgal; protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitors; purinenucleoside phosphorylase inhibitors; purpurins; pyrazoloacridine;pyridoxylated hemoglobin polyoxyethylene conjugate; raf antagonists;raltitrexed; ramosetron; ras farnesyl protein transferase inhibitors;ras inhibitors; ras-GAP inhibitor; retelliptine demethylated; rhenium Re186 etidronate; rhizoxin; ribozymes; RII retinamide; rogletimide;rohitukine; romurtide; roquinimex; rubiginone Bl; raboxyl; safingol;saintopin; SarCNU; sarcophytol A; sargramostim; Sdi 1 mimetics;semustine; senescence derived inhibitor 1; sense oligonucleotides;signal transduction inhibitors; signal transduction modulators; singlechain antigen binding protein; sizofiran; sobuzoxane; sodiumborocaptate; sodium phenylacetate; solverol; somatomedin bindingprotein; sonermin; sparfosic acid; spicamycin D; spiromustine;splenopentin; spongistatin 1; squalamine; stem cell inhibitor; stem-celldivision inhibitors; stipiamide; stromelysin inhibitors; sulfinosine;superactive vasoactive intestinal peptide antagonist; suradista;suramin; swainsonine; synthetic glycosaminoglycans; tallimustine;tamoxifen methiodide; tauromustine; tazarotene; tecogalan sodium;tegafur; tellurapyrylium; telomerase inhibitors; temoporfm;temozolomide; teniposide; tetrachlorodecaoxide; tetrazomine;thaliblastine; thiocoraline; thrombopoietin; thrombopoietin mimetic;thymalfasin; thymopoietin receptor agonist; thymotrinan; thyroidstimulating hormone; tin ethyl etiopurpurirt; tirapazamine; titanocenebichloride; topsentin; toremifene; totipotent stem cell factor;translation inhibitors; tretinoin; triacetyluridine; triciribine;trimetrexate; triptorelin; tropisetron; turosteride; tyrosine kinaseinhibitors; tyrphostins; UBC inhibitors; ubenimex; urogenitalsinus-derived growth inhibitory factor; urokinase receptor antagonists;vapreotide; variolin B; vector system, erythrocyte gene therapy;velaresol; ver amine; verdins; verteporfm; vinorelbine; vinxaltine;vitaxin; vorozole; zanoterone; zeniplatin; zilascorb; and zinostatinstimalamer.

In another embodiment, the other anticancer agent is interferon-α. Inanother embodiment, the other anticancer agent is interleukin-2 In oneembodiment, the other anticancer agent is an alkylating agent, such as anitrogen mustard, a nitrosourea, an alkylsulfonate, a triazene, or aplatinum-containing agent. In one embodiment, the other anticancer agentis a triazene alkylating agent. In one embodiment, the other anticanceragent is O-6-benzylguanine. In another embodiment, the other anticanceragent is O-6-benzylguanine and temozolomide. In another embodiment, theother anticancer agent is O-6-benzylguanine and procarbazine. In stillanother embodiment, the other anticancer agent is O-6-benzylguanine anddacarbazine.

The compounds of the invention can be administered to a subject that hasundergone or is currently undergoing one or more additional anticancertherapies including, but not limited to, surgery, radiation therapy, orimmunotherapy, such as cancer vaccines.

In one embodiment, the invention provides methods for treating orpreventing cancer comprising administering to a subject in need thereofan effective amount of (1) a compound of the invention and (2) anotheranticancer therapy including, but not limited to, surgery, radiationtherapy, or immunotherapy, such as a cancer vaccine.

In one embodiment, the other anticancer therapy is radiation therapy. Inanother embodiment, the other anticancer therapy is surgery. In stillanother embodiment, the other anticancer therapy is immunotherapy.

In a specific embodiment, the present methods for treating or preventingcancer comprise administering an effective amount of a compound of theinvention and radiation therapy. The radiation therapy can beadministered concurrently with, prior to, or subsequent to the compoundof the invention, in one embodiment at least an hour, five hours, 12hours, a day, a week, a month, in another embodiment several months(e.g., up to three months), prior or subsequent to administration of thecompound of the invention. Where the other anticancer therapy isradiation therapy, any radiation therapy protocol can be administereddepending upon the type of cancer to be treated. For example, but not byway of limitation, X-ray radiation can be administered; specifically,high-energy megavoltage (radiation of greater that 1 MeV energy) can beadministered for deep tumors, and electron beam and orthovoltage X-rayradiation can be administered for skin cancers. Gamma-ray emittingradioisotopes, such as radioactive isotopes of radium, cobalt and otherelements, can also be administered.

Additionally, the invention provides methods of treatment of cancercomprising administering a compound of the invention as an alternativeto chemotherapy or radiation therapy where the chemotherapy or theradiation therapy results in a negative side effect in the subject beingtreated. The subject being treated can, optionally, be treated withanother anticancer therapy such as surgery, radiation therapy, orimmunotherapy.

The compounds of the invention can also be administered in vitro or exvivo, such as for the treatment of certain cancers, including, but notlimited to leukemias and lymphomas, such treatment involving autologousstem cell transplants. This can involve a process in which the subject'sautologous hematopoietic stem cells are harvested and purged of allcancer cells, the subject's remaining bone-marrow cell population isthen eradicated via the administration of a compound of the invention orradiation, or both, and the resultant stem cells are infused back intothe subject. Supportive care can be subsequently provided while bonemarrow function is restored and the subject recovers.

B. Treatment or Prevention of a Neurodegenerative Disease

The invention provides methods for treating or preventing aneurodegenerative disease, comprising administering an effective amountof a compound of the invention to a subject in need thereof. In oneembodiment, the compound is present in a composition that furthercomprises a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle.

Examples of neurodegenerative diseases include, but are not limited to,Alexander's disease, Alper's disease, Alzheimer's disease, Amyotrophiclateral sclerosis (“ALS”), Ataxia telangiectasia. Batten disease (alsoknown as Spielmeyer-Vogt-Sjogren-Batten disease), Bovine spongiformencephalopathy, Canavan disease, Cockayne syndrome, Corticobasaldegeneration, Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease, Huntington's disease,HIV-associated dementia, Kennedy's disease, Krabbe's disease, Lewy bodydementia, Machado-Joseph disease (Spinocerebellar ataxia type 3),Multiple sclerosis (“MS”), Multiple System Atrophy, Narcolepsy,Neuroborreliosis, Parkinson's disease, Pelizaeus-Merzbacher Disease,Pick's disease, Primary lateral sclerosis, Prion diseases, ProgressiveSupranuclear Palsy, Refsum's disease, Sandhoffs disease, Schilder'sdisease, Subacute combined degeneration of spinal cord secondary toPernicious Anaemia, Spinocerebellar ataxia, Spinal muscular atrophy,Steele-Richardson-Olszewski disease, and Tabes dorsalis. In oneembodiment, the neurodegenerative disease is Alzheimer's disease. Otherexamples of neurdegenerative diseases include, but are not limited to,diffuse Lewy body disease, multisystem degeneration (Shy-Dragersyndrome), motor neuron diseases including amyotrophic lateralsclerosis, degenerative ataxias, cortical basal degeneration,ALS-Parkinson's-Dementia complex of Guam, subacute sclerosingpanencephalitis, Huntington's disease, synucleinopathies, primaryprogressive aphasia, striatonigral degeneration, Machado-Josephdisease/spinocerebellar ataxia type 3 and olivopontocerebellardegenerations, Gilles De La Tourette's disease, bulbar and pseudobulbarpalsy, spinal and spinobulbar muscular atrophy (Kennedy's disease),primary lateral sclerosis, familial spastic paraplegia, Werdnig-Hoffmanndisease, Kugelberg-Welander disease, Tay-Sach's disease, Sandhoffdisease, familial spastic disease, Wohifart-Kugelberg-Welander disease,spastic paraparesis, progressive multifocal leukoencephalopathy, priondiseases (including Creutzfeldt-Jakob, Gerstmann-Straussler-Scheinkerdisease, Kuru and fatal familial insomnia), age-related dementia andother conditions with memory loss, such as vascular dementia, diffusewhite matter disease (Binswanger's disease), dementia of endocrine ormetabolic origin, dementia of head trauma and diffuse brain damage,dementia pugilistica and frontal lobe dementia, cerebral ischemia orinfaction including embolic occlusion and thrombotic occlusion as wellas intracranial hemorrhage of any type (including, but not limited to,epidural, subdural, subarachnoid and intracerebral), and intracranialand intravertebral lesions (including, but not limited to, contusion,penetration, shear, compression and laceration).

In one aspect, the present methods for treating or preventing aneurodegenerative disease can further comprise the administration ofanother anti-neurodegenerative disease agent.

In one embodiment, the present invention provides methods for treatingor preventing a neurodegenerative disease, comprising the administrationof an effective amount of a compound of the invention and anotheranti-neurodegenerative disease agent to a subject in need of treatmentor prevention of the neurodegenerative disease. The compound of theinvention and another anti-neurodegenerative disease agent can beadministered separately. The compound of the invention and anotheranti-neurodegenerative disease agent can also be administeredconcurrently. In this embodiment, the compound of the invention andanother anti-neurodegenerative disease agent can be administered withinthe same composition, or can be administered from differentcompositions, via the same or different routes of administration. Inanother embodiment, the compound of the invention is administered duringa time when the other anti-neurodegenerative disease agent exerts itsprophylactic or therapeutic effect, or vice versa.

In another embodiment, the compound of the invention or otheranti-neurodegenerative disease agent is administered in doses commonlyemployed when such agents are used as monotherapy for the treatment of aneurodegenerative disease.

In one embodiment, the compound of the invention or otheranti-neurodegenerative disease agent is administered in doses that arelower than the doses commonly employed when such agents are used asmonotherapy for the treatment of a neurodegenerative disease.

In another embodiment, the compound of the invention and otheranti-neurodegenerative disease agent act synergistically and areadministered in doses that are lower than the doses commonly employedwhen such agents are used as monotherapy for the treatment of aneurodegenerative disease. The dosage of the compound of the inventionor other anti-neurodegenerative disease agent administered as well asthe dosing schedule can depend on various parameters, including, but notlimited to, the neurodegenerative disease being treated, the subject'sgeneral health, and the administering physician's discretion. A compoundof the invention can be administered prior to (e.g., 5 minutes, 15minutes, 30 minutes, 45 minutes, 1 hour, 2 hours, 4 hours, 6 hours, 12hours, 24 hours, 48 hours, 72 hours, 96 hours, 1 week, 2 weeks, 3 weeks,4 weeks, 5 weeks, 6 weeks, 8 weeks, or 12 weeks before), concurrentlywith, or subsequent to (e.g., 5 minutes, 15 minutes, 30 minutes, 45minutes, 1 hour, 2 hours, 4 hours, 6 hours, 12 hours, 24 hours, 48hours, 72 hours, 96 hours, 1 week, 2 weeks, 3 weeks, 4 weeks, 5 weeks, 6weeks, 8 weeks, or 12 weeks after) the administration of the otheranti-neurodegenerative disease agent, to a subject in need of treatmentor prevention of the neurodegenerative disease. In various embodiments acompound of the invention and the other anti-neurodegenerative diseaseagent are administered 1 minute apart, 10 minutes apart, 30 minutesapart, less than 1 hour apart, 1 hour apart, 1 hour to 2 hours apart, 2hours to 3 hours apart, 3 hours to 4 hours apart, 4 hours to 5 hoursapart, 5 hours to 6 hours apart, 6 hours to 7 hours apart, 7 hours to 8hours apart, 8 hours to 9 hours apart, 9 hours to 10 hours apart, 10hours to 11 hours apart, 11 hours to 12 hours apart, no more than 24hours apart or no more than 48 hours apart. In one embodiment, acompound of the invention and the other anti-neurodegenerative diseaseagent are administered within 3 hours. In another embodiment, a compoundof the invention and the other anti-neurodegenerative disease agent areadministered at 1 minute to 24 hours apart.

In one embodiment, an effective amount of a compound of the inventionand an effective amount of other anti-neurodegenerative disease agentare present in the same composition. In one embodiment, this compositionis useful for oral administration. In another embodiment, thiscomposition is useful for intravenous administration.

In one embodiment, the compositions comprise an amount of a compound ofthe invention and the other anti-neurodegenerative disease agent whichtogether are effective to treat or prevent a neurodegenerative disease.

The compounds of the invention and other anti-neurodegenerative diseaseagent can act additively or synergistically. A synergistic combinationof a compound of the invention and the other anti-neurodegenerativedisease agent, might allow the use of lower dosages of one or both ofthese agents and/or less frequent administration of the agents to asubject with a neurodegenerative disease. The ability to utilize lowerdosages of one or both of the compound of the invention and otheranti-neurodegenerative disease agent and/or to administer the agentsless frequently can reduce any toxicity associated with theadministration of the agents to a subject without reducing the efficacyof the agents in the treatment of a neurodegenerative disease. Inaddition, a synergistic effect might result in the improved efficacy ofthese agents in the treatment of a neurodegenerative disease and/or thereduction of any adverse or unwanted side effects associated with theuse of either agent alone.

In one embodiment, the administration of an effective amount of acompound of the invention and an effective amount of anotheranti-neurodegenerative disease agent inhibits the resistance of aneurodegenerative disease to the other anti-neurodegenerative diseaseagent.

Suitable other anti-neurodegenerative disease agents useful in themethods and compositions of the present invention include, but are notlimited to: anti-Alzheimer's agents, such as cholinesterase inhibitors(e.g., tacrine, donepezil hydrochloride, rivastigmine, or galantamine)or partial glutamate antagonists (e.g., memantine); anti-Parkinson'sagents, such as levodopa, carbidopa, tolcapone, bromocriptine,pergolide, pramipexole, ropinirole, selegiline, or amantadine; anti-ALSagents, such as riluzole; and anti-MS agents, such as interferonbeta-la, interferon beta-1b, glatiramer acetate, mitoxantrone, ornatalizumab.

C. Combination Therapy

Additional agents that can be used in combination with compounds of theinvention for the treatment or prevention of a Condition, for example, adisease associated with γ-secretase activity or prevention of diseasesassociated with γ-secretase activity, include, but are not limited to, asmall molecule, a synthetic drug, a peptide (including a cyclicpeptide), a polypeptide, a protein, a nucleic acid (e.g., a DNA and RNAnucleotide including, but not limited to, an antisense nucleotidesequence, a triple helix, RNAi, and a nucleotide sequence encoding abiologically active protein, polypeptide or peptide), an antibody, asynthetic or natural inorganic molecule, a mimetic agent, and asynthetic or natural organic molecule. Specific examples of such agentsinclude, but are not limited to, an immunomodulatory agent (e.g.,interferon), anti-inflammatory agent (e.g., an adrenocorticoid, acorticosteroid (e.g., beclomethasone, budesonide, flunisolide,fluticasone, triamcinolone, methylprednisolone, prednisolone,prednisone, hydrocortisone), a glucocorticoid, a steroid, and anon-steriodal anti-inflammatory drug (e.g., aspirin, ibuprofen,diclofenac, and a COX-2 inhibitor), a pain reliever, a leukotreineantagonist (e.g., montelukast, a methyl xanthine, zafirlukast, andzileuton), a beta2-agonist (e.g., albuterol, biterol, fenoterol,isoetharie, metaproterenol, pirbuterol, salbutamol, terbutalinformoterol, salmeterol, and salbutamol terbutaline), an anticholinergicagent (e.g., ipratropium bromide and oxitropium bromide),sulphasalazine, penicillamine, dapsone, an antihistamine, ananti-malarial agent (e.g., hydroxychloroquine), an anti-viral agent(e.g., a nucleoside analog (e.g., zidovudine, acyclovir, gangcyclovir,vidarabine, idoxuridine, trifluridine, and ribavirin), foscarnet,amantadine, rimantadine, saquinavir, indinavir, ritonavir, and AZT) andan antibiotic (e.g., dactinomycin (formerly actinomycin), bleomycin,erythomycin, penicillin, mithramycin, and anthramycin (AMC)).

V. Therapeutic or Prophylactic Administration and Compositions of theInvention

Due to their activity, compounds of the invention are advantageouslyuseful in veterinary and human medicine.

When administered to a subject, the compounds of the invention can beadministered as a component of a composition that comprises apharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent, excipient, or vehicle. Thepresent compositions, which comprise a compound of the invention, can beadministered orally. The compounds of the invention can also beadministered by any other convenient route, for example, by infusion orbolus injection, by absorption through epithelial or mucocutaneouslinings (e.g., oral, rectal, or intestinal mucosa) and can beadministered together with another biologically active agent.Administration can be systemic or local. Various delivery systems areknown, e.g., encapsulation in liposomes, microparticles, microcapsulesand capsules.

Methods of administration include, but are not limited to, intradermal,intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intravenous, subcutaneous, intranasal,epidural, oral, sublingual, intracerebral, intravaginal, transdermal,rectal, by inhalation, or topical, specifically to the ears, nose, eyes,or skin. In some instances, administration will result in the release ofa compound of the invention into the bloodstream.

In one embodiment, the compounds of the invention are administeredorally. In other embodiments, it can be desirable to administer thecompounds of the invention locally. This can be achieved, for example,and not by way of limitation, by local infusion during surgery, topicalapplication, e.g., in conjunction with a wound dressing after surgery,by injection, by means of a catheter, by means of a suppository orenema, or by means of an implant, the implant being of a porous,non-porous, or gelatinous material, including membranes, such assialastic membranes, or fibers.

In certain embodiments, it can be desirable to introduce the compoundsof the invention into the central nervous system or gastrointestinaltract by any suitable route, including intraventricular, intrathecal,and epidural injection, and enema. Intraventricular injection can befacilitated by an intraventricular catheter, for example, attached to areservoir, such as an Ommaya reservoir.

Pulmonary administration can also be employed, e.g., by use of aninhaler of nebulizer, and formulation with an aerosolizing agent, or viaperfusion in a fluorocarbon oar, synthetic pulmonary surfactant. Incertain embodiments, the compounds of the invention can be formulated asa suppository, with traditional binders and excipients such astriglycerides.

In another embodiment compounds of the invention can be delivered in avesicle, specifically a liposome (see Langer, Science 249:1527-1533(1990) and Liposomes in Therapy of Infectious Disease and Cancer 317-327and 353-365 (1989)).

In yet another embodiment, the compounds of the invention can bedelivered in a controlled-release system or sustained-release system(see, e.g., Goodson, in Medical Applications of Controlled Release,supra, vol. 2, pp. 115-138 (1984)). Other controlled orsustained-release systems discussed in the review by Langer, Science249: 1527-1533 (1990) can be used. In one embodiment a pump can be used(Langer, Science 249: 1527-1533 (1990); Sefton, CRC Crit. Ref Biomed.Eng. 14:201 (1987); Buchwald et al, Surgery 88:507 (1980); and Saudek etal., N. Engl. J Med. 321:574 (1989)). In another embodiment polymericmaterials can be used (see Medical Applications of Controlled Release(Langer and Wise eds., 1974); Controlled Drug Bioavailability, DrugProduct Design and Performance (Smolen and Ball eds., 1984); Ranger andPeppas, J. Macromol. Sd. Rev. Macromol. Chem. 2:61 (1983); Levy et al,Science 228:190 (1935); During et al, Ann. Neural. 25:351 (1989); andHoward et al, J. Neurosurg. 71:105 (1989)).

In yet another embodiment a controlled- or sustained-release system canbe placed in proximity of a target of the compounds of the invention,e.g., the spinal column, brain, skin, lung, or gastrointestinal tract,thus requiring only a fraction of the systemic dose.

The present compositions can optionally comprise a suitable amount of apharmaceutically acceptable excipient so as to provide the form forproper administration to the subject.

Such pharmaceutical excipients can be liquids, such as water and oils,including those of petroleum, animal, vegetable, or synthetic origin,such as peanut oil, soybean oil, mineral oil, sesame oil and the like.The pharmaceutical excipients can be saline, gum acacia, gelatin, starchpaste, talc, keratin, colloidal silica, urea and the like. In addition,auxiliary, stabilizing, thickening, lubricating, and coloring agents canbe used. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable excipientsare sterile when administered to a subject. Water is a useful excipientwhen the compound of the invention is administered intravenously. Salinesolutions and aqueous dextrose and glycerol solutions can also beemployed as liquid excipients, specifically for injectable solutions.Suitable pharmaceutical excipients also include starch, glucose,lactose, sucrose, gelatin, malt, rice, flour, chalk, silica gel, sodiumstearate, glycerol monostearate, talc, sodium chloride, dried skim milk,glycerol, propylene, glycol, water, ethanol and the like. The presentcompositions, if desired, can also comprise minor amounts of wetting oremulsifying agents, or pH buffering agents.

The present compositions can take the form of solutions, suspensions,emulsion, tablets, pills, pellets, capsules, capsules containingliquids, powders, sustained-release formulations, suppositories,emulsions, aerosols, sprays, suspensions, or any other form suitable foruse. In one embodiment, the composition is in the form of a capsule (seee.g. U.S. Pat. No. 5,698,155). Other examples of suitable pharmaceuticalexcipients are described in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences1447-1676 (Alfonso R. Gennaro eds., 19th ed. 1995), incorporated hereinby reference.

In one embodiment, the compounds of the invention are formulated inaccordance with routine procedures as a composition adapted for oraladministration to human beings. Compositions for oral delivery can be inthe form of tablets, lozenges, aqueous or oily suspensions, granules,powders, emulsions, capsules, syrups, or elixirs for example. Orallyadministered compositions can comprise one or more agents, for example,sweetening agents such as fructose, aspartame or saccharin; flavoringagents such as peppermint, oil of wintergreen, or cherry; coloringagents; and preserving agents, to provide a pharmaceutically palatablepreparation. Moreover, where in tablet or pill form, the compositionscan be coated to delay disintegration and absorption in thegastrointestinal tract thereby providing a sustained action over anextended period of time. Selectively permeable membranes surrounding anosmotically active driving a compound of the invention are also suitablefor orally administered compositions. In these latter platforms, fluidfrom the environment surrounding the capsule is imbibed by the drivingcompound, which swells to displace the agent or agent compositionthrough an aperture. These delivery platforms can provide an essentiallyzero order delivery profile as opposed to the spiked profiles ofimmediate release formulations. A time-delay material such as glycerolmonostearate or glycerol stearate can also be useful. Oral compositionscan include standard excipients such as mannitol, lactose, starch,magnesium stearate, sodium saccharin, cellulose, and magnesiumcarbonate. In one embodiment, the excipients are of pharmaceuticalgrade.

In another embodiment, the compounds of the invention can be formulatedfor intravenous administration. Typically, compositions for intravenousadministration comprise sterile isotonic aqueous buffer. Wherenecessary, the compositions can also include a solubilizing agent.Compositions for intravenous administration can optionally include alocal anesthetic such as lignocaine to lessen pain at the site of theinjection.

Generally, the ingredients are supplied either separately or mixedtogether in unit dosage form, for example, as a dry lyophilized-powderor water-free concentrate in a hermetically sealed container such as anampule or sachette indicating the quantity of active agent. Where thecompounds of the invention are to be administered by infusion, they canbe dispensed, for example, with an infusion bottle containing sterilepharmaceutical grade water or saline. Where the compounds of theinvention are administered by injection, an ampule of sterile water forinjection or saline can be provided so that the ingredients can be mixedprior to administration.

Compounds of the invention can be administered by controlled-release orsustained-release means or by delivery devices that are well known tothose of ordinary skill in the art. Examples include, but are notlimited to, those described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,845,770; 3,916,899;3,536,809; 3,598,123; 4,008,719; 5,674,533; 5,059,595; 5,591,767;5,120,548; 5,073,543; 5,639,476; 5,354,556; and 5,733,556, each of whichis incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Such dosage formscan be useful for providing controlled- or sustained-release of one ormore active ingredients using, for example, hydropropylmethyl cellulose,other polymer matrices, gels, permeable membranes, osmotic systems,multilayer coatings, microparticles, liposomes, microspheres, or acombination thereof to provide the desired release profile in varyingproportions. Suitable controlled- or sustained-release formulationsknown to those skilled in the art, including those described herein, canbe readily selected for use with the active ingredients of Formula I toXI. The invention thus provides single unit dosage forms suitable fororal administration such as, but not limited to, tablets, capsules,gelcaps, and caplets that are adapted for controlled- orsustained-release.

Controlled- or sustained-release of an active ingredient can bestimulated by various conditions, including but not limited to, changesin pH, changes in temperature, concentration or availability of enzymes,concentration or availability of water, or other physiologicalconditions or compounds. The amount of the compounds of the inventionthat is effective in the treatment or prevention of a neurodegenerativedisease can be determined by standard clinical techniques. In addition,in vitro or in vivo assays can optionally be employed to help identifyoptimal dosage ranges. The precise dose to be employed can also dependon the route of administration, and the seriousness of the Conditionbeing treated and can be decided according to the judgment of thepractitioner and each subject's circumstances in view of, e.g.,published clinical studies. Suitable effective dosage amounts, however,range from about 10 micrograms to about 5 grams about every 4 hours,although they are typically about 500 mg or less per every 4 hours. Inone embodiment, the effective dosage is about 0.01 mg, 0.5 mg, about 1mg, about 50 mg, about 100 mg, about 200 mg, about 300 mg, about 400 mg,about 500 mg, about 600 mg, about 700 mg, about 800 mg, about 900 mg,about 1 g, about 1.2 g, about 1.4 g, about 1.6 g, about 1.8 g, about 2.0g, about 2.2 g, about 2.4 g, about 2.6 g, about 2.8 g, about 3.0 g,about 3.2 g, about 3.4 g, about 3.6 g, about 3.8 g, about 4.0 g, about4.2 g, about 4.4 g, about 4.6 g, about 4.8 g, and about 5.0 g, every 4hours. Equivalent dosages can be administered over various time periodsincluding, but not limited to, about every 2 hours, about every 6 hours,about every 8 hours, about every 12 hours, about every 24 hours, aboutevery 36 hours, about every 48 hours, about every 72 hours, about everyweek, about every two weeks, about every three weeks, about every month,and about every two months. The effective dosage amounts describedherein refer to total amounts administered; that is, if more than onecompound of the invention is administered, the effective dosage amountscorrespond to the total amount administered.

Compositions can be prepared according to conventional mixing,granulating or coating methods, respectively, and the presentcompositions can comprise, in one embodiment, from about 0.1% to about99%; and in another embodiment from about 1% to about 70% of thecompound of the invention by weight or volume.

The dosage regimen utilizing the compound of the invention can beselected in accordance with a variety of factors including type,species, age, weight, sex and medical condition of the subject; theseverity of the Condition to be treated; the route of administration;the renal or hepatic function of the subject; and the specific compoundof the invention employed. A compound of the invention can beadministered in a single daily dose, or the total daily dosage can beadministered in divided doses of two, three or four times daily.Furthermore, a compound of the invention can be administered inintranasal form via topical use of suitable intranasal vehicles, or viatransdermal routes, using those forms of transdermal skin patches wellknown to those of ordinary skill in that art. To be administered in theform of a transdermal delivery system, the dosage administration can becontinuous rather than intermittent throughout the dosage regimen. Otherillustrative topical preparations include creams, ointments, lotions,aerosol sprays and gels, wherein the concentration of compound of theinvention ranges from about 0.1% to about 15%, w/w or w/v. The compoundsof the invention can be assayed in vitro or in vivo for the desiredtherapeutic or prophylactic activity prior to use in humans. Animalmodel systems can be used to demonstrate safety and efficacy.

In certain embodiments, a compound of the invention or pharmaceuticalcomposition thereof is administered to a human that has an age in arange of from about 0 months to about 6 months old, from about 6 toabout 12 months old, from about 6 to about 18 months old, from about 18to about 36 months old, from about 1 to about 5 years old, from about 5to about 10 years old, from about 10 to about 15 years old, from about15 to about 20 years old, from about 20 to about 25 years old, fromabout 25 to about 30 years old, from about 30 to about 35 years old,from about 35 to about 40 years old, from about 40 to about 45 yearsold, from about 45 to about 50 years old, from about 50 to about 55years old, from about 55 to about 60 years old, from about 60 to about65 years old, from about 65 to about 70 years old, from about 70 toabout 75 years old, from about 75 to about 80 years old, from about 80to about 85 years old, from about 85 to about 90 years old, from about90 to about 95 years old or from about 95 to about 100 years old.

In some embodiments, a compound of the invention or pharmaceuticalcomposition thereof is administered to a human infant. In otherembodiments, a compound of the invention or pharmaceutical compositionthereof is administered to a human toddler. In other embodiments, acompound of the invention or pharmaceutical composition thereof isadministered to a human child. In other embodiments, a compound of theinvention or pharmaceutical composition thereof is administered to ahuman adult. In yet other embodiments, a compound of the invention orpharmaceutical composition thereof is administered to an elderly human.

In certain embodiments, a compound of the invention or pharmaceuticalcomposition thereof is administered a subject in an immunocompromisedstate or immunosuppressed state or at risk for becomingimmunocompromised or immunosuppressed. In certain embodiments, acompound of the invention or pharmaceutical composition thereof isadministered to a subject receiving or recovering from immunosuppressivetherapy.

In some embodiments, a compound of the invention or pharmaceuticalcomposition thereof is administered to a patient who is susceptible toadverse reactions to conventional anti-γ-secretase therapies. In someembodiments, a γ-secretase inhibitor or pharmaceutical compositionthereof is administered to a patient who has proven refractory toanti-γ-secretase therapies other than γ-secretase inhibitors, but are nolonger on these therapies. Among these patients are refractory patients,and patients who are too young for conventional therapies.

In some embodiments, the subject being administered a compound of theinvention or pharmaceutical composition thereof has not received therapyprior to the administration of the compound of the invention orpharmaceutical composition thereof.

IV. Kits Comprising a Compound of the Invention

The invention provides kits that can simplify the administration of acompound of the invention to a subject.

A typical kit of the invention comprises a compound of the invention,for example, in unit dosage form. In one embodiment, the unit dosageform is a container, which can be sterile, containing an effectiveamount of a compound of the invention and a pharmaceutically acceptablecarrier, diluent, excipient, or vehicle. The kit can further comprise alabel or printed instructions instructing the use of the compound of theinvention to treat or prevent a Condition. The kit can also furthercomprise another prophylactic or therapeutic agent, for example, in unitdosage form, such as a container containing an effective amount of theother prophylactic or therapeutic agent. In one embodiment, the kitcomprises a container containing an effective amount of a compound ofthe invention and an effective amount of another prophylactic ortherapeutic agent. Examples of other prophylactic or therapeutic agentsinclude, but are not limited to, those listed above.

Each reference cited herein is hereby incorporated by reference in itsentirety.

Syntheses of the Compounds of the Invention

Compounds of Formula I

Halo-esters of type 3 can be prepared by reacting compounds 2, wherein Eis a suitable leaving group, with compounds 1, wherein R² and R³ are asdefined in Formula I. Suitable leaving groups are well known in the art,but not limited to halides, such as chloride, bromide, and iodide; aryl-or alkylsulfonyloxy, substituted arylsulfonyloxy (e.g., tosyloxy ormesyloxy); substituted alkylsulfonyloxy (e.g., haloalkylsulfonyloxy);(C₆)aryloxy or subsituted (C₆)aryloxy; and acyloxy groups. Compounds 2are available commercially (e.g., Aldrich Chemical Co., Milwaukee, Wis.)or can be prepared by well-known methods such as halogenation orsulfonation of butanediol. Compounds 1 are also available commercially(e.g., Aldrich Chemical Co., Milwaukee, Wis.) or may be preared bywell-known methods, such as those listed in Larock Comprehensive OrganicTransformations; Wiley-VCH: New York, 1999, pp. 1754-1755 and 1765. Areview on alkylation of esters of type 1 is given by J. Mulzer inComprehensive Organic Functional Transformations, Pergamon, Oxford 1995,pp. 148-151 and exemplary synthetic procedures for reacting compounds 1with compounds 2 are described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,648,387, column 6 andAckerly, et al., J. Med. Chem. 1995, pp. 1608. The reaction can proceedin the presence of a suitable base. In certain embodiments, a suitablebase will have a pK_(a) of greater than about 25, in yet anotherembodiment a suitable base will have a pK_(a) of greater than about 30.Suitable bases include, but are not limited to, alkylmetal bases such aslithium diisopropylamide, methyllithium, n-butyllithium,tert-butyllithium, sec-butyllithium, phenyllithium, phenyl sodium, andphenyl potassium; metal amide bases such as lithium amide, sodium amide,potassium amide, lithium tetramethylpiperidide, lithium diethylamide,lithium dicyclohexylamide, sodium hexamethyldisilazide, and lithiumhexamethyldisilazide; hydride bases such as sodium hydride and potassiumhydride. Metal amide bases, such as lithium diisopropylamide areparticularly useful. In certain embodiments of the invention, to reactcompounds 1 with compounds 2, a solution of about 1 to about 2equivalents of a suitable base can be added to a stirred solutioncomprising esters 1 and a suitable organic solvent, under an inertatmosphere, the solution maintained at a constant temperature within therange of about −95° C. to about room temperature, in certain embodimentsat about −78° C. to about −20° C. In some embodiments, the base can bediluted in a suitable organic solvent before addition. In someembodiments, the base can be added at a rate of about 1.5 moles perhour. Organic solvents suitable for the reaction of compounds 1 with thecompounds 2 include, but are not limited to, dichloromethane, diethylether, tetrahydrofuran, dimethylformamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, benzene,toluene, xylene, hydrocarbon solvents (e.g., pentane, hexane, andheptane), and mixtures thereof. After addition of the base, the reactionmixture can be allowed to stir for about 1 to about 2 hours, and acompound 2, which can be dissolved in a suitable organic solvent, isadded, in certain embodiments at a rate such that the reaction-mixturetemperature remains within about one to two degrees of the initialreaction-mixture temperature. After addition of compounds 2, thereaction-mixture temperature can be adjusted to within a temperaturerange of about −20° C. to about room temperature, including to aboutroom temperature, and the reaction mixture can be allowed to stir untilthe reaction is substantially complete as determined by using anappropriated analytical method, such as thin-layer chromatography (TLC)or high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC). Then the reactionmixture is quenched and compounds 3 can be isolated by workup.

Further, compounds 3 can be reacted with substituted aldehydes by aGrignard reaction to afford alcohols 4. For exemplary procedures forGrignard reactions see March, J. Advanced Organic Chemistry; ReactionsMechanisms, and Structure, 4th ed., 1992, pp. 920-929. In certainembodiments, compounds 3 are treated with Zn or Mg in diethyl ether ortetrahydrofuran, as described in Drake, N. L.; Cooke, G. B. Org. Synth.Coll. Vol. II, 1943, 406. Halides 5 can be synthesized by a variety ofmethods starting from alcohols 4. One method involves conversion of thealcohol to a leaving group such as a sulfonic ester, such as but notlimited to, for example, tosylate, brosylate, mesylate, or nosylate.This intermediate can then be treated with a source of X⁻, wherein X⁻ isI⁻, Br⁻, or Cl⁻ in a solvent such as THF or ether. A general method forconverting vinyl and phenyl alcohols to thiols involves initiallyconverting the alcohol to a leaving group (e.g., a tosylate) thentreating with a halide nucleophile. Exemplary procedures are describedin Forrest, O. A.; Gregory, C. F. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 2005, 127,10482-10483 (NBS/THF), and Possel, O.; van Leusen, A. M. Tetrahedron.Lett, 1977, 48, 4229-4232 (HCl/MeOH). Halides 5 can be coupled withvarious heterocycles to produce esters 6. Specifically,4,5,6,7-tetrahydrothieno[3,2-c]pyridine with Z¹═S in the presence ofpotassium carbonate, as described in Aubert, D.; Touch, P. D.; Ferrand,C.; Ramonville, S.; Maffrand, J. U.S. Pat. No. 4,529,596. 1985. Toproduce compounds of the invention with Z¹═CH₂ halides 5 are coupledwith 6, 7-dihydro-5H-Wpyrindine-3-carboxylic acid as described in GodarE. M., Mariella R. P., J. Org. Chem., 1960, 25, 557-559. To produceesters 6 with Z¹═O, halides 5 can be reacted with4,5,6,7-tetrahydrofuro[3,2-c]pyridine as described in Koike, H.; Asai,F.; Sugidachi, Kimure, T.; Inoue, T.; Nishino, S.; Tsuzaki, Y. U.S. Pat.No. 5,288,726, 1994. Similarly, halides 5 can be reacted withpyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester, as describedin Krichevskii, E. S.; Alekseeva, L. M.; Granik, V. G. Chem. Hetercycl.Compd. 1990, 1235-1238, to produce compounds of the invention with Z¹═N.Esters 6 could undergo subsequent functionalizations as described forinstance in Carey, F.; Giuliano, R. Organic Chemistry, McGraw-HillScience/Engineering/Math; 8 edition (2010), Chapter 20. As a specificexample, acids of type 7 are obtained by subsequent hydrolysis of theester groups in the presence of potassium hydroxide (for a generalmethod see Vogel's Practical Organic Chemistry, 4th Edition, LongmanInc.: New York 1978, pp 491).

Scheme 2 outlines a general method of synthesis for the compounds of theinvention. Rieke metals 1 are commercially available, or can be preparedand subjected to the reaction with substituted benzaldehydres asdescribed in Zhu L., Wehmeyer R. M., Rieke R. D., J. Org. Chem., 1991,56, 1445-1453. The ketone intermediate 2 can be reduced with sodiumborohydride to form alcohols 3. The alcohol can be treated with asuitable leaving group in preparation to the subsequent coupling, asdescribed above for the synthesis of derivative 6 in Scheme 1. Suitableleaving groups are well known in the art, for example, but not limitedto halides, such as chloride, bromide, and iodide; aryl- oralkylsulfonyloxy, substituted arylsulfonyloxy (e.g., tosyloxy ormesyloxy); substituted alkylsulfonyloxy (e.g., haloalkylsulfonyloxy);(C₆)aryloxy or subsituted (C₆)aryloxy; and acyloxy groups. In certainembodiments of the invention, a compound of type 4 is treated withmethanesulfonyl chloride at low temperatures, such as 0-5° C. in thepresence of excess triethylamine to form a mesylate. The mesylate 4 isfurther coupled with the appropriate heterocycle by heating in THF withan excess of triethylamine to form derivative 5. Nitrile derivatives 5are subjected to transformations to various other functionalities bywell-known compendial reactions or via interconversions of carboxylicacid derivatives.

Compounds of Formula II

Scheme 1 illustrates a synthesis of pyrimidines of formula 4. Thesynthesis can be accomplished by condensation of ketoesters of formula 2and amidines of formula 3. The condensation reaction can be conducted asdescribed in Hull R. et al., 1946, Journal of the Chemical Society pp.357-362. The ketoesters of formula 2 can be prepared from thecommercially available esters of formula 1 (e.g. Matrix Scientific,Columbia, S.C.) by the methods described in Raimundo, Brian C., et al.,2004, Journal of Medicinal Chemistry 47(12), pp. 3111-3131, or thecorresponding acid (e.g. Sigma-Aldrich Corp., St. Louis, Mo.) by themethod found in Bashford K. E. et al., 2003, Tetrahedron Letters 44, pp.1627-1629 and Oikawa Y. et al., 1978, Journal of Organic Chemistry43(10), pp. 2087-2088. The amine present can be commonly protected withbut not limited to a t-Boc, CBZ, or benzyl protective group. Theamidines of formula 3 (with m being an integer from 0 to 3) aregenerally commercially available (e.g. Sigma-Aldrich Corp., St. Louis,Mo.) but also can be prepared from the corresponding amine by reactionwith 2-methyl-2-thiopseudourea sulfate, which is also commerciallyavailable (e.g. Sigma-Aldrich Corp., St. Louis, Mo.). One suchnonlimiting procedure is described in Bonafoux D. et al., 2009,Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry Letters 19(3), pp. 912-916.

Scheme 2 describes the transformation of pyrimidines of formula 4 to thecorresponding halogenated compounds of formula 5 by the use of ahalogenating agents including but not limited to PCl₅, PBr₅, phosphorusoxychloride, and phosphorus oxybromide. An example of thistransformation is described by Altenbach R. J., et al., 2008, Journal ofMedicinal Chemistry 51(20), pp. 6571-6580. The halogenated compounds offormula 5 can be reacted with a series of carbon, nitrogen, oxygen orsulfur neucleophiles to displace the halogen and generate more thecomplex pyrimidine analogs of formula 6. The agents used fordisplacement are commercially available (e.g. Sigma-Aldrich Corp., St.Louis, Mo.) and generally require the presence of additional baseincluding but not limited to triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine,potassium or sodium tert-butoxide, potassium or sodium carbonate, andsodium hydride. Examples of these type of displacement reactions withnitrogen neucleophiles (as in Ghoneim K. M. et al., 1986, Journal of theIndian Chemical Society, 63(10, pp. 914-917), oxygen neuclophiles (as inDubey P. K. et al., 2006, Indian Journal of Hetercyclic Chemistry 15(4),pp. 405-406), carbon neuclophiles (as in Gillespie R. J. et al, 2009,Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry 17(18), pp. 6590-6605), and sulfurneucleophiles (as in Backer H. J. et al, 1942, Recueil des TravauxChimiques des Pays-Bas et de la Belgique 61, pp. 291-298) are well knownin the literature.

Scheme 3 describes the transformation of pyrimidines of formula 4 to thecorresponding O-carbonyl pyrimidines of formula 7. The O-carbonylpyrimidines of formula 7 can be prepared from pyrimidines of formula 4by addition of the corresponding acid chloride in the presence of baseincluding but not limited to triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine,potassium or sodium tert-butoxide, potassium or sodium carbonate, andsodium hydride. The acid chlorides are commercially available (e.g.Sigma-Aldrich Corp., St. Louis, Mo.) or can be prepared by heating acommercially available acid with chlorinating agents which include butare not limited to thionyl chloride or oxalyl chloride. One example ofthe carbonylation of pyrimidines is described in Shabbir S. et al.,2010, Tetrahedron 66(35), pp. 7204-7212.

Scheme 4 illustrates the transformation of pyrimidines of formula 6 andformula 7 to the final structures of formula (II). The protective groupcan be first removed to generate pyrimidines of formula 8 using standardmethodologies for the protective group that was used (see Greene T. W.and Wuts P. G., 1999, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis 3^(rd)edition, Wiley-Interscience, New York for removal of common protectivegroups). The pyrimidines can then be alkylated with commerciallyavailable agents (e.g. Sigma-Aldrich Corp., St. Louis, Mo.) in thepresence of a base including but not limited to triethylamine,diisopropylethylamine, potassium or sodium tert-butoxide, potassium orsodium carbonate, and sodium hydride. Procedures described in Levy D. E.et al., 2008, Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry Letters, 18(7), pp.2395-2398 can be used in these types of alkylations. The second commonlymethodology that can be used in the transformation of pyrimidines offormula 8 the final structures of formula (II) is reductive amination.Pyrimidines of formula 8 can be treated with a commercially availablealdehydes or ketones (e.g. Sigma-Aldrich Corp., St. Louis, Mo.) in thepresence of a weak acid (including but not limited to acetic acid,trifluoro acetic acid, or hydrochloric acid) and a reducing reagent(including but not limited to sodium borohydride, sodiumcyanoborohydride, and sodium triacetoxyborohydride) to produce thedesired final structures of formula (II). The procedures provided inTaibakhsh M. et al, 2011, Synthesis, pp. 490-496 and Abdel-Magid A. F.et al., 1996, Journal Organic Chemistry, 61, pp. 3849-3862 outlinemethodologies which can be in the reductive amination reactions.

Additionally the compounds of Formula II can be synthesized by methodsdisclosed in: Abdel-Magid A. F. et al., 1996, “Reductive Amination ofAldehydes and Ketones with Sodium Triacetoxyborohydride. Studies onDirect and Indirect Reductive Amination Procedures(1)”, Journal OrganicChemistry, 61, pp. 3849-3862; Altenbach R. J., et al., 2008,“Structure-Activity Studies on a Series of a2-Aminopyrimidine-Containing Histamine H4 Receptor Ligands”, Journal ofMedicinal Chemistry 51(20), pp. 6571-6580; Backer H. J. et al, 1942,“Several Sulfanilamido-4-methylpyrimidines”, Recueil des TravauxChimiques des Pays-Bas et de la Belgique 61, pp. 291-298; Bashford K. E.et al., 2003, “The Bohlmann-Ratz Route to Functionalised PyridineScaffolds and Their Use in Library Synthesis’, Tetrahedron Letter, 44,pp. 1627-1629; Bonafoux D. et al., 2009, “2-Aminoimidazoles Inhibitorsof TGF-Beta Receptor 1”, Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry Letters 19(3),pp. 912-916; Dubey P. K. et al., 2006, “Synthesis of ThreobromineIncorporated Pyrimidine”, Indian Journal of Hetercyclic Chemistry 15(4),pp. 405-406; Ghoneim K. M. et al., 1986, “Synthesis and Evaluation ofsome 2-, 4- and 2,4-di-substituted-6-Methylpyrimidine Derivatives forAntimicrobial Activity”, Journal of the Indian Chemical Society, 63(10,pp. 914-917; Gillespie R. J. et al, 2009, “Preparation of PyrimidineCarboxamides as Purine Receptor, Particularly Adenosine ReceptorAntagonists”, Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry 17(18), pp. 6590-6605;Greene T. W. and Wuts P. G., 1999, Protective Groups in OrganicSynthesis, 3^(rd) edition, Wiley-Interscience, New York; Hull R. et al.,1946, “Synthetic Antimalarials. III. Some Derivatives of Mono- andDialkylpyrimidines”, Journal of the Chemical Society pp. 357-362; LevyD. E. et al., 2008, “Aryl-indolyl Maleimides as Inhibitors ofCaMKII-Delta. Part 2.: SAR of the Amine Tether”, Bioorganic & MedicinalChemistry Letters, 18(7), pp. 2395-2398; Oikawa Y. et al., 1978,“Meldrum's Acid in Organic Synthesis. 2. Q General and VersatileSynthesis of Beta-Keto Esters”, Journal of Organic Chemistry 43(10), pp.2087-2088; Raimundo, Brian C. et al, 2004, “Integrating FragmentAssembly and Biophysical Methods in the Chemical Advancement ofSmall-Molecule Antagonists of IL-2: An Approach for InhibitingProtein-Protein Interactions”, Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 47(12),pp. 3111-3130; Shabbir S. et al., 2010, “Pyrimidine Based CarboxylicAcid Terminated Aromatic and Semiaromatic HyperbranchedPolyamide-esters: Synthesis and Characterization”, Tetrahedron 66(35),pp. 7204-7212; Taibakhsh M. et al, 2011, “Catalyst-Free One-PotReductive Alkylation of Primary and Secondary Amines andN,N-Dimethylation of Amino Acids Using Sodium Borohydride in2,2,2-Trifluoroethanol”, Synthesis, pp. 490-496.

Compounds of Formula III

Scheme 1 outlines a general synthetic sequence for the preparation ofcompounds of the Formula III. Commercially available (e.g. Sigma-AldrichCorp., St. Louis, Mo.) esters, amides, or acids of formula 1 can betreated with base (including but not limited to lithiumdiisopropylamide, sodium hexamethyldisilylamide, sodium or potassiumtert-butoxide) and alkylated with commercially available (e.g.Sigma-Aldrich Corp., St. Louis, Mo.) dihalogenated alkanes of formula 2.The procedures described in Mueller R. et al, 2004, Journal of MedicinalChemistry, 47(24), pp. 6082-6099 outline a alkylation reaction. Thealkylated products of formula 3 can be heated in the presence oftriphenylphosphine to prepare the phosphonium salts of formula 4 in themanner described in Parikka K. et al., 2009, Beilstein Journal ofOrganic Chemistry, 5(22), pp. 1-5. The phosphonium salts of formula 4can be treated with base (including but not limited to sodium orpotassium hydroxide, potassium or sodium tert-butoxide, potassium orsodium carbonate, and sodium hydride) in the presence of commerciallyavailable aldehydes (e.g. Sigma-Aldrich Corp., St. Louis, Mo.) offormula 5 to generate olefins of formula 6 in the manner described in LeBigot Y. et al., 1988, Tetrahedron 44(4), pp. 1057-1072, as a mixture ofcis and trans isomers. The mixture of cis and trans isomers of formula 6can be halogenated by condensation with anhydrous hydrogen halide gas(e.g. hydrogen bromide gas) in acetic acid at low temperature to preparethe halogenated compound of formula 7, in the manner described in CrispiG. et al, 1982, Synthesis 9, pp. 787-788. The final products of formulaIII can be prepared by heating the halides of formula 7 (e.g. thebromide of 7a) in the presence of base (including but not limited tosodium or potassium hydroxide, potassium or sodium tert-butoxide,potassium or sodium carbonate, and sodium hydride) with commerciallyavailable (e.g. Acc Corporation, San Diego Calif. and Ryan Scientific,Mt. Pleasant S.C.) cyclic compounds of formula 8. The displacementproducts can be prepared as described for similar compounds in theliterature (e.g. Cheng D. et al., 2008, Chinese Chemical Letters 19(6),pp. 689-692).

Additionally the compounds of Formula III can be synthesized by methodsdescribed in: Cheng D. et al., 2008, “Synthesis and Activity Evaluationof Some Novel Derivatives of 4,5,6,7-Tetrahydrothiono[3,2-c]-pyridine”,Chinese Chemical Letters 19(6), pp. 689-692; Crispi G. et al, 1982,“Enamine; 42. A simple Synthesis of 3,4-Diaminobiphenyls”, Synthesis(9), pp. 787-788; Le Bigot Y. et al., 1988, “Reactions in a SlightlyHydrated Solid-Liquid Heterogenous Medium: the Wittig Reaction inAlkaline Hydroxide-Aprotic Organic Solvent System”, Tetrahedron 44(4),pp. 1057-1072; Mueller R. et al, 2004, “Long Hydrocarbon Chain KetoDiols and Diacids that Favorably Alter Lipid Disorders in Vivo”, Journalof Medicinal Chemistry, 47(24), pp. 6082-6099; Parikka K. et al., 2009,“An Expedient Synthsis of 5-n-Alkylresorcinols and Novel5-n-Alkylresorcinols Hapatens”, Beilstein Journal of Organic Chemistry,5(22) pp. 1-5; Cheng D. et al., 2008, “Synthesis and Activity Evaluationof Some Novel Derivatives of 4,5,6,7-Tetrahydrothiono[3,2-c]-pyridine”,Chinese Chemical Letters 19(6), pp. 689-692; Crispi G. et al, 1982,“Enamine; 42. A simple Synthesis of 3,4-Diaminobiphenyls”, Synthesis(9), pp. 787-788; Le Bigot Y. et al., 1988, “Reactions in a SlightlyHydrated Solid-Liquid Heterogenous Medium: the Wittig Reaction inAlkaline Hydroxide-Aprotic Organic Solvent System”, Tetrahedron 44(4),pp. 1057-1072; Mueller R. et al, 2004, “Long Hydrocarbon Chain KetoDiols and Diacids that Favorably Alter Lipid Disorders in Vivo”, Journalof Medicinal Chemistry, 47(24), pp. 6082-6099; Parikka K. et al., 2009,“An Expedient Synthsis of 5-n-Alkylresorcinols and Novel5-n-Alkylresorcinols Hapatens”, Beilstein Journal of Organic Chemistry,5(22) pp. 1-5.

Compounds of Formula IV

Scheme 1 describes a synthetic route for the preparation of compounds ofFormula IV. In certain embodiments, the preparation involves stirringcommercially available (e.g. Sigma-Aldrich Corp., St. Louis, Mo.)aldehydes of formula 1, commercially available (e.g. Acc Corporation,San Diego Calif. and Ryan Scientific, Mt. Pleasant S.C.) cycliccompounds of formula 2, and anhydrous benzotriazole 3 in the appropriatesolvent, including but not limited to diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran,dioxane, and toluene. The reactions can be conducted with and withoutheating the experiments and dry molecular sieves could be used to removethe water in the reaction. The products of formula 4 can then bepurified by trituration, crystallization, or column chromatography withthe appropriate support (e.g. silica gel or alumina). Examples of theprocedure are described in Katritzky A. et al., 1989, “A General Methodfor the Preparation of Beta-Amino Esters”, Synthesis (10), pp. 747-751.

Compounds of Formula V

Scheme 1 outlines a general synthetic sequence for the preparation ofcompounds of the formula V. Commercially available (e.g. Sigma-AldrichCorp., St. Louis, Mo.) esters, amides, or acids of formula 1 can betreated with base (including but not limited to lithiumdiisopropylamide, sodium hexamethyldisilylamide, sodium or potassiumtert-butoxide) and alkylated with commercially available (e.g.Sigma-Aldrich Corp., St. Louis, Mo.) dihalogenated alkanes of formula 2.The procedures described in Mueller R. et al, 2004, Journal of MedicinalChemistry, 47(24), pp. 6082-6099 outline the alkylation reaction. Thealkylated products of formula 3 can be heated in the presence oftriphenylphosphine to prepare the phosphonium salts of formula 4 in themanner described in Parikka K. et al., 2009, Beilstein Journal ofOrganic Chemistry, 5(22), pp. 1-5. The phosphonium salts of formula 4can be treated with base (including but not limited to sodium orpotassium hydroxide, potassium or sodium tert-butoxide, potassium orsodium carbonate, and sodium hydride) in the presence of commerciallyavailable aldehydes (e.g. Sigma-Aldrich Corp., St. Louis, Mo.) offormula 5 to generate olefins of formula 6 in the manner described in LeBigot Y. et al., 1988, Tetrahedron 44(4), pp. 1057-1072, as a mixture ofcis and trans isomers.

Scheme 2 illustrates a conversion of esters of formula 6 to halogenatedcompounds of formula 9. The alcohols of formula 7 can be prepared byreduction of the ester group in compounds of formula 6. A wide varietyof reagents are available for reduction of such esters to alcohols,e.g., see M. Hudlicky, Reductions in Organic Chemistry, 2nd ed., 1996pp. 212-217, hereby expressly incorporated herein by reference. Incertain embodiments, the reduction can be performed with a hydride typereducing agent, for example, lithium aluminum hydride, lithiumborohydride, lithium triethyl borohydride, diisobutylaluminum hydride,lithium trimethoxyaluminum hydride, or sodium bis(2-methoxy)aluminumhydride. For exemplary, but non-limiting, procedures for reducing estersto alcohols, see Nystrom et al., 1947, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 69:1197; andMoffet et al., 1963, Org. Synth., Collect. 834(4), lithium aluminumhydride; Brown et al., 1965, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 87:5614, lithiumtrimethoxyaluminum hydride; Cerny et al., 1969, Collect. Czech. Chem.Commun. 34:1025, sodium bis(2-methoxy)aluminum hydride; Nystrom et al.,1949, J. Am. Chem. 71:245, lithium borohydride; and Brown et al., 1980,J. Org. Chem. 45:1, lithium triethyl borohydride. The alcohol present incompounds of formula 7 can be converted to the halide to preparecompounds of formula 8 (for an illustrative discussion of variousmethods for conversion of alcohols to halides see March, J. AdvancedOrganic Chemistry; Reactions Mechanisms, and Structure, 4th ed., 1992,pp. 431-433). Compounds of formula 9 can be directly prepared from theester 6 by hydrolysis of the ester with base followed by standardcoupling techniques (using DCC (N,N′-Dicyclohexylcarbodiimide), EDC(1-Ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide), HBTU(O-(Benzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate)(for example) with commercially available alcohols, amines, and thiols.Compounds of formula 9 could also be prepared form compounds of formula7 by alkylation or carbonylation with commercially available alkylatingand acylating reagents. Compounds of formula 9 can also be prepared bydisplacement of the halide present in compounds of formula 8 withcommercially available alcohols, amines, and thiols.

In scheme 3, the mixture of cis and trans isomers of formula 9 can behalogenated by condensation with anhydrous hydrogen halide gas (e.g.hydrogen bromide gas) in acetic acid at low temperature to prepare thehalogenated compound of formula 10, in the manner described in Crispi G.et al, 1982, Synthesis 9, pp. 787-788. Compounds of the formula 11(Z²═N) can be prepared as described in Taillier C. et al., 2007,Tetrahedron 63(21), pp. 3589-3592 can coupled with the halides of FIG.10 in the presence of base (including but not limited to sodium orpotassium hydroxide, potassium or sodium tert-butoxide, potassium orsodium carbonate, and sodium hydride) to form compounds of formula 12.The displacement products can be prepared as described for similarcompounds in the literature (e.g. Cheng D. et al., 2008, ChineseChemical Letters 19(6), pp. 689-692). The ketones of formula 12 could betreated with base and alkylated with a series of commercially availablealkylating (or acylating) reagents to form compounds of formula 14. Theketones of formula 12 could also be halogenated to form formula 13compounds by the methods described in Newman M. S. et al., 1945, OrganicSynthesis 25 and Mellegaard-Waetzig S. R. et al., 2006, Tetrahedron, pp.7191-7198. The halogenated compounds of formula 13 could then bedisplaced with commercially available compounds containing nitrogen,oxygen, or sulfur neuclophiles to prepare the ketones of formula 14. Thetarget compounds of formula V can be prepared by olefination of theketones of formula 14 with commercially available phosphonates orphosphonium salts in the presence of base.

Additionally the compounds of Formula V can be synthesized by methodsdisclosed in: Cheng D. et al., 2008, “Synthesis and Activity Evaluationof Some Novel Derivatives of 4,5,6,7-Tetrahydrothiono[3,2-c]-pyridine”,Chinese Chemical Letters 19(6), pp. 689-692; Crispi G. et al, 1982,“Enamine; 42. A simple Synthesis of 3,4-Diaminobiphenyls”, Synthesis(9), pp. 787-788; M. Hudlicky, Reductions in Organic Chemistry, 2nd ed.,1996 pp. 212-217; Le Bigot Y. et al., 1988, “Reactions in a SlightlyHydrated Solid-Liquid Heterogenous Medium: the Wittig Reaction inAlkaline Hydroxide-Aprotic Organic Solvent System”, Tetrahedron 44(4),pp. 1057-1072; March, J. Advanced Organic Chemistry; ReactionsMechanisms, and Structure, 4th ed., 1992, pp. 431-433;Mellegaard-Waetzig S. R. et al., 2006, “Selenium-Catalyzed Oxidativehalogenations”, Tetrahedron, pp. 7191-7198; Mueller R. et al, 2004,“Long Hydrocarbon Chain Keto Diols and Diacids that Favorably AlterLipid Disorders in Vivo”, Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 47(24), pp.6082-6099; Newman M. S. et al., 1945, “2-chlorocyclohexanone”, OrganicSynthesis 25; Parikka K. et al., 2009, “An Expedient Synthsis of5-n-Alkylresorcinols and Novel 5-n-Alkylresorcinols Hapatens”, BeilsteinJournal of Organic Chemistry, 5(22) pp. 1-5; Taillier C. et al., 2007,“Synthesis of 3-Oxooxa and 2-Oxoazacycloak-4-enes by Ring-ClosingMetathesis. Application to the Synthesis of an Inhibitor of CathepsinK”, Tetrahedron 63(21), pp. 3589-3592.

Compounds of Formula VI

Scheme 1 describes a synthetic route for the preparation of compounds offormula VI. The preparation can involve condensation of compounds withformula 2 and formula 4. Compounds of the formula 1 (Z²═N) can beprepared as described in Taillier C. et al., 2007, Tetrahedron 63(21),pp. 3589-3592 with a boc protective group. The protective group can beremoved by stirring in trifluoroacetic acid to prepare the compound offormula 2. The compounds of formula 4 are either commercially available(e.g. Sigma-Aldrich Corp., St. Louis, Mo.) or can be prepared fromcommercially available compounds of formula 3 by acylation in thepresence of a hindered base (e.g. diisopropylethylamine). Equimolaramounts of the compounds of the formula 2 and formula 4 can be heated inpolar aprotic solvents (e.g. DMF or acetonitrile) to form thedisplacement products of formula 5. Similar, but not limiting,displacement reactions are described in the literature (e.g. Cheng D. etal., 2008, Chinese Chemical Letters 19(6), pp. 689-692).

Scheme 2 describes a preparation of analogs of formula 7 from thecompounds of formula 5. Analogs of formula 7 can be prepared by directcondensation of commercially available compounds (e.g. Sigma-AldrichCorp., St. Louis, Mo.) containing sulfur and nitrogen neucleophiles, asdescribed in Kall A. et al., 2010, Synthetic Communications 40(12), pp.1730-1735 with the compounds of formula 5. Additionally, the compoundsof formula 5 could be halogenated by the method described in Marx J. etal., 1983, Tetrahedron 39(9), pp. 1529-1531 to form compound of formula6. The compounds of formula 6 can be heated with commercially availablecompounds (e.g. Sigma-Aldrich Corp., St. Louis, Mo.) containing sulfur,nitrogen, or oxygen neucleophiles to form compounds of formula 7 bydisplacement.

Scheme 3 describes a transformation of the compounds of formula 7 to thetarget compounds of formula VI by olefination. Commercially availableacyl-phosphonium salts or acyl-phosphonates (e.g. Sigma-Aldrich Corp.,St. Louis, Mo.) can be treated with base (including but not limited tosodium or potassium hydroxide, potassium or sodium tert-butoxide,potassium or sodium carbonate, lithium diisopropylamide, and sodiumhydride) in the presence of compounds of formula 7 to form the finalcompounds of formula VI. A non-limiting example of a similar procedureis described in Lombardo L. et al., 1987, Synthetic Communications 8(7),pp. 463-468.

Additionally the compounds of Formula VI can be synthesized by methodsdisclosed in: Cheng D. et al., 2008, “Synthesis and Activity Evaluationof Some Novel Derivatives of 4,5,6,7-Tetrahydrothiono[3,2-c]-pyridine”,Chinese Chemical Letters 19(6), pp. 689-692; Kall A. et al., 2010,“Microwave-Induced Aza-Michael reaction in Water. A Remakably SimpleProcedure”, Synthetic Communications 40(12), pp. 1730-1735; Lombardo L.et al., 1987, “An Improved Procedure for the Conversion of CarbonylCompounds to Alpha,Beta-Unsaturated Carboxylic Acids”, SyntheticCommunications 8(7), pp. 463-468; Marx J. et al., 1983, “A Simple andConvenient Synthesis of Beta-Halo Ketones”, Tetrahedron 39(9), pp.1529-1531; Taillier C. et al., 2007, “Synthesis of 3-Oxooxa and2-Oxoazacycloak-4-enes by Ring-Closing Metathesis. Application to theSynthesis of an Inhibitor of Cathepsin K”, Tetrahedron 63(21), pp.3589-3592

Compounds of Formula VII

Scheme 1 illustrates a synthesis of compounds of the formula VII.Commercially available (e.g. Sigma-Aldrich Corp., St. Louis, Mo.)analogs of the formula 1 can be condensed with an appropriatelyprotected, commercially available 4-piperidone (e.g. Sigma-AldrichCorp., St. Louis, Mo.) in the presence of a catalytic amount of acid(e.g. p-toluenesulfonic acid) while heating, as in the proceduredescribed in Raines S. et al., 1976, Journal of Heterocyclic Chemistry13(4), pp. 711-716. The protective groups can be removed accordingly(see Greene T. W. and Wuts P. G., 1999, Protective Groups in OrganicSynthesis 3^(rd) edition, Wiley-Interscience, New York for removal ofcommon protective groups) to form amines of formula 4. The amines offormula 4 can be coupled with commercially available (e.g. Sigma-AldrichCorp., St. Louis, Mo.) acid chlorides in the presence of additional base(including but not limited to triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine,potassium or sodium tert-butoxide, potassium or sodium carbonate, andsodium hydride) of formula 5 to form the target amides of formula VII.Additionally, the target amides of formula VII can be prepared by usingstandard amide couplings (using but not limited to DCC(N,N′-Dicyclohexylcarbodiimide), EDC(1-Ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide), and HBTU(O-(Benzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluroniumhexafluorophosphate)) with the amines of formula 4 and commercialcarboxylic acids (e.g. Sigma-Aldrich Corp., St. Louis, Mo.) of formula5.

Additionally the compounds of Formula VII can be synthesized by methodsdisclosed in: Greene T. W. and Wuts P. G., 1999, Protective Groups inOrganic Synthesis, 3^(rd) edition, Wiley-Interscience, New York; RainesS. et al., 1976, “Mannich Reactions. Synthesis of4,5-Dihydropyrrolo[1,2-a]quinoxalines,2,3,4,5-Tetrahydro-1H-pyrrolo[1,2-a][1,4]diazapines and5,6-Dihydropyrrolo[1,2-a][1,4]benzodiazapines”, Journal of HeterocyclicChemistry 13(4), pp. 711-716.

Compounds of Formula VIII

Scheme 1 illustrates a synthesis of amides of Formula VIII. In order toprepare the intermediates of formula 3, commercially available (e.g.Sigma-Aldrich Corp., St. Louis, Mo.) amines and phenyl hydrazines offormula 1 can be condensed with 2-chloroacrylonitrile 2 by heating inthe presence of an excess of acid (e.g. sulfuric acid). There are a fewnon-limiting examples of this type of condensation in the currentliterature including the procedure described in Ege G. et al., 1982,Journal of Heterocyclic Chemistry 19(6), pp. 1265-1266. Intermediates offormula 3 can be condensed with commercially available (e.g.Sigma-Aldrich Corp., St. Louis, Mo.) Meldrum's acid 4 and commerciallyavailable (e.g. Sigma-Aldrich Corp., St. Louis, Mo.) aldehydes offormula 5 to prepare amides of formula 6 in the manner described inQuiroga J. et al., 1998, Journal of Heterocyclic Chemistry 35(2), pp.409-412. The amides of formula 6 can be alkylated with a series ofcommercially available (e.g. Sigma-Aldrich Corp., St. Louis, Mo.)alkylating agents (e.g. alkyl halides, acyl chlorides, chlorosulfonates)in the presence of base (including but not limited to sodium orpotassium hydroxide, potassium or sodium tert-butoxide, potassium orsodium carbonate, lithium diisopropylamide, and sodium hydride) toprepare the target compounds of formula VIII.

Additionally the compounds of Formula VIII can be synthesized by methodsdisclosed in: Ege G. et al., 1982, “Aminopyrazoles. III. Novel One-FlaskPreparations of 1=Phenylpyrazol-3-amine”, Journal of HeterocyclicChemistry 19(6), pp. 1265-1266. Quiroga J. et al., 1998, “Reactions of5-Amino-1-aryl-3-methylpyrazoles with Benzylidene Derivatives ofMeldrum's Acid: Synthesis and Characterization ofPyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridinones”, Journal of Heterocyclic Chemistry 35(2),pp. 409-412.

Compounds of Formula IX

Scheme 1 illustrates a synthesis of amides of formula IX. Commerciallyavailable (e.g. Sigma-Aldrich Corp., St. Louis, Mo.) amines of FIG. 1can be reacted with either alkylating agents (e.g. alkyl halides, acylchlorides, chlorocarbamates, or chlorosulfonates) to prepare amines ofFIG. 2. The amines of FIG. 2 can also be prepared by stirring the aminesof FIG. 1 with commercially available aldehydes (e.g. alkyl halides,acyl chlorides, chlorosulfonates) in the presence of a reducing reagent(including but not limited to sodium borohydride, sodiumcyanoborohydride, and sodium triacetoxyborohydride). The reductiveamination procedure described in Levy D. E. et al., 2008, Bioorganic &Medicinal Chemistry Letters, 18(7), pp. 2395-2398 is commonly used.Amides of formula 4 can be prepared by acylating structures of formula 1or formula 2 with commercially available halides (e.g. Sigma-AldrichCorp., St. Louis, Mo.) of formula 3 in the presence of a hindered base(e.g. triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, diphenylethylamine) asdescribed in Renzi L. et al., 1956, Gazzetta Chimica Italiana 86, pp.1362-1366. The target compounds of formula IX can be prepared bydisplacement with amines of formula 5 with the compounds of formula 4 inthe presence of base including but not limited to triethylamine,diisopropylethylamine, potassium or sodium tert-butoxide, DMAP,potassium or sodium carbonate, or sodium hydride in the manner describedin Demchenko A. M. et al., 2003, Russian Journal of Organic Chemistry39(7), pp. 1025-1028. Amines of FIG. 5 can be purchased from commercialsources (e.g. Sigma-Aldrich Corp., St. Louis, Mo.) or prepared asillustrated in scheme 2.

Scheme 2 illustrates a general method for the synthesis of amines offormula 5. Commercially available (e.g. Sigma-Aldrich Corp., St. Louis,Mo.) amino-alcohols of formula 6 can be selectively protected onnitrogen with a suitable protective group (boc, benzyl, or CBZ) usingcommon literature procedures. The oxygen present in the formula 7intermediates can be alkylated with a suitable (e.g. alkyl halides, acylchlorides, chlorocarbamates, or chlorosulfonates) and commerciallyavailable (e.g. Sigma-Aldrich Corp., St. Louis, Mo.) alkylating agentsto form intermediates of formula 8. The protective groups can then beremoved using standard methodology (see Greene T. W. and Wuts P. G.,1999, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3rd edition,Wiley-Interscience, New York) to prepare intermediates of formula 9. Theamines of formula 5 can be prepared form the amines of formula 9 byeither alkylation or reductive amination from commercial availablereagents as previously described.

Additionally the compounds of Formula IX can be synthesized by methodsdisclosed in: Demchenko A. M. et al., 2003, “Synthesis ofN5-(Arylcarbonyl)methyl Derivatives of Spinaceamine and2-Azaspinacaceamine”, Russian Journal of Organic Chemistry 39(7), pp.1025-1028; Greene T. W. and Wuts P. G., 1999, Protective Groups inOrganic Synthesis, 3^(rd) edition, Wiley-Interscience, New York; Levy D.E. et al., 2008, “Aryl-indolyl Maleimides as Inhibitors of CaMKII-Delta.Part 2.: SAR of the Amine Tether”, Bioorganic & Medicinal ChemistryLetters, 18(7), pp. 2395-2398; and Renzi L. et al., 1956, “The1,4-Benzodioxan Series V. Some Derivatives of 7-Aminobenzodioxan”,Gazzetta Chimica Italiana 86, pp. 1362-1366.

The invention is further defined by reference to the following examples.

Examples Example 15-(2-Chlorophenyl)-5-(6,7-dihydro-4H-thieno[3,2-c]pyridin-5-yl)-2,2-dimethylpentanoicacid, hydrochloride. (Compound Ia Hydrochloride)

Step 1 Synthesis of 5-(2-chlorophenyl)-2,2-dimethyl-pent-4-enoic acidethyl ester

The phosphonium salt (15.0 g, 30.9 mmol) and 2-chlorobenzaldehyde (4.3g, 30.6 mmol) were dissolved in dichloromethane (100 mL) and mixedvigorously. Sodium hydroxide solution (24 g, 50%) was added drop-wiseover 5 minutes. The mixture was allowed to stir for 2 hours at roomtemperature. Water (100 mL) was added and the layers were separated. Thedichloromethane fraction was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, andconcentrated. The remaining orange oil (8.3 g) was purified by columnchromatography on silica gel (150 g), eluting with 5% ethyl acetate inheptane, to provide 5-(2-chlorophenyl)-2,2-dimethyl-pent-4-enoic acidethyl ester (4.02 g, 55% yield) as a colorless oil that was a mixture oftrans/cis isomers. ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃/TMS): 8=(major fraction; 60:40mixture trans/cis isomer) 7.46 (dd, 0.6H, J=7.5, 1.5 Hz), 7.35 (dd,0.4H, J=7.2, 1.5 Hz), 7.32-7.08 (m, 4H), 6.77 (d, 0.6H, J=15.5 Hz), 6.57(d, 0.4H, J=11.7 Hz), 6.13 (dt, 0.6H, J=15.5, 7.5 Hz), 5.74 (dt, 0.4H,J=11.7, 7.5 Hz), 4.11 (m, 2H), 2.45 (m, 2H), 1.26-1.15 (m, 9H). ¹³C NMR(75 MHz, CDCl₃/TMS): 8=(major fraction; 60:40 mixture trans/cis isomer)177.16, 177.12, 135.55, 133.82, 133.62, 132.60, 130.55, 129.53, 129.38,129.31, 129.26, 129.15, 128.59, 128.15, 126.82, 126.75, 126.22, 60.52,44.12, 42.79, 42.40, 38.66, 25.19, 25.08, 14.46, 14.34. MS (GC-EI):Calculated for C₁₅H₁₉O₂Cl (MH)⁺: 267.1146. found 267.1143.

Step 2 Synthesis of 5-bromo-5-(2-chlorophenyl)-2,2-dimethylpentanoicacid ethyl ester

5-(2-Chlorophenyl)-2,2-dimethyl-pent-4-enoic acid ethyl ester (4.0 g,15.0 mmol) was dissolved in acetic acid (40 mL). The flask was cooled inan ice-water bath and hydrogen bromide gas was bubbled through thesolution for five hours as the flask warmed to room temperature. Afterfive hours, the hydrogen bromide gas was stopped and the flask wasstored in a freezer overnight (0° C.). After 20 hours at 0° C., thesolution was poured in to a mixture of ice and water (200 g). Theproduct was extracted with dichloromethane (2×75 mL). Thedichloromethane fractions were combined and washed with saturated sodiumbicarbonate solution (200 mL) and water (100 mL). The dichloromethanewas dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated. The remainingoil (5.13 g) was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel(200 g), eluting with 5% ethyl acetate in heptane, to provide5-bromo-5-(2-chlorophenyl)-2,2-dimethylpentanoic acid ethyl ester (3.31g, 63.5% yield) as a colorless oil. ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃/TMS): 8=7.57(dd, 1H, J=7.5, 1.5 Hz), 7.34-7.16 (m, 3H), 5.39 (t, 1H, J=7.5 Hz), 4.11(q, 2H, J=7.2 Hz), 2.29-2.04 (m, 2H), 1.77 (dt, 1H, J=12.0, 4.5 Hz),1.52 (dt, 1H, J=12.0, 4.2 Hz), 1.23 (t, 3H, J=7.2 Hz), 1.18 (s, 3H),1.17 (s, 3H). ¹³C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl₃/TMS): δ=177.05, 139.06, 132.67,129.65, 129.31, 128.70, 127.43, 60.49, 50.25, 41.87, 38.78, 34.85,25.64, 25.08, 14.42. HRMS (CI-TOF): Calculated for C₁₅H₂₀O₂BrCl (MH⁺):347. found 267.1146. (eliminates in MS).

Step 3 Synthesis of5-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(6,7-dihydro-4H-thieno[3,2-c]pyridin-5-yl)-2,2-dimethylpentanoicacid ethyl ester. (Compound Ib)

4,5,6,7-Tetrahydrothieno[3,2-c]pyridine (0.65 g, 4.61 mmol) and5-bromo-5-(2-chlorophenyl)-2,2-dimethylpentanoic acid ethyl ester (1.42g, 4.08 mmol) were dissolved in THF (5 mL) and triethylamine (3 mL) witha few crystals of DMAP. The solution was heated overnight to 85° C.using an oil bath. After 20 hours, the solution was cooled to roomtemperature and sodium bicarbonate solution (20 mL) was added. Aftermixing, the product was extracted with dichloromethane (2×25 mL). Thecombined dichloromethane fractions were dried over sodium sulfate,filtered, and concentrated. The remaining yellow oil was purified byMPLC on a Companion Chromatography station using silica gel (40 g),eluting with a gradient of 100% heptane to 10% ethyl acetate over 20minutes followed by a second gradient to 100% ethyl acetate at 40minutes. The second broad fraction was collected and concentrated toproduce5-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(6,7-dihydro-4H-thieno[3,2-c]pyridin-5-yl)-2,2-dimethylpentanoicacid ethyl ester (Compound Ib, 1.11 g, 67.2% yield) as a light, yellowoil. ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃/TMS): δ=7.46 (dd, 1H, J=7.80, 1.5 Hz), 7.38(dd, 1H, J=7.80, 1.5 Hz), 7.30-7.15 (m, 2H), 7.04 (d, 1H, J=5.1 Hz),6.70 (d, 1H, J=5.1 Hz), 4.18 (dd, 1H, J=8.7, 4.5 Hz), 4.08 (q, 2H, J=7.2Hz), 3.79 (d, 1H, J=14.4 Hz), 3.45 (d, 1H, J=14.4 Hz), 2.90-2.62 (m,4H), 2.0-1.85 (m, 1H), 1.82-1.68 (m, 1H), 1.49 (dt, 1H, J=13.5, 4.2 Hz),1.30 (dt, 1H, J=13.5, 4.5 Hz), 1.20 (t, 3H, J=7.2 Hz), 1.10 (s, 6H). ¹³CNMR (75 MHz, CDCl₃/TMS): δ=177.59, 138.99, 134.95, 134.25, 133.59,129.64, 129.11, 128.07, 126.73, 125.43, 122.61, 63.81, 60.38, 50.63,47.95, 42.22, 36.43, 28.22, 26.17, 25.52, 25.38, 14.47. MS (MMI-TOF):Calculated for C₂₂H₂₈NO₂C1S (MH⁺): 406.1602. found 406.1576.

Step 45-(2-Chlorophenyl)-5-(6,7-dihydro-4H-thieno[3,2-c]pyridin-5-yl)-2,2-dimethylpentanoicacid, hydrochloride

5-(2-Chlorophenyl)-5-(6,7-dihydro-4H-thieno[3,2-c]pyridin-5-yl)-2,2-dimethylpentanoicacid ethyl ester (1.0 g, 2.46 mmol) was dissolved in water (5 mL) andethanol (5 mL) that contained potassium hydroxide (1 g). The mixture washeated to reflux for 6 hours. After cooling to room temperature, theethanol was removed under reduced pressure. Water (25 mL) was added andthe solution was acidified to pH=5 to 6 with concentrated hydrochloricacid. The product was extracted with dichloromethane (2×25 mL). Thecombined dichloromethane extracts were dried over sodium sulfate,filtered, and concentrated. The crude product (1.06 g) was purified bycolumn chromatography on silica gel (20 g), eluting with heptane/ethylacetate (1:1). The product containing fractions were combined,concentrated, and dissolved in dichloromethane (25 mL). Thedichloromethane solution was acidified with hydrochloric acid (2N) indiethyl ether (6 mL). The solvents were removed under reduced pressure.The remaining solid was dried to a constant weight at room temperatureunder high vacuum to provide5-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(6,7-dihydro-4H-thieno[3,2-c]pyridin-5-yl)-2,2-dimethylpentanoicacid, hydrochloride salt (Compound Ia hydrochloride, 0.71 g, 69.6%yield) as a off-white solid. ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMS-d₆/TMS): δ=12.20 (brs, 1H), 11.83 (br s, 0.5H), 11.61 (br s, 0.5H), 8.10 (m, 1H), 7.77-7.41(m, 4H), 6.97 (d, 1H, J=4.5 Hz), 6.81 (d, 1H, J=4.5 Hz), 4.90-4.70 (m,1.5H), 4.42-4.37 (m, 0.5H), 4.11-4.01 (m, 1H), 3.90-3.80 (m, 0.5H), 3.51(m, 0.5H), 3.20-2.84 (m, 2H), 2.37 (m, 1H), 2.14 (m, 1H), 1.28 (m, 1H),1.04 (s, 3H), 1.02 (s, 3H), 0.90 (m, 1H). (mixture of rotationalisomers). ¹³C NMR (75 MHz, DMS-d₆/TMS): 8=177.64, 134.50, 131.23,130.89, 129.72, 129.38, 128.02, 127.33, 125.06, 124.68, 64.62, 63.52,54.63, 49.73, 48.54, 47.93, 47.20, 40.72, 35.21, 25.90 (d), 24.78,24.37, 21.79, 21.31 (d), 14.99. MS (MMI-TOF): Calculated forC₂₀H₂₅NO₂Cl₂S (MH⁺): 378.1289. found 378.1271. CHN analysis: Calculated;57.97 C; 6.08 H; 3.38 N; 17.11 Cl. found; 56.07 C; 6.25 H; 3.12 N; 18.55Cl, Best Fit for CHN Data: C₂₀H₂₅Cl₂NO₂S+0.65 H₂O+0.05 HCl

Example 26-(2-Chlorophenyl)-6-(6,7-dihydro-4H-thieno[3,2-c]pyridin-5yl)-2,2-dimethylhexanoicacid, hydrochloride. (Compound Ic Hydrochloride)

Step 1 Synthesis of (4-Ethoxycarbonyl-4-methyl)triphenylphosphoniumbromide

Triphenylphosphine (6.6 g, 25.3 mmoL) was added to a solution of5-bromo-2,2-dimethylpentanoic acid ethyl ester (6 g, 25.3 mmoL) intoluene (55 mL). The solution was heated to reflux (oil bath 122° C.)for 24 h. The toluene was evaporated and the residue was washed withheptane (20 mL) and diethyl ether (20 mL). The remaining solid was driedunder high vacuum to provide(4-ethoxycarbonyl-4-methyl)triphenylphosphonium bromide (11 g, 87.3%) asa off-white powder (mp. 245-250° C.). ¹H NMR (Field: 300 MHz, Solvent:CDCl₃/TMS) δ (ppm): 7.94-7.63 (m, 15H), 3.99 (q, 2H, J=6.9 Hz), 3.75 (m,2H), 1.91 (m, 2H), 1.61 (m, 2H), 1.10 (m, 9H). ¹³C NMR (Field: 75 MHz,Solvent: CDCl₃/TMS) δ (ppm): 176.79, 134.81, 133.29 (d, J=10 Hz), 130.22(d, J=12 Hz), 117.79 (d, J=85 Hz), 60.14, 41.94, 40.60 (d, J=16 Hz),24.95, 22.98 (d, J=50 Hz), 18.37, 14.09. MS (FIA-ESI-TOFM): Calculatedfor C₂₇H₃₂BrOP (MH)⁺: 419.2134. found 419.2138.

Step 2 Synthesis of 6-(2-chlorophenyl)-2,2-dimethylhex-5-enoic acidethyl ester

(4-Ethoxycarbonyl-4-methyl)triphenylphosphonium bromide (7 g, 14 mmol)and 2-chlorobenzaldehyde (1.96 g, 14 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (21 mL) werestirred as vigorously as possible and 50% NaOH solution (8 mL) was addeddrop-wise. After the process, continue stirred for 1.5 h. The mixturewas transferred to a separator and dichloromethane (70 mL) and water (70mL) were added. After mixing the aqueous layer was removed and wasextracted with dichloromethane (3×70 mL). The combined organic extractswere washed with brine (50 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, concentrated, andpurified by column chromatography (silica gel, ethylacetate/heptane=1/10 to 1/6) to provide6-(2-chlorophenyl)-2,2-dimethylhex-5-enoic acid ethyl ester (2.81 g,72.2%) as a yellow oil. ¹H NMR (Field: 300 MHz, Solvent: CDCl₃/TMS) δ(ppm): 7.35-7.08 (m, 4H), 6.46 (d, 1H, J=11.7 Hz), 5.76-5.68 (m, 1H),4.04 (q, 2H, J=7.2 Hz), 2.23-2.08 (m, 2H), 1.74-1.61 (m, 2H), 1.20 (t,3H, J=7.2 Hz), 1.13 (s, 6H). (mixture of cis and trans isomers, themajor/cis isomer is listed). ¹³C NMR (Field: 75 MHz, Solvent: CDCl₃/TMS)δ (ppm): 177.34, 135.54, 133.49, 130.34, 129.30, 128.03, 126.40, 126.14,60.32, 42.13, 40.53, 29.06, 25.33, 14.30. (mixture of cis and transisomers, the major/cis isomer is listed). MS (GC-CI): Calculated forC₁₆H₂₁ClO₂ (MH)⁺: 281.1303. found 282.1324

Step 3 Synthesis of 6-bromo-6-(2-chlorophenyl)-2,2-dimethylhexanoic acidethyl ester

6-(2-Chlorophenyl)-2,2-dimethylhex-5-enoic acid ethyl ester (15 g, 53.6mmol) was dissolved in glacial acetic acid (150 mL). The solution wascooled in an ice-bath (ca. 15° C.) while dry hydrogen bromide was passedinto the solution for 8 h. The reaction mixture was poured intoice-water (250 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×100 mL). Thecombined organic extracts were washed with saturated NaHCO₃ solution(100 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, and concentrated under reduced pressure.The crude product (18 g) was purified by column chromatography (silicagel, ethyl acetate/heptane=1/20 to 1/10) to provide6-bromo-6-(2-chlorophenyl)-2,2-dimethylhexanoic acid ethyl ester (15.5g, 80.14%) as a yellow oil. ¹H NMR (Field: 300 MHz, Solvent: CDCl₃/TMS)δ (ppm): 7.58 (d, 1H, J=7.8 Hz), 7.34 (t, 1H, J=7.8 Hz), 7.27 (d, 1H,J=7.2 Hz), 7.21 (t, 1H, J=7.2 Hz), 5.45 (t, 1H, J=8.1 Hz), 4.09 (q, 2H,J=6.9 Hz), 2.19 (m, 2H), 1.55 (m, 2H), 1.24 (t, 3H, J=6.9 Hz), 1.14 (s,6H). ¹³C NMR (Field: 75 MHz, Solvent: CDCl₃/TMS) δ (ppm): 177.45,139.25, 132.64, 129.64, 129.27, 128.75, 127.43, 60.36, 49.97, 42.17,39.84, 39.51, 25.41, 25.20, 23.67, 14.43. MS (GC-CI): Calculated forC₁₆H₂₂BrClO₂ (MH)⁺: 361.0564. found 361.0547.

Step 4 Synthesis of6-(2-chlorophenyl)-6-(6,7-dihydro-4H-thieno[3,2-c]pyridin-5yl)-2,2-dimethylhexanoicacid ethyl ester. (Compound Ie)

4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-thieno[3,2-c]pyridine hydrochloride (2.5 g, 8.8 mmol)was mixed with sodium hydroxide (2.7 g) in water (80 mL). Thecorresponding free amine was extracted with dichloromethane (3×20 mL),which was dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered, and concentrated to provide4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-thieno[3,2-c]pyridine (1.22 g).4,5,6,7-Tetrahydro-thieno[3,2-c]pyridine (1.22 g, 8.8 mmol) and6-bromo-6-(2-chlorophenyl)-2,2-dimethylhexanoic acid ethyl ester (2.5 g,8.8 mmol) were combined in DMF (90 mL) and potassium carbonate (1.82 g,13.2 mmol) was added. The mixture was heated to 70° C. for 1 h and then60° C. overnight. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and water(100 mL) was added. The product was extracted with diethyl ether (3×150mL). The combined ether extracts were washed with water (3×80 mL), driedover Na₂SO₄, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. Thecrude product was purified by column chromatography (silica gel, ethylacetate/heptane=1/10) to provide6-(2-chlorophenyl)-6-(6,7-dihydro-4H-thieno[3,2-c]pyridin-5yl)-2,2-dimethylhexanoicacid ethyl ester (Compound Ie, 1.26 g, 42.04%) as a yellow oil. ¹H NMR(Field: 300 MHz, Solvent: CDCl₃/TMS) δ (ppm): 7.49 (d, 1H, J=7.8 Hz),7.37 (d, 1H, J=8.1 Hz), 7.26-7.14 (m, 2H), 7.05 (d, 1H, J=5.4 Hz), 6.70(d, 1H, J=5.4 Hz), 4.19 (dd, 1H, J=8.7, 4.5 Hz), 4.02 (q, 2H, J=7.2 Hz),3.81 (d, 1H, J=14.4 Hz), 3.47 (d, 1H, J=14.4 Hz), 2.88-2.66 (m, 4H),1.95-1.74 (m, 2H), 1.52-1.46 (m, 2H), 1.13 (t, 3H, J=7.2 Hz), 1.15-1.08(m, 2H), 1.07 (s, 6H). ¹³C NMR (Field: 75 MHz, Solvent: CDCl₃/TMS) δ(ppm): 177.63, 139.16, 134.91, 134.21, 133.55, 129.53, 129.03, 128.03,126.81, 124.46, 122.65, 63.47, 60.33, 50.73, 48.04, 42.31, 41.04, 33.48,26.14, 25.58, 25.12, 21.07, 14.44. MS (GC-CI): Calculated forC₂₃H₃₀ClNO2S (MH)⁺: 420.1758. found 420.1725.

Step 5 Synthesis of6-(2-chlorophenyl)-6-(6,7-dihydro-4H-thieno[3,2-c]pyridin-5yl)-2,2-dimethylhexanoicacid, hydrochloride

6-(2-Chlorophenyl)-6-(6,7-dihydro-4H-thieno[3,2-c]pyridin-5yl)-2,2-dimethylhexanoicacid ethyl ester (2.5 g, 7.33 mmol) was added to a solution of ethanol(100 mL) and sodium hydroxide (1.8 g, 43.8 mmol) in water (32 mL). Themixture was heated to reflux for 6.5 hours. The solution was evaporatedunder reduced pressure and water (100 mL) was added to the residue. Thewater solution was extracted with ethyl acetate/heptane=1/10 (100 mL).The organic layers were discarded and the aqueous solution was adjustedwith 10 N hydrochloric acid solution to pH=6. The product was extractedwith dichloromethane (3×100 mL), which was dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered,and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide6-(2-chlorophenyl)-6-(6,7-dihydro-4H-thieno[3,2-c]pyridin-5yl)-2,2-dimethylhexanoicacid (1.6 g, 68.7%) as a yellow oil.6-(2-Chlorophenyl)-6-(6,7-dihydro-4H-thieno[3,2-c]pyridin-5yl)-2,2-dimethylhexanoicacid (3.97 g, 10.2 mmol) was dissolved in 36% HCl (0.95 mL) and water(59 mL). After stirring for 10 minutes, the aqueous solution wasextracted with ethyl acetate/heptane (20/80, 110 mL). The organicextract was discarded and the aqueous fraction was freeze-dried toprovide6-(2-chlorophenyl)-6-(6,7-dihydro-4H-thieno[3,2-c]pyridin-5yl)-2,2-dimethylhexanoicacid, hydrochloride salt (Compound Ic hydrochloride, 3.48 g, 79.8%yield, 99.7% purity by HPLC) as a white solid melting at 136-138° C. ¹HNMR (Field: 300 MHz, Solvent: CDCl₃/TMS) δ (ppm): 7.69 (s, 1H),7.47-7.38 (m, 3H), 7.21 (d, 1H, J=3.9 Hz), 6.71 (d, 1H, J=3.9 Hz), 4.92(m, 1H), 4.31-4.15 (m, 2H), 3.15-3.05 (m, 4H), 2.24-2.14 (m, 2H),1.47-1.36 (m, 2H), 1.08-1.06 (m, 2H), 0.99 (s, 6H). (mixture of rotationisomers in NMR). ¹³C NMR (Field: 75 MHz, Solvent: CDCl₃/TMS) δ (ppm):181.10, 137.13, 132.80, 132.77, 132.04, 131.79, 130.48, 129.73, 128.73,126.62, 126.14, 66.14, 51.52, 42.87, 40.92, 32.04, 25.88, 25.47, 23.45,22.50. MS (FIA-ESI-TOF): Calculated for C₂₁H₂₆ClNO2S (MH)⁺: 392.1446.found 392.1453. CHN analysis: Calculated; 58.87 C; 6.35 H; 3.27 N; 16.55Cl; 7.48 S. found; 57.80 C; 6.44 H; 3.15 N; 16.14 Cl; 7.15 S, Best fitfor CHN Data: C₂₁H₂₇Cl₂NO₂S+0.55 H₂O

Example 3 12-(2-Chlorophenyl)-2-(6,7-dihydro-4H-thieno[3,2-c]pyridine-5-yl)ethanol.(Compound Is)

To a solution of clopidogrel hydrosulfate (10 g, 23.8 mmol) in deionizedwater (300 mL) was added sodium bicarbonate (4 g, 47.6 mmol) in smallportions. After mixing, t-butyl methyl ether (200 mL) was added and thesolution was stirred for one hour. The layers were separated and theaqueous layer was extracted again with t-butyl methyl ether (2×100 mL).The combined organic extracts were washed with brine (100 mL), driedover sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure.The remaining brown oil was dried under high vacuum to a constant weightto afford clopidogrel free base (8.24 g, 106% yield which includes atrace of MTBE). While under a nitrogen atmosphere, a solution of lithiumaluminum hydride (0.46 g, 12 mmol) in anhydrous diethyl ether (8 mL) wasadded drop wise to a solution of clopidogrel free base (3.22 g, 10 mmol)in anhydrous diethyl ether (4 mL). The lithium aluminum hydride wasadded at a rate to keep the ether refluxing gently. The addition wascompleted and the mixture was stirred at reflux temperature for anadditional 30 minutes. After 30 minutes, the solution was cooled to 0°C. in an ice/water bath. The excess LiAlH₄ was decomposed with ethylacetate (2 mL, added slowly), followed by 6N HCl solution (20 mL addedslowly with vigorous stirring). The mixture was transferred to areparatory funnel. The aqueous fraction was separated and extracted withether (30 mL, which was discarded). The aqueous fraction was adjusted topH=7 with 6 N NaOH solution (20 mL) and extracted with ether (4×15 mL).The combined ether extracts were washed with brine (20 mL), dried overMgSO₄, and concentrated under vacuum to yield2-(2-chlorophenyl)-2-(6,7-dihydro-4H-thieno[3,2-c]pyridine-5-yl)ethanol(Compound Is, 2.12 g, 75.4% yield) as a white solid. ¹H NMR (Field: 300MHz, Solvent: CDCl₃/TMS) δ (ppm): 7.45-7.40 (m, 2H), 7.23 (m, 2H), 7.04(d, 1H, J=5.1 Hz), 6.70 (d, 1H, J=5.1 Hz), 4.47 (dd, IH, J=6.9, 5.8 Hz),3.97-3.91 (m, 1H), 3.81-3.74 (m, 2H), 3.62 (d, 1H, J=14.4 Hz), 3.01-2.95(m, 1H), 2.84 (m, 2H) 2.76-2.68 (m, 1H). ¹³C NMR (Field: 75 MHz,Solvent: CDCl₃/TMS) δ (ppm): 135.31, 134.92, 133.81, 133.26, 130.03,129.35, 128.85, 126.72, 125.34, 122.82, 64.53, 61.55, 50.20, 47.67,26.15. MS (HR, DIP-CI): Calculated for C₁₅H₁₇ClNOS (MH)⁺: 294.0714.found 294.0715

Example 44-(2-Chlorophenyl)-4-(6,7-dihydro-4H-thieno[3,2-c]pyridine-5-yl)butan-1-ol.(Compound Id)

Step 1 Synthesis of5-[2-chloro-1-(2-chlorophenyl)ethyl]-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrothieno[3,2-c]pyridine

To a solution of2-(2-chlorophenyl)-2-(6,7-dihydro-4H-thieno[3,2-c]pyridine-5-yl)ethanol(9.7 g, 33.1 mmol) in THF (280 mL) was added thionyl chloride (7.9 g,66.2 mmol) drop-wise. The solution was stirred at room temperature for1.5 h (monitored by TLC). The excess thionyl chloride was evaporatedunder reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in CH₂Cl₂ (200 mL),washed with saturated NaHCO₃ solution (to pH=7), dried over Na₂SO₄, andconcentrated under vacuum to provide5-[2-chloro-1-(2-chlorophenyl)ethyl]-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrothieno[3,2-c]pyridine(10.1 g, 98.1%) as a light yellow oil. ¹H NMR (Field: 300 MHz, Solvent:CDCl₃/TMS) δ (ppm): 7.63 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 1H), 7.36-7.22 (m, 3H), 7.05 (d,J=5.1 Hz, 1H), 6.70 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 1H), 5.62 (t, J=6.3, 1H), 3.71 (s,2H), 3.10-3.07 (m, 2H), 2.95-2.91 (m, 2H), 2.86-2.84 (m, 2H). ¹³C NMR(Field: 75 MHz, Solvent: CDCl₃/TMS) δ (ppm): 137.72, 133.43, 132.79,129.56, 129.47, 129.00, 127.43, 125.31, 122.70, 64.37, 56.60, 53.24,50.98, 25.24. MS (HR, GC-CI): Calculated for C₁₅H₁₅Cl₂NS (MH)⁺:312.0375. found 312.0349.

Step 2 Synthesis of2-[2-chlorophenyl)-2-(6,7-dihydro-4H-thieno[3,2-c]pyridin-5-yl)ethyl]malonicacid diethyl ester

To ethanol (38 mL) under a nitrogen atmosphere was added sodium (1.03 g,44.9 mmol) in small pieces. The resultant sodium ethoxide solution wascooled and diethyl malonate (7.4 g, 46.2 mmol) was added drop wise. Thereaction mixture stirred for 5 minutes at room temperature and then5-[2-chloro-1-(2-chlorophenyl)ethyl]-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrothieno[3,2-c]pyridine(14 g, 44.9 mmol) in ethanol (30 mL) was added drop wise. The mixturewas heated to reflux for 2 hours. After two hours, the solvent wasremoved under reduced pressure and water (100 mL) was added. The productwas extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (3×200 mL) and the combined extracts weredried over Na₂SO₄, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure toprovide crude2-[2-chlorophenyl)-2-(6,7-dihydro-4H-thieno[3,2-c]pyridin-5-yl)ethyl]malonicacid diethyl ester (17 g, 86.7%) as a brown oil. ¹H NMR (Field: 300 MHz,Solvent: CDCl₃/TMS) δ (ppm): 7.36 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.15 (m, 3H), 7.02(d, J=5.1 Hz, 1H), 6.69 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 1H), 4.45-4.37 (m, 1H), 3.96-3.74(m, 5H), 3.6 (d, J=14.4 Hz, 1H), 3.48 (d, J=14.4 Hz, 1H), 3.00-2.95 (m,1H), 2.81-2.60 (m, 4H), 1.05 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 0.94 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H).¹³C NMR (Field: 75 MHz, Solvent: CDCl₃/TMS) δ (ppm): 168.01, 167.77,138.09, 134.28, 133.92, 133.34, 129.81, 127.98, 127.76, 126.88, 125.05,122.38, 61.57, 61.50, 61.23, 56.56, 53.25, 50.72, 40.02, 25.21, 13.88,13.81. MS (HR, GC-CI): Calculated for C₂₂H₂₇ClNO₄S (MH)⁺: 436.1344.found 436.1318

Step 3 Synthesis of4-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-(6,7-dihydro-4H-thieno[3,2-c]pyridine-5-tl)butyricacid ethyl ester. (Compound If)

A mixture of2-[2-chlorophenyl)-2-(6,7-dihydro-4H-thieno[3,2-c]pyridin-5-yl)ethyl]malonicacid diethyl ester (17.5 g, 40.2 mmol) and lithium chloride (6.8 g,161.9 mmol) in DMSO (230 mL) and water (3.9 mL) was heated to reflux(oil bath, ca.190° C.) with stirring for 4 hours. The reaction mixturewas cooled to room temperature, diluted with water (150 mL) andextracted with ethyl acetate (3×150 mL). The combined organic extractswere washed with water (3×80 mL), brine (80 mL), and dried over MgSO₄.The product was filtered, concentrated under reduced pressure, and driedunder high vacuum. The procedure generated a crude product (15.4 g). Thecrude product was purified by column chromatography (silica gel, ethylacetate/heptane 1:3) to provide4-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-(6,7-dihydro-4H-thieno[3,2-c]pyridine-5-tl)butyricacid ethyl ester (Compound If, 11.1 g, 76.1% yield) as a light yellowoil. ¹H NMR (Field: 300 MHz, Solvent: CDCl₃/TMS) δ (ppm): 7.34 (d, J=7.8Hz, 1H), 7.24-7.10 (m, 3H), 7.03 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 1H), 6.71 (d, J=5.1 Hz,1H), 4.15-4.02 (m, 1H), 3.92 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.67 (d, J=14.4 Hz, 1H),3.51 (d, J=14.4 Hz, 1H), 2.97-2.80 (m, 4H), 2.75-2.53 (m, 4H), 1.06 (t,J=7.2 Hz, 3H). ¹³C NMR (Field: 75 MHz, Solvent: CDCl₃/TMS) δ (ppm):172.25, 139.97, 134.09, 133.99, 133.46, 129.77, 127.76, 127.60, 127.01,125.22, 122.46, 62.68, 60.32, 53.43, 51.14, 38.41, 36.49, 25.59, 14.20.MS (HR, GC-CI): Calcd. C₁₉H₂₃ClNO₂S (MH)⁺ 364.1133. found 364.1152.

Step 4 Synthesis of4-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-(6,7-dihydro-4H-thieno[3,2-c]pyridine-5-yl)butan-1-ol

4-(2-Chlorophenyl)-4-(6,7-dihydro-4H-thieno[3,2-c]pyridine-5-tl)butyricacid ethyl ester (1.0 g, 2.75 mmol) in anhydrous diethyl ether (3 mL)was added drop wise, under a nitrogen atmosphere, to a solution oflithium aluminum hydride (0.13 g, 3.31 mmol) in anhydrous diethyl ether(7 mL). The lithium aluminum hydride was added at a rate that kept theether at a gentle reflux. When the addition was completed, the mixturewas stirred at reflux for an additional 30 minutes. The reaction wascooled to 0° C. with ice-water bath. The excess LiAlH₄ was decomposedwith ethyl acetate (1 mL, added slowly). This was followed by 6 N HClsolution (10 mL) added slowly with vigorous stirring. The water wasseparated and extracted with ether (30 mL, later discarded). The aqueousportion was neutralized with 6 N NaOH solution (15 mL, to pH=7) andextracted with ether (3×20 mL). The combined organic layers were washedwith brine (15 mL), dried over MgSO₄, and concentrated under reducedpressure to provide4-(2-chlorophenyl)-4-(6,7-dihydro-4H-thieno[3,2-c]pyridine-5-yl)butan-1-ol(Comnpound Id, 0.77 g, 87.2% yield) as a yellow, viscous oil. ¹H NMR(Field: 300 MHz, Solvent: CDCl₃/TMS) δ (ppm): 7.36 (d, 1H, J=7.5 Hz),7.25-7.12 (m, 3H), 7.07 (d, 1H, J=5.1 Hz), 6.72 (d, 1H, J=5.1 Hz), 6.55(br s, 1H), 3.82-3.54 (m, 5H), 3.2-3.13 (m, 1H), 2.95 (br t, 2H, J=4.8Hz), 2.82-2.75 (m, 1H), 2.70-2.60 (m, 2H), 2.06-1.90 (m, 2H). ¹³C NMR(Field: 75 MHz, Solvent: CDCl₃/TMS) δ (ppm): 142.33, 133.14, 133.06,132.63, 129.70, 127.75, 127.68, 127.28, 125.16, 123.11, 63.80, 62.19,53.41, 51.01, 39.78, 39.43, 24.88. MS (HR, DIP-CI): Calculated forC₁₇H₂₁ClNOS (MH)⁺: 322.1027. found 322.1006.

Example 51-[(2-Chlorophenyl)-(6,7-dihydro-4H-thieno[3,2-c]pyridin-5-yl)-methyl]-1H-benzotriazole.(Compound IVa)

4,5,6,7-Tetrahydro-thieno[3,2-c]pyridine (0.5 g, 3.59 mmol),benzotriazole (428 mg, 3.59 mmol), and 2-chlorobenzaldehyde (504 mg,3.59 mmol) were dissolved in diethyl ether and stirred for 3 days in thepresence of molecular sieves (4 Å) under an argon atmosphere at roomtemperature. After 3 days, the ether was filtered and washed withsaturated sodium bicarbonate solution (20 mL). The ether was dried oversodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. The remaining colorless foamwas dissolved in heptane/diethyl ether (5 mL/1 mL) and stored in afreezer (−10° C.) overnight. After 20 hours at −10° C., the heptane wasdecanted and the remaining oil was dried under high vacuum at roomtemperature until a constant weight was achieved to provide1-[(2-Chlorophenyl)-(6,7-dihydro-4H-thieno[3,2-c]pyridin-5-yl)-methyl]-1H-benzotriazole(Compound IVa, 0.84 g, 61.7% yield) as a colorless foam that appeared tobe an 80:20 mixture of isomers by NMR. ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃/TMS):8=8.08 (d, 1H, J=8.1 Hz), 7.91-7.79 (m, 2H), 7.55 (d, 1H, J=8.4 Hz),7.53-7.24 (m, 4H), 7.11 (s, 1H), 7.04 (d, 1H, J=5.1 Hz), 6.61 (d, 1H,J=5.1 Hz), 3.90 (d, 1H, J=14.4 Hz), 3.69 (d, 1H, J=14.4 Hz), 3.21-2.95(m, 2H), 2.88 (m, 2H). (major isomer). ¹³C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl₃/TMS):δ=145.48, 133.78, 133.45, 132.94, 132.65, 130.10, 129.40, 127.50,126.98, 126.56, 124.97, 124.00, 122.79, 119.80, 110.39, 84.85, 49.59,47.28, 25.50. (major isomer). MS (HR, DIP-CI): Calculated for (MH):379.0779. found 379.0752.

Example 67-(2-Chlorophenyl)-7-(6,7-dihydro-4H-thieno[3,2-c]pyridin-5-yl)-2,2-dimethylheptanoicacid, hydrochloride. (Compound Ig Hydrochloride)

Step 1 Synthesis of(5-Ethoxycarbonyl-5-methylhexyl)-triphenylphosphonium bromide

6-Bromo-2,2-dimethylhexanoic acid ethyl ester (38.0 g, 0.15 mol) andtriphenylphosphine (40.0 g, 0.15 mol) were dissolved in toluene (100 mL)and heated to reflux for 24 hours under an argon atmosphere. After 24hours of heating, the flask was allowed to cool to room temperature andstirred for an additional 24 hours at room temperature. After 48 hours,the toluene was removed under reduced pressure. The remaining materialwas dissolved in dichloromethane (100 mL) and added drop-wise to t-butylmethyl ether (600 mL). The ether was decanted away from the precipitate,which was dried to a constant weight under high vacuum to provide(5-ethoxycarbonyl-5-methylhexyl)-triphenylphosphonium bromide (71.5 g,93.1% yield) as a light yellow foam. ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃/TMS):δ=7.87-7.57 (m, 15H), 4.05 (1, 2H, J=7.2 Hz), 3.67 (m, 2H), 1.78-1.45(m, 6H), 1.20 (t, 3H, J=7.2 Hz), 1.12 (s, 6H). ¹³C NMR (75 MHz,CDCl₃/TMS): δ=177.02, 134.56 (d, 3C, J=2.4 Hz), 132.94 (d, 6C, J=10.1Hz), 129.99 (d, 6C, J=12.6 Hz), 117.44 (d, 3C, J=85.4 Hz), 59.78, 41.47,39.12, 25.44 (d, 1C, J=15.5 Hz), 24.62, 22.59 (d, 1C, J=4.1 Hz), 21.96,13.83. HRMS (ESI-TOF): Calculated for (M⁺): 433.2291. found: 433.2330.

Step 2 Synthesis of 7-(2-Chlorophenyl)-2,2-dimethylhept-6-enoic acidethyl ester

(5-Ethoxycarbonyl-5-methylhexyl)-triphenylphosphonium bromide (35.0 g,0.0619 mol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (100 mL) containing2-chlorobenzaldehyde (8.70 g, 0.0619 mol). A solution of sodiumhydroxide (10 g, 0.25 mol) in water (10 mL) was added in portions overten minutes. The mixture stirred for 2 hours at room temperature. Aftertwo hours, the layers were separated and the dichloromethane fractionwas washed with water (2×150 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered,and concentrated under reduced pressure. The remaining brown oil (18.99g) was filtered through silica gel (200 g), eluting with ethylacetate/heptane (1:9). The product containing fractions were combinedand concentrated under reduced pressure. The remaining yellow oil (10.5g) was contaminated with 2-chlorobenzaldehyde (30-40%). The material wasreprocessed by dissolving in fresh dichloromethane (100 mL) withadditional phosphonium salt (25 g, 0.048 mol). Sodium hydroxide (10 g,0.25 mol) in water (10 mL) was added in portions and the mixture wasallowed to stir for 4 hours at room temperature. The layers wereseparated and the dichloromethane fraction was washed with water (2×100mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reducedpressure. The remaining brown oil was purified by column chromatographyon silica gel (200 g), eluting with ethyl acetate/heptane (1:9). Theproduct-containing fractions were combined and concentrated underreduced pressure to provide 7-(2-chlorophenyl)-2,2-dimethylhept-6-enoicacid ethyl ester (12.0 g, 60% yield) as a light, yellow liquid. ¹H NMR(300 MHz, CDCl₃/TMS): δ=7.47 (d, 0.4 H, J=7.5 Hz), 7.36-7.07 (m, 3.6 H),6.74 (d, 0.4 H, J=15.6 Hz), 6.50 (d, 0.6 H, J=11.4 Hz), 6.16 (dt, 0.4 H,J=15.6, 7.2 Hz), 5.75 (dt, 0.6 H, J=11.4, 7.2 Hz), 4.10 (m, 2H),2.26-2.12 (m, 2H), 1.61-1.34 (m, 4H), 1.29-1.17 (m, 3H), 1.14 (s, 6H).(mixture of cis/trans isomers). ¹³C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl₃/TMS): δ=177.59,135.63 (2 peaks), 133.67, 133.45, 133.31, 132.38, 130.31, 129.41,129.19, 127.84, 127.73, 126.57, 126.47, 126.24, 126.00, 60.16, 42.12,42.07, 40.22, 33.56, 28.83, 25.21, 25.16, 24.69, 14.30. (mixture ofcis/trans isomers). HRMS (MMI-TOF): Calculated for C₂₂H₂₉Cl₂NO₂S (MH):406.1202. found 406.1594.

Step 3 Synthesis of 7-Bromo-7-(2-chlorophenyl)-2,2-dimethylheptanoicacid ethyl ester

7-(2-Chlorophenyl)-2,2-dimethylhept-6-enoic acid ethyl ester (11.75 g,0.040 mole) was dissolved in acetic acid (80 mL) under an argonatmosphere. The flask was cooled in an ice-water bath. Hydrogen bromidegas was passed slowly through the solution for 3 hours while thesolution slowly warmed to room temperature. Ice (250 g) was added andafter mixing, the product was extracted with ethyl acetate (2×100 mL).The ethyl acetate extracts were combined and washed with saturatedsodium bicarbonate solution (3×75 mL) and water (100 mL). The solutionwas dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reducedpressure. The remaining oil (14.06 g) was purified by columnchromatography on silica gel (250 g), eluting with 3:1 (followed by 2:1)heptane/ethyl acetate. The product-containing fractions were combinedand concentrated under reduced pressure to provide7-bromo-7-(2-chlorophenyl)-2,2-dimethylheptanoic acid ethyl ester (12.9g, 86% yield) as a clear oil. ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃/TMS): δ=7.57 (d,1H, J=7.50 Hz), 7.33-7.15 (m, 3H), 5.43 (t, 1H, J=6.9 Hz), 4.08 (q, 2H,J=7.2 Hz), 2.30-2.21 (m, 2H), 1.55-1.42 (m, 3H), 1.34-1.19 (m, 5H), 1.13(s, 6H). ¹³C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl₃/TMS): δ=177.72, 139.41, 132.69, 129.67,129.28, 128.92, 127.48, 60.36, 50.17, 42.26, 40.57, 39.19, 28.59, 25.38,25.34, 24.45, 14.50. MS (HR, DIP-CI): Calculated for (MH): 375.0726.found 375.0726.

Step 4 Synthesis of7-(2-Chlorophenyl)-7-(6,7-dihydro-4H-thieno[3,2-c]pyridin-5-yl)-2,2-dimethylheptanoicacid ethyl ester. (Compound Ih)

The hydrochloride salt of 4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-thieno[3,2-c]pyridine (3.2g, 18.9 mmol) was dissolved in water (120 mL) and 50% sodium hydroxidesolution (10 mL) was added. The corresponding free base was extractedwith dichloromethane (2×25 mL), which was dried over sodium sulfate,filtered, and concentrated. The remaining oil (2.58 g, 18.9 mmol) wasdissolved in DMF (10 mL) under an argon atmosphere. Potassium carbonate(5 g) and 7-bromo-7-(2-chlorophenyl)-2,2-dimethylheptanoic acid ethylester (7.0 g, 18.63 mmol) were added and the mixture stirred for 44hours at 75° C. The flask was cooled to room temperature and water (50mL) was added. The product was extracted with dichloromethane (2×75 mL),which was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated. Theremaining brown oil (8.94 g) was purified by column chromatography onsilica gel (140 g), eluting with heptane-ethyl acetate (4:1 to 2:1). Theproduct containing fractions were combined, concentrated, and dried to aconstant weight under high vacuum at room temperature to provide7-(2-chlorophenyl)-7-(6,7-dihydro-4H-thieno[3,2-c]pyridin-5-yl)-2,2-dimethylheptanoicacid ethyl ester (Compound Ih, 3.85 g, 49% yield) as a clear oil. ¹H NMR(300 MHz, CDCl₃/TMS): δ=7.53 (dd, 1H, J=7.5, 1.2 Hz), 7.40 (dd, 1H,J=7.8, 1.2 Hz), 7.31-7.18 (m, 2H), 7.08 (d, 1H, J=5.1 Hz), 6.74 (d, 1H,J=5.1 Hz), 4.22 (dd, 1H, J=8.7, 4.5 Hz), 4.12 (q, 2H, J=7.2 Hz), 3.83(d, 1H, J=14.1 Hz), 3.49 (d, 1H, J=14.1 Hz), 2.92-2.68 (m, 4H),2.08-1.73 (m, 2H), 1.46 (m, 2H), 1.30-1.19 (m, 7H), 1.15 (s, 6H). ¹³CNMR (75 MHz, CDCl₃/TMS): δ=178.00, 139.41, 134.99, 134.26, 133.62,129.53, 128.13, 128.03, 126.87, 125.51, 122.67, 63.69, 60.37, 50.79,48.15, 42.33, 40.84, 33.11, 26.19, 25.40, 14.55. HRMS (DIP-CI):Calculated for (M+H⁺): 434.1921. found 434.1871.

Step 5 Synthesis of7-(2-chlorophenyl)-7-(6,7-dihydro-4H-thieno[3,2-c]pyridin-5-yl)-2,2-dimethylheptanoicacid, hydrochloride

7-(2-Chlorophenyl)-7-(6,7-dihydro-4H-thieno[3,2-c]pyridin-5-yl)-2,2-dimethylheptanoicacid ethyl ester (2.80 g, 7.23 mmol) was dissolved in ethanol (40 mL)and water (25 mL) containing potassium hydroxide (10 g, 250 mmol). Themixture was heated to reflux for 24 hours. After 24 hours, the flask wascooled to room temperature and concentrated. Water (50 mL) was added andextracted with 10% ethyl acetate in heptane. The aqueous fraction wasacidified (to pH=6) with concentrated hydrochloric acid and the productwas extracted with dichloromethane (2×100 mL). The dichloromethaneextracts were combined, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered andconcentrated. The remaining tan oil (3.0 g) was purified by flash columnchromatography on silica gel (100 g), eluting with heptane-ethyl acetate(2:1) to provide7-(2-chlorophenyl)-7-(6,7-dihydro-4H-thieno[3,2-c]pyridin-5-yl)-2,2-dimethylheptanoicacid as a white solid (2.1 g, 71.6% yield). The product was dissolved inwater (ASTM 1, 200 mL) containing hydrochloric acid (1%) and acetone (25mL). Most of the acetone and excess hydrochloric acid was removed underreduced pressure. The remaining water (200 mL) was freeze-dried toprovide7-(2-chlorophenyl)-7-(6,7-dihydro-4H-thieno[3,2-c]pyridin-5-yl)-2,2-dimethylheptanoicacid, hydrochloride salt (Compound Ig hydrochloride, 2.2 g, mp 97-100°C., 99.47% purity by HPLC) as a white solid. ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆):δ=12.25 (br s, 0.5H), 12.12 (br s, 0.5H), 8.24 (br s, 1H), 7.60-7.38 (m,4H), 6.94 (d, 1H, J=4.5 Hz), 6.77 (d, 1H, J=4.5 Hz), 4.90-4.68 (m,1.5H), 4.38 (dd, 0.5H, J=14.4, 5.4 Hz), 4.01 (m, 1H), 3.80 (dd, 0.5H,J=14.4, 5.1 Hz), 3.60-3.30 (m, 1.5H), 3.20-2.85 (m, 2H), 2.42 (m, 1H),2.23 (m, 1H), 1.40-1.0 (m, 5H), 1.01 (s, 6H), 0.79 (m, 1H). (mixture ofrotational isomers). ¹³C NMR (75 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ=178.41, 134.70,134.60, 131.83, 131.49, 131.23, 131.05, 129.93, 129.75, 128.38, 128.35,128.10, 125.43, 125.26, 124.87, 124.86, 64.35, 63.17, 49.87, 48.70,48.00, 47.13, 41.16, 30.78, 30.30, 30.12, 25.77, 25.02, 24.14, 21.78,21.37. (mixture of rotational isomers). HRMS (MMI-TOF): Calculated forC₂₂H₂₉Cl₂NO₂S (MH): 406.1202. found 406.1594.

Example 78-(2-chlorophenyl)-8-(6,7-dihydro-4H-furo[3,2-c]pyridin-5-yl)-2,2-dimethyloctanoicacid, hydrochloride. (Compound Io Hydrochloride)

Step 1 Synthesis of 2-(2-nitrovinyl)-furan

2-Furaldehyde (18.2 g, 190 mmol) and ammonium acetate (13 g, 169 mmol)were added to nitromethane (169 mL) and the mixture was heated to refluxfor 45 min. The solution was concentrated and dichloromethane (250 mL)was added. The dichloromethane solution was washed with water (2×250mL), dried over sodium sulfate, and filtered to obtain the crudeproduct. Purification by column chromatography (silica gel, ethylacetate/heptane=1/10 to 2/3) afforded pure 2-(2-nitrovinyl)-furan (14 g,53.0%) as a yellow powder (M.P. 71-74° C.). ¹H NMR (Field: 300 MHz,Solvent: CDCl₃/TMS) δ (ppm): 7.78 (d, 1H, J=13.2 Hz), 7.59 (m, 1H), 7.52(d, 1H, J=13.5 Hz), 6.90 (d, 1H, J=3.6 Hz), 6.58 (m, 1H). ¹³C NMR(Field: 75 MHz, Solvent: CDCl₃/TMS) δ (ppm): 146.90, 146.67, 134.93,125.51, 120.12, 113.46.

Step 2 Synthesis of 2-furan-2-yl-ethylamine

To a mixture of lithium aluminum hydride (13.4 g, 353 mmol) in dry THF(400 ml) was added drop-wise over 30 minutes 2-(2-nitrovinyl)-furan (14g, 101 mmol) in THF (100 ml) at 0° C., under argon atmosphere. Thecooling was stopped and the flask was heated reflux for addition 3.5hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, water (13mL) was slowly added with vigorous stirring. After the water was added,15% sodium hydroxide solution (13 mL) was added, followed again by water(36 mL). After stirring vigorously for 10 min, the solids were filteredand washed with diethyl ether (3×150 mL). The combined filtrates weredried over Na₂SO₄, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure toyield 2-furan-2-yl-ethylamine (11 g, 85.6% yield) as a brown oil. ¹H NMR(Field: 300 MHz, Solvent: CDCl₃/TMS) δ (ppm): 7.31 (m, 1H), 6.29 (d, 1H,J=2.1 Hz), 6.05 (d, 1H, J=2.1 Hz), 2.96 (t, 2H, J=6.6 Hz,), 2.76 (t, 2H,J=6.6 Hz), 1.84 (br, 2H). ¹³C NMR (Field: 75 MHz, Solvent: CDCl₃/TMS) δ(ppm): 153.82, 141.21, 110.15, 106.00, 40.79, 32.35.

Step 3 Synthesis of 6,7-dihydro-4H-furo[3,2-c]pydridine-5-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester

Formalin (37% aqueous formaldehyde, 4 g, 49.2 mmol) was added drop-wiseto 2-furan-2-yl-ethylamine (5.5 g, 43.3 mmol, neat) and the mixture wasallowed to stir for 30 minutes at room temperature. The crudeintermediate 1 was extracted with diethyl ether (3×80 mL). The diethylether extracts were combined, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, andconcentrated. DMF (35 mL) was saturated with hydrogen chloride gas bypassing hydrogen chloride through the solution for one hour. Theremaining oil was dissolved in DMF (10 mL) and added to the DMF/HClsolution. After mixing at room temperature for 3 hours, the DMF wasremoved under high vacuum. Methyl t-butyl ether was added and the tracesof DMF were removed by extraction with water (100 mL) that had beenadjusted to pH=11 with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution. The ethersolution was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated. Theremaining crude intermediate 4,5,6,7-tetrahydrofuro[3,2-c]pyridine (0.87g, 7.1 mmol) in dichloromethane (50 mL) was added drop-wise todi-tert-butyldicarbonate (1.6 g, 7.4 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (50 mL) at roomtemperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at same temperature for1.5 hours, monitored by TLC. The solvent was evaporated by reducedpressure and the crude product was purified by column chromatography(silica gel, ethyl acetate/heptane=1/9) to afford pure6,7-dihydro-4H-furo[3,2-c]pydridine-5-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester(0.56 g, 35.4%) as a yellow oil. ¹H NMR (Field: 300 MHz, Solvent:CDCl₃/TMS) δ (ppm): 7.19 (s, 1H), 6.13 (d, 1H, J=1.5 Hz), 4.25 (s, 2H),3.63 (m, 2H), 2.59 (d, m), 1.44 (s, 9H). ¹³C NMR (Field: 75 MHz,Solvent: CDCl₃/TMS) δ (ppm): 154.78, 146.85, 141.23, 108.19, 85.03,79.82, 41.58, 40.05, 28.52, 23.90.

Step 4 Synthesis of 4,5,6,7-Tetrahydrofuro[3,2-c]pyridine hydrochloride

To 6,7-dihydro-4H-furo[3,2-c]pydridine-5-carboxylic acid tert-butylester (0.56 g, 2.51 mmol) in methanol (50 mL) was added concentratedhydrochloric acid solution (37%, 1.4 mL). The mixture stirred at roomtemperature for 5.5 hours, monitored by TLC. The methanol was evaporatedunder reduced pressure to yield 4,5,6,7-tetrahydrofuro[3,2-c]pyridinehydrochloride (0.5 g, 100% yield) as a yellow powder. ¹H NMR (Field: 300MHz, Solvent: CD₃OD/TMS) δ (ppm): 7.47 (s, 1H), 6.42 (s, 1H), 4.20 (s,2H), 3.57 (m, 2H), 3.03 (m, 2H). ¹³C NMR (Field: 75 MHz, Solvent:CDCl₃/TMS) δ (ppm): 147.23, 143.89, 112.23, 109.50, 43.10, 42.37, 21.70.

Step 58-(2-chlorophenyl)-8-(6,7-dihydro-4H-furo[3,2-c]pyridin-5-yl)-2,2-dimethyloctanoicacid ethyl ester. (Compound Ip)

4,5,6,7-Tetrahydrofuro[3,2-c]pyridine (0.47 g, 3.82 mmol),8-bromo-8-(2-chlorophenyl)-2,2-dimethyloctanoic acid ethyl ester (1.47g, 3.78 mmol) in DMF (36 mL), and potassium carbonate (0.77 g, 5.58mmol) were combined under an argon atmosphere at room temperature. Themixture was heated to 60° C. for 3 days under argon atmosphere,monitored by TLC. The DMF was evaporated under reduced pressure and theresidue was dissolved in diethyl ether (120 mL), washed with water (3×30mL), brine (30 mL), and dried over Na₂SO₄. The crude oil was purified bycolumn chromatography (silica gel, ethyl acetate/heptane 1/9) to affordpure8-(2-chlorophenyl)-8-(6,7-dihydro-4H-furo[3,2-c]pyridin-5-yl)-2,2-dimethyloctanoicacid ethyl ester (Compound Ip, 0.50 g, 30.3% yield) as a yellow oil. ¹HNMR (Field: 300 MHz, Solvent: CD₃OD/TMS) δ (ppm): 7.48 (d, 1H, J=7.5Hz), 7.36 (d, 1H, J=7.8 Hz), 7.32-7.15 (m, 3H), 6.17 (s, 1H), 4.20 (dd,1H, J=9.0, 4.8 Hz), 4.08 (q, 2H, J=7.2 Hz), 3.62 (d, 1H, J=13.5 Hz),3.11 (d, 1H, J=13.5 Hz), 2.88-2.58 (m, 4H), 1.95-1.70 (m, 2H), 1.45-1.40(m, 2H), 1.30-1.0 (m, 15H). ¹³C NMR (Field: 75 MHz, Solvent: CDCl₃/TMS)δ (ppm): 178.01, 149.01, 140.94, 139.50, 135.00, 129.57, 129.04, 128.03,126.85, 115.92, 108.90, 63.43, 60.36, 47.65, 47.54, 42.36, 40.91, 33.27,30.57, 25.67, 25.41, 25.06, 24.73, 14.55. HRMS (HR, DART-TOF):Calculated for (M+H)⁺: 432.2300. found 432.2316.

Step 6 Synthesis of8-(2-chlorophenyl)-8-(6,7-dihydro-4H-furo[3,2-c]pyridin-5-yl)-2,2-dimethyloctanoicacid, hydrochloride

8-(2-Chlorophenyl)-8-(6,7-dihydro-4H-furo[3,2-c]pyridin-5-yl)-2,2-dimethyloctanoicacid ethyl ester (0.5 g, 1.16 mmol) was added to a mixture of ethanol(20 mL) and sodium hydroxide (0.32 g, 8.0 mmol) in water (6.6 mL). Themixture was heated to reflux for 6.5 hours. Evaporated solvent underreduced pressure and water (20 mL) was added to the residue. The aqueoussolution was washed with a mixture of ethyl acetate/heptane 1/10 (10mL), and the extract was discarded. The aqueous fraction was acidifiedwith concentrated hydrochloric acid to pH=6 and the product wasextracted with dichloromethane (3 x20 mL). The combined dichloromethaneextracts were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentratedunder reduced pressure to provide8-(2-chlorophenyl)-8-(6,7-dihydro-4H-furo[3,2-c]pyridin-5-yl)-2,2-dimethyloctanoicacid (0.25 g, 46.9%) as a yellow oil. The material was dissolved indiethyl ether (5 mL) and added to hydrochloric acid solution (2N HCl indiethyl ether, 0.34 mL). Water (12 mL) was added and after mixing theaqueous portion was separated and freeze dried to provide8-(2-chlorophenyl)-8-(6,7-dihydro-4H-furo[3,2-c]pyridin-5-yl)-2,2-dimethyloctanoicacid, hydrochloride salt (Compound Io hydrochloride, 0.16 g, lightyellow powder, 59.3% yield). ¹H NMR (Field: 300 MHz, Solvent: CD₃OD/TMS)δ (ppm): 7.77 (br s, 1H), 7.63-7.48 (m, 5H), 6.37 (br s, 1H), 5.05 (m,1H), 4.18 (m, 1H), 3.62 (m, 1H), 3.02 (m, 2H), 2.36-2.24 (m, 2H),1.42-1.40 (m, 2H), 1.32 (m, 2H), 1.20-1.18 (m, 4H), 1.11 (s, 6H),1.08-0.92 (m, 1H). ¹³C NMR (Field: 75 MHz, Solvent: CD₃OD/TMS) δ (ppm):181.70, 147.11, 144.55, 137.40, 132.15, 131.89, 130.08, 128.21, 129.87,112.37, 109.71, 66.34, 52.10, 50.05, 43.07, 41.60, 35.10, 31.67, 30.56,26.64, 25.85, 22.31. HRMS (HR, DIP-CI): Calculated for C₂₃H₃₀ClNO₃(M+H)⁺: 404.1987. found 404.2009. CHN analysis: Calculated; 62.73 C,7.09 H, 3.18 N, 16.10 Cl. found; 59.13 C, 7.04 H, 3.03 N, 13.58 Cl.

Example 88-(2-Chlorophenyl)-2,2-dimethyl-8-(1,4,6,7-tetrahydropyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridin-5-yl)-octanoicacid, hydrochloride. (Compound Iq Hydrochloride)

Step 1 Synthesis of pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butylester

Dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP) (2.08 g, 16.9 mmol) in acetonitrile (20 mL)was added drop wise to 5-azaindole (2.0 g, 16.9 mmol) in acetonitrile(70 mL) at room temperature. After stirring for 2 hours,di-tert-butyldicarbonate (3.68 g, 16.9 mmol) was added in portion atsame temperature. After 2.5 hours, the solvent was evaporated underreduced pressure and the residue (5.4 g) was purified by columnchromatography (silica gel, ethyl acetate/heptane 1/10 to 1/2) toprovide pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (2.72g, 92.4% yield) as a bright yellow oil. ¹H NMR (Field: 300 MHz, Solvent:CD₃OD/TMS) δ (ppm): 8.87 (s, 1H), 8.48 (d, 1H, J=5.7 Hz), 7.98 (d, 1H,J=5.1 Hz), 7.60 (d, 1H, J=3.3 Hz), 6.63 (d, 1H, J=3.0 Hz), 1.68 (s, 9H).¹³C NMR (Field: 75 MHz, Solvent: CDCl₃/TMS) δ (ppm): 148.82, 143.75,143.51, 139.50, 126.69, 109.83, 105.46, 84.60, 28.05.

Step 2 Synthesis of1-tert-butoxycarbonyl-5-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-7-methyloctyl]-1H-pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridin-5-iumbromide)

A mixture of pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester(0.81 g, 3.73 mmol), 8-bromo-8-(2-chlorophenyl)-2,2-dimethyloctanoicacid ethyl ester (1.44 g, 3.73 mmol), and acetonitrile (25 mL) werestirred at 45° C. for 52 hours. The solvent was evaporated under reducedpressure and residue was washed with diethyl ether (3×20 mL) to afford1-tert-butoxycarbonyl-5-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-7-methyloctyl]-1H-pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridin-5-iumbromide (1.37 g, 60.6% yield) as a yellow oil. ¹H NMR (Field: 300 MHz,Solvent: CD₃OD/TMS) δ (ppm): 10.52 (s, 1H), 8.84 (d, 1H, J=7.2 Hz), 8.23(d, 1H, J=7.8 Hz), 7.91 (t, 1H, J=3.6 Hz), 7.54-7.31 (m, 4H), 7.39 (s,1H), 6.95 (s, 1H), 6.42 (t, 1H, J=7.2 Hz), 4.09 (q, 2H, J=7.2 Hz), 2.67(m, 1H), 1.70 (s, 9H), 1.42-1.19 (m, 8H), 1.21 (t, 3H, J=6.9 Hz), 1.10(s, 6H). ¹³C NMR (Field: 75 MHz, Solvent: CDCl₃/TMS) δ (ppm): 178.00,147.44, 140.17, 136.60, 133.19, 131.97, 131.45, 130.42, 130.03, 128.64,113.10, 108.61, 88.15, 71.55, 60.34, 42.23, 40.54, 34.54, 29.69, 28.13,26.42, 25.28, 24.92, 14.46. HRMS (HR, DIP-CI): Calculated forC₃₀H₄₀ClN₂O₂ (M+H)⁺: not found (decomposed on analysis).

Step 3: Synthesis of5-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-7-ethoxycarbonyl-7-methyloctyl]-4,5,6,7-tetrahydropyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester

Portions of sodium borohydride (0.16 g, 4.28 mmol) were added to asolution of1-tert-butoxycarbonyl-5-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-7-methyloctyl]-1H-pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridin-5-iumbromide (1.3 g, 2.14 mmol) in 70% EtOH (30 mL) at room temperature over30 minutes. Once the addition was complete, the mixture was stirred for0.5 hours. The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure and water(60 mL) was added. The product was extracted with dichloromethane (3×80mL). The combined organic extracts were dried over sodium sulfate,filtered, and concentrated. The resultant tertiary amine was purified bycolumn chromatography (silica gel, ethyl acetate/heptane=1/10 to 1/3) toyield5-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-7-ethoxycarbonyl-7-methyloctyl]-4,5,6,7-tetrahydropyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (0.53 g, 46.9%) as a yellow oil. ¹H NMR (Field:300 MHz, Solvent: CD₃OD/TMS) δ (ppm): 7.52 (d, 1H, J=7.8 Hz), 7.37 (d,1H, J=7.8 Hz), 7.27 (t, 1H, J=6.6 Hz), 7.19 (t, 1H, J=7.5 Hz), 7.12 (d,1H, J=3.3 Hz), 5.95 (d, 1H, J=3.3 Hz), 4.16-4.13 (m, 1H), 4.09 (q, 2H,J=7.2 Hz), 3.31 (d, 1H, J=13.8 Hz), 2.85-2.59 (m, 4H), 1.95-1.76 (m,2H), 1.55 (s, 9H), 1.45-1.40 (m, 2H), 1.28-1.14 (m, 6H), 1.21 (t, 3H,J=7.2 Hz), 1.11 (s, 6H). ¹³C NMR (Field: 75 MHz, Solvent: CDCl₃/TMS) δ(ppm): 178.00, 149.47, 139.70, 134.90, 129.45, 129.15, 127.89, 127.60,126.80, 120.94, 119.76, 109.18, 83.24, 63.80, 60.30, 48.78, 42.32,40.88, 33.20, 30.56, 28.31, 26.45, 25.44, 25.38, 25.03, 14.52. HRMS(HR): Calculated for C₃₀H₄₃ClN₂O₂ (M+H)⁺: 531.2990. found 531.2933.

Step 4 Synthesis of 8-(2-chlorophenyl)-2,2dimethyl-8-(1,4,6,7-tetrahydro-pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridine-5-yl)-octanoicacid ethyl ester. (Compound Ir)

5-[1-(2-Chlorophenyl)-7-ethoxycarbonyl-7-methyloctyl]-4,5,6,7-tetrahydropyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (0.12 g, 0.23 mmol) was dissolved indichloromethane (5 mL) with stirring under an argon atmosphere. TFA(0.48 mL, 4.75 mmol) was added to the solution. After 1 hour, TLC showedthe starting material was gone. The mixture was poured into ice coldwater (50 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (3×20 mL). The combinedorganic layers were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, andconcentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified bycolumn chromatography (silica gel, ethyl acetate/heptane=1/9 to 1/3) toafford 8-(2-chlorophenyl)-2,2dimethyl-8-(1,4,6,7-tetrahydro-pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridine-5-yl)-octanoicacid ethyl ester (Compound Ir, 65 mg, 65.9% yield) as a yellow oil. ¹HNMR (Field: 300 MHz, Solvent: CD₃OD/TMS) δ (ppm): 7.80 (s, 1H), 7.54 (d,1H, J=7.5 Hz), 7.37 (d, 1H, J=7.8 Hz), 7.26-7.16 (m, 2H), 6.60 (s, 1H),5.94 (s, 1H), 4.17 (m, 1H), 4.08 (q, 2H, J=7.2 Hz), 3.75 (d, 1H, J=13.2Hz), 3.35 (d, 1H, J=13.2 Hz), 2.83-2.57 (m, 4H), 2.01-1.56 (m, 4H),1.45-1.40 (m, 2H), 1.21 (t, 3H, J=7.2 Hz), 1.24-1.11 (m, 4H), 1.11 (s,6H). ¹³C NMR (Field: 75 MHz, Solvent: CDCl₃/TMS) δ (ppm): 178.14,140.07, 134.95, 129.43, 129.25, 127.82, 126.79, 125.12, 116.43, 115.93,105.80, 63.89, 60.37, 48.79, 48.32, 42.37, 40.94, 33.34, 30.64, 25.55,25.41, 25.08, 24.07, 14.56. HRMS (HR, DART-TOF): Calculated forC₂₅H₃₅ClN₂O₂ (M+H)⁺: 431.2460. found 431.2476.

Step 5 Synthesis of 8-(2-chlorophenyl)-2,2dimethyl-8-(1,4,6,7-tetrahydro-pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridine-5-yl)-octanoicacid (Compound Iq)

8-(2-Chlorophenyl)-2,2dimethyl-8-(1,4,6,7-tetrahydro-pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridine-5-yl)-octanoicacid ethyl ester (0.11 g, 0.25 mmol) was added to a mixture of ethanol(15 mL), water (1.35 mL), and sodium hydroxide (0.07 g, 1.75 mmol). Themixture was heated to reflux (95-98° C. oil bath) for 11 hours. Aftercooling to room temperature, the solvent was evaporated under reducedpressure. Water (10 mL) was added to the residue and adjusted to pH=6with 10 N hydrochloric acid. The product was extracted withdichloromethane (3×10 mL). The combined organic layers were washed withwater (10 mL), brine (10 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄. After filtration, thedichloromethane solution was concentrated under reduced pressure toobtain crude product. The crude product was purified by columnchromatography (silica gel, ethyl acetate/heptane=3/7) to afford8-(2-chlorophenyl)-2,2dimethyl-8-(1,4,6,7-tetrahydro-pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridine-5-yl)-octanoicacid (Compound Iq, 0.06 g, 59.8% yield) as a yellow oil. ¹H NMR (Field:300 MHz, Solvent: CD₃OD/TMS) δ (ppm): 7.60 (d, 1H, J=7.5 Hz), 7.48 (d,1H, J=7.8 Hz), 7.41-7.30 (m, 2H), 6.58 (d, 1H, J=2.7 Hz), 5.89 (d, 1H,J=2.7 Hz), 4.56-4.52 (m, 1H), 3.96 (d, 1H, J=13.5 Hz), 3.65 (d, 1H,J=13.5 Hz), 2.97-2.65 (m, 4H), 2.00-1.87 (m, 2H), 1.43-1.39 (m, 2H),1.28-1.18 (m, 6H), 1.11 (s, 6H). ¹³C NMR (Field: 75 MHz, Solvent:CD₃OD/TMS) δ (ppm) 183.09, 136.97, 136.77, 131.03, 130.05, 130.31,128.80, 124.29, 118.35, 113.24, 105.71, 65.49, 50.79, 49.81, 43.48,42.01, 33.13, 30.39, 26.74, 26.19, 25.98, 23.34.

Step 6 Synthesis of8-(2-Chlorophenyl)-2,2-dimethyl-8-(1,4,6,7-tetrahydro-pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridin-5-yl)-octanoicacid, hydrochloride

8-(2-Chlorophenyl)-2,2dimethyl-8-(1,4,6,7-tetrahydro-pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridine-5-yl)-octanoicacid (0.09 g, 0.22 mmol) was dissolved in diethyl ether (5 mL) and addedto HCl solution (2N HCl in diethyl ether). Water (5 mL) was added andafter mixing the organic layer was discarded. The aqueous solution wasfreeze dried to afford 8-(2-chlorophenyl)-2,2dimethyl-8-(1,4,6,7-tetrahydro-pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridine-5-yl)-octanoicacid, hydrochloride salt (Compound Iq hydrochloride, 0.09 g, 86.5%yield) as a light yellow powder. ¹H NMR (Field: 300 MHz, Solvent:CD₃OD/TMS) δ (ppm): 10.28 (br, 1H), 7.61 (br s, 1H), 7.48-7.40 (m, 3H),6.57 (d, 1H, J=10.8 Hz), 5.86-5.70 (2s, 1H), 4.79-4.52 (m, 3H),4.19-3.86 (m, 2H), 3.45-2.77 (m, 4H), 2.22-2.06 (m, 2H), 1.26-0.65 (m,8H), 0.97 (s, 6H). (mixture of conformation isomers in NMR). ¹³C NMR(Field: 75 MHz, Solvent: CDCl₃/TMS) δ (ppm) 181.66, 137.12, 132.64,132.39, 129.68, 122.62, 119.72, 109.61, 105.95, 105.76, 66.09, 51.79,50.73, 43.06, 41.57, 37.95, 31.80, 30.52, 26.59, 25.78, 21.67. HRMS (HR,DIP-CI): Calculated for C₂₃H₃₁ClN₂O₂ (M+H)⁺: 403.2147. found 403.2158.CHN analysis: Calculated; 62.87 C, 7.34 H, 6.37 N, 16.14 Cl. found;60.04 C, 7.05 H, 5.92 N, 15.88 Cl.

Example 9(3-Carboxymethylene-5-mercaptopiperidin-1-yl)-(2-chlorophenyl)-aceticacid methyl ester, hydrochloride. (Compound VIa Hydrochloride)

Step 1 Synthesis of Allyl-(1-hydroxyallyl)-carbamic acid tert-butylester

Butadiene monoxide (1, 5.0 g, 71.3 mmol) was added to allylamine (2, 16mL) and water (1 mL) while cooling at 15° C. The mixture was heated toreflux (100° C.) for 6 hours. After cooling to room temperature, thevolatile material was removed under reduced pressure at roomtemperature. The remaining oil containing the allyl amine was dissolvedin dioxane (100 mL) and water (20 mL). The flask was cooled in a waterbath and 1M sodium hydroxide solution (80 mL) was added. Di-tert-butyldicarbonate (17.95 g, 82.2 mmol) was added and the solution was allowedto stir overnight at room temperature. After 18 hours, most of thedioxane was removed under reduced pressure. The remaining water/dioxanesolution (40 mL) was extracted with diethyl ether (2×100 mL). The etherwas dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reducedpressure. The remaining oil (19.0 g) was purified by columnchromatography on silica gel (250 g), eluting with heptane/ethyl acetate(4:1 to 1:1) to provide allyl-(1-hydroxyallyl)-carbamic acid tert-butylester (10.5 g, 65% yield) as a clear oil. ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃/TMS):δ=5.82-5.67 (m, 2H), 5.28-5.02 (m, 4H), 4.25 (m, 1H), 3.80-3.65 (m, 2H),3.22 (m, 1H), 1.39 (s, 9H). ¹³C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl₃/TMS): δ=138.52,135.38, 133.88, 117.42, 116.34, 115.58, 80.30, 72.53, 63.42, 61.04,53.41, 51.77, 28.50.

Step 2 Synthesis of 3-Hydroxy-3,6-dihydro-2H-pyridine-1-carboxylic acidtert-butyl ester

Allyl-(1-hydroxyallyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (5.0 g, 21.9 mmol)in dichloromethane (350 mL) was sparged with argon gas for 5 minutes.The flask was placed under an argon atmosphere and Grubb catalyst I(0.48 g) was added. The mixture was stirred overnight under argon atroom temperature. After 18 hours, the solution was concentrated and theremaining oil purified by column chromatography on silica gel (150 g),eluting with heptane/ethyl acetate (4:1 to 1:1). The product containingfractions were combined, concentrated under reduced pressure, and driedto a constant weight under high vacuum at room temperature to provide3-hydroxy-3,6-dihydro-2H-pyridine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester(4.20 g, 96% yield) as a thick, brown oil. ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃/TMS):δ=5.85-5.65 (m, 2H), 4.13 (m, 1H), 3.80 (s, 2H), 3.66 (m, 1H), 3.26 (m,1H), 1.39 (s, 9H). ¹³C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl₃/TMS): δ=155.06, 128.81,126.79, 80.11, 67.53, 66.83, 63.60, 47.38, 43.36, 28.56.

Step 3 Synthesis of 3-Oxo-3,6-dihydro-2H-pyridine-1-carboxylic acidtert-butyl ester

3-Hydroxy-3,6-dihydro-2H-pyridine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester(3.1 g, 17.3 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (30 mL) under anargon atmosphere. Pyridinium chlorochromate (5 g, 23 mmol) was added inportions over 1 hour. The dichloromethane solution was filtered throughsilica gel (100 g), eluting with dichloromethane. The crude brown solid(2.84 g) was purified by MPLC (Companion) on a silica cartridge (40 g),eluting with 100% heptane followed by a gradient of ethylacetate/heptane (0 to 60%). The product containing fractions werecombined, concentrated, and dried under high vacuum for 1 hour at roomtemperature to provide 3-oxo-3,6-dihydro-2H-pyridine-1-carboxylic acidtert-butyl ester (2.1 g, 61% yield) as a clear oil that solidified onstanding at low temperature. ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃/TMS): 8=6.95 (m,1H), 6.08 (d, 1H, J=10.5 Hz), 4.15 (m, 2H), 4.02 (br s, 2H), 1.39 (s,9H). ¹³C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl₃/TMS): δ=193.11, 154.02, 147.17, 127.40,80.89, 51.97, 42.69, 28.41.

Step 4 Synthesis of 1,6-Dihydro-2H-pyridin-3-one, trifluoroacetic acidsalt

3-Oxo-3,6-dihydro-2H-pyridine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (0.42g, 2.13 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (5 mL) under an argonatmosphere. Trifluoroacetic acid (1.5 mL) was added and the mixturestirred for 4 hours at room temperature. The TFA/dichloromethanesolution was concentrated under reduced pressure and dried under highvacuum for 1 hour at room temperature. The remaining brown oilcontaining 1,6-dihydro-2H-pyridin-3-one, trifluoroacetic acid salt (0.44g, 97% yield) was used immediately for the next step. ¹H NMR (300 MHz,CDCl₃-CD₃OD/TMS): δ=7.12 (d, 1H, J=10.5 Hz), 6.8 (br, 2H), 6.32 (d, 1H,J=10.5 Hz), 4.06 (m, 2H), 3.90 (br s, 2H). ¹³C NMR (75 MHz,CDCl₃-CD₃OD/TMS): δ=187.85, 160.79 (q, J=38 Hz), 132.63, 128.31, 115.71(q, J=284 Hz), 49.32, 41.11.

Step 5 Synthesis of Bromo-(2-chlorophenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester

Methanol (1 mL) was added to toluene (10 mL) under an argon atmosphereat room temperature. The flask was cooled in a water bath and 2M(trimethylsilyl)diazomethane (5 mL, 10 mmol) was added, followed byα-bromo-2-chlorophenyl acetic acid (2.2 g, 8.81 mmol) in portions over 5minutes. After 10 additional minutes, the toluene/methanol was removedunder reduced pressure. The crude oil was purified by MPLC (companion)on a silica cartridge (40 g) with a gradient of ethyl acetate in heptane(10% to 50%) over 20 minutes. The product containing fractions werecombined, concentrated, and dried under high vacuum for 1 hour at roomtemperature to provide bromo-(2-chlorophenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester(2.0 g, 86% yield) as a clear liquid that solidified at low temperatures(−10° C.). ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃/TMS): δ=7.75 (d, 1H, J=6.9 Hz),7.39-7.26 (m, 3H), 5.91 (s, 1H), 3.80 (s, 3H). ¹³C NMR (75 MHz,CDCl₃/TMS): δ=168.29, 133.82, 133.30, 130.93, 130.47, 129.83, 127.66,53.80, 43.08.

Step 6 Synthesis of(2-Chlorophenyl)-(3-oxo-3,6-dihydro-2H-pyridin-1-yl)-acetic acid methylester

1,6-Dihydro-2H-pyridin-3-one, trifluoroacetic acid salt (1.27 g, 6.0mmol) and bromo-(2-chlorophenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester (1.50 g, 6.15mmol) were dissolved in DMF (5 mL) under an argon atmosphere at roomtemperature. Potassium carbonate (2 g, 14.5 mmol) was added and themixture stirred for 3 hours at room temperature. Water (25 mL) was addedand the product was extracted with dichloromethane (2×25 mL). Thedichloromethane extracts were combined, dried over sodium sulfate,filtered, and concentrated. The remaining oil was purified on silica gel(30 g), eluting with heptane-ethyl acetate (3:1). The product containingfractions were combined, concentrated under reduced pressure, and driedunder high vacuum for 2 hours at room temperature to provide(2-chlorophenyl)-(3-oxo-3,6-dihydro-2H-pyridin-1-yl)-acetic acid methylester (0.50 g, 29.7% yield) as a light yellow oil. ¹H NMR (300 MHz,CDCl₃/TMS): δ=7.50-7.39 (m, 2H), 7.30-7.26 (m, 2H), 7.02-6.97 (m, 1H),6.09 (d, 1H, J=10.5 Hz), 4.94 (s, 1H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 3.49 (m, 2H), 3.39(d, 1H, J=15.9 Hz), 3.31 (d, 1H, J=15.9 Hz). ¹³C NMR (75 MHz,CDCl₃/TMS): δ=194.81, 170.41, 148.28, 134.74, 132.10, 129.95, 129.73,129.69, 127.44, 126.99, 66.70, 57.89, 52.14, 49.16. HRMS (GC-CI):Calculated for (M+H⁺): 280.0740. found 280.0727.

Step 7 Synthesis of(2-chlorophenyl)-(3-mercapto-5-oxopiperidin-1-yl)-acetic acid methylester

(2-Chlorophenyl)-(3-oxo-3,6-dihydro-2H-pyridin-1-yl)-acetic acid methylester (0.45 g, 1.6 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (100 mL) under anargon atmosphere. A few drops of triethylamine were added and argon gaswas passed through the solution for 5 minutes. The argon was stopped andhydrogen sulfide was bubbled through the solution for 45 minutes. Thehydrogen sulfide was stopped and the solution was placed under an argonatmosphere for 30 additional minutes. The excess hydrogen sulfide wasremoved by bubbling argon through the solution for 10 minutes. Themethanol was removed under reduced pressure and crude(2-chlorophenyl)-(3-mercapto-5-oxopiperidin-1-yl)-acetic acid methylester (0.48 g, 96% yield, yellow glass) was used directly for the nextstep. ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃/TMS): 8=7.40-7.20 (m, 4H), 4.88 (3x s, 1H),3.70 (s, 3H), 3.40-3.00 (m, 4H), 2.90-2.60 (m, 2H), 2.45-2.15 (m, 1H).¹³C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl₃/TMS): δ=203.04, 170.75, 135.07, 132.49, 130.30,129.96, 129.85, 127.04, 67.06, 60.38 (4 peaks), 57.19 (2 peaks), 52.29,45.88 (3 peaks), 39.06 (4 peaks). HRMS (GC-CI): Calculated for (M+H⁺):314.0618. found 314.0588.

Step 8 Synthesis of3-tert-butoxycarbonylmethylene-5-mercaptopiperidin-1-yl)-(2-chlorophenyl)-aceticacid methyl ester. (Compound VIb)

The crude (2-chlorophenyl)-(3-mercapto-5-oxopiperidin-1-yl)-acetic acidmethyl ester (0.36 g, 1.14 mmol) was dissolved in THF (5 mL, argonsparged) and added to a mixture of tert-butylP,P-dimethylphosphonoacetate (0.50 g, 2.23 mmol) and 60% sodium hydride(0.075 g, 1.87 mmol) in THF (4 mL, argon sparged), at room temperatureunder an argon atmosphere. After 20 minutes, dichloromethane (25 mL,argon sparged) was added and the mixture was washed with water (25 mL,argon sparged). The dichloromethane solution was dried over sodiumsulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. Theremaining yellow oil was purified by column chromatography on silica gel(15 g), eluting with heptane-ethyl acetate (4:1, argon sparged) toprovide3-tert-butoxycarbonylmethylene-5-mercaptopiperidin-1-yl)-(2-chlorophenyl)-aceticacid methyl ester (0.28 g, 59% yield) as a clear gel that was kept underan argon atmosphere at low temperature to prevent oxidation to thedisulfide. ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃/TMS): δ=7.60-7.15 (m, 4H), 5.55 (m,1H), 4.77 (m, 1H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 3.20-2.00 (m, 7H), 1.41 (m, 9H). ¹³CNMR (75 MHz, CDCl₃/TMS): δ=170.63 (2x), 165.26 (2x), 151.09 (3x),134.64, 133.11 (4x), 129.83 (5x), 127.21, 118.35 (2x), 80.32 (2x), 67.57(5x), 57.28 (6x), 52.28, 42.49-40.14 (8x), 34.54, 28.38 (2x). HRMS(DIP-CI): Calculated for (M+H⁺): 412.1349. found 412.1312.

Step 9 Synthesis of(3-Carboxymethylene-5-mercaptopiperidin-1-yl)-(2-chlorophenyl)-aceticacid methyl ester, hydrochloride

3-tert-Butoxycarbonylmethylene-5-mercaptopiperidin-1-yl)-(2-chlorophenyl)-aceticacid methyl ester (0.18 g, 0.43 mmol) was dissolved in a 1:1 mixture ofdichloromethane and trifluoroacetic acid (6 mL, sparged with argon) thathad been sparged with argon. The solution stirred for 3 hours under anargon atmosphere at room temperature. Dichloromethane (25 mL) was addedand then washed with 5% sodium bicarbonate solution (2×25 mL, spargedwith argon). The dichloromethane was dried over sodium sulfate,filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. Dichloromethane (5mL, sparged with argon) was added and the salt was formed by adding 2Nhydrochloric acid in diethyl ether (2 mL, sparged with argon).Additional diethyl ether (25 mL, sparged with argon) was added and thesolid precipitate was filtered and dried under high vacuum for 3 hoursat room temperature to provide(3-carboxymethylene-5-mercaptopiperidin-1-yl)-(2-chlorophenyl)-aceticacid methyl ester, hydrochloride salt (Compound VIa hydrochloride, 0.12g, 70% yield) a slightly pink solid. ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO/TMS):8=7.65-7.25 (m, 4H), 5.71 (m, 1H), 4.91 (m, 1H), 3.66 (s, 3H), 3.40-2.00(m, 7H). (mixture of 8 isomers). ¹³C NMR (75 MHz, DMSO/TMS):δ=169.60-165.99 (6 peaks), 194.52 (4 peaks), 133.46-127.01 (13 peaks),119.50-117.50 (6 peaks), 66.94-65.45 (7 peaks), 56.74-49.17 (12 peaks),33.31 (br). HRMS (DIP-CI): Calculated for (M+H⁺): 356.0723. found356.0712. CHN analysis: Calculated; 48.99 C, 4.88 H, 3.51 N. found;49.25 C, 5.00 H, 3.57 N.

Example 108-(2-Chlorophenyl)-8-(6,7-dihydro-4H-thieno[3,2-c]pyridin-5yl)-2,2-dimethyloctanoicacid. (Compound Im)

Step 1 Synthesis of 6-Ethoxycarbonyl-6-methylheptyl)triphenylphosphonium bromide

Triphenylphosphine (14.8 g, 56.6 mmoL) was added to a solution of7-bromo-2,2-dimethylheptanoic acid ethyl ester (15.0 g, 56.6 mmoL) intoluene (110 mL). The solution was heated to reflux (oil bath 122° C.)for 24 h. The toluene was evaporated and the residue was washed withheptane (2×60 mL), diethyl ether (2×60 mL), and dried in high vacuum toa constant weight to provide 6-ethoxycarbonyl-6-methylheptyl)triphenylphosphonium bromide (24.39 g, 81.8% yield) as a off-whitepowder (m.p. 165-170° C.). ¹H NMR (Field: 300 MHz, Solvent: CDCl₃/TMS) δ(ppm): 7.88-7.82 (m, 9H), 7.75-7.72 (m, 6H), 4.06 (q, 2H, J=6.9 Hz),3.76 (m, 2H), 1.64 (m, 4H), 1.46-1.41 (m, 2H), 1.20 (t, 5H, J=6.9 Hz),1.10 (s, 6H). ¹³C NMR (Field: 75 MHz, Solvent: CDCl₃/TMS) δ (ppm):177.82, 134.99, 133.69 (d, J=10 Hz), 130.57 (d, J=12 Hz), 117.69 (d,J=85 Hz), 60.29, 42.12, 40.09, 30.94 (d, J=16 Hz), 25.26 (d, J=41 Hz),23.18 (d, J=41 Hz), 14.40. HRMS (FIA-ESI-TOFM)): Calculated forC₂₉H₃₆BrO₂P (M+H)⁺ 447.2447. found 447.2446.

Step 2 Synthesis of 8-(2-chlorophenyl)-2,2-dimethyl-oct-7-enoic acidethyl ester

6-Ethoxycarbonyl-6-methylheptyl) triphenylphosphonium bromide (24 g,45.5 mmol) and 2-chlorobenzaldehyde (6.38 g, 45.5 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (60mL) were stirred as vigorously as possible and 50% NaOH solution (24 mL)was added drop-wise. After the addition was complete, the mixturecontinued to stir for 3 hours. The mixture was transferred to aseparator and washed with dichloromethane (200 mL) and water (200 mL).The aqueous portion was extracted with dichloromethane (3×150 mL). Thecombined dichloromethane extracts were washed with brine (150 mL), driedover Na₂SO₄, concentrated, and purified by column chromatography (silicagel, ethyl acetate/heptane=1/10 to 1/6) to provide8-(2-chlorophenyl)-2,2-dimethyl-oct-7-enoic acid ethyl ester (10 g,71.6% yield) as a yellow oil. ¹H NMR (Field: 300 MHz, Solvent:CDCl₃/TMS) δ (ppm): 7.46 (dd, 1H, J=7.5, 1.5 Hz), 7.36-7.06 (m, 3H),6.49 (d, 1H, J=11.4 Hz), 5.74 (m, 1H), 4.09 (m, 2H), 2.20 (m, 2H),1.58-1.36 (m, 4H), 1.21 (m, 5H), 1.13 (s, 6H). (major isomer). ¹³C NMR(Field: 75 MHz, Solvent: CDCl₃/TMS) δ (ppm): 177.76, 135.78, 134.00,133.69, 130.48, 129.52, 127.94, 126.69, 126.27, 60.25, 42.26, 40.68,33.14, 30.27, 28.46, 25.28, 24.73, 14.32. (major isomer). HRMS(FIA-ESI-TOFM): Calculated for C₁₈H₂₅ClO₂ (M+Na): 331.1435. found331.1446.

Step 3 Synthesis of 8-bromo-8-(2-chlorophenyl)2,2-dimethyloctanoic acidethyl ester

8-(2-Chlorophenyl)-2,2-dimethyl-oct-7-enoic acid ethyl ester (7 g, 22.8mmol) was dissolved in glacial acetic acid (60 mL). The solution wascooled in an ice-bath (ca. 15° C.), while dry hydrogen bromide waspassed into the solution for 8 h. The reaction mixture was poured intoice-water (130 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×50 mL). Thecombined organic layers were washed with saturated NaHCO₃ solution (100mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, and concentrated under reduced pressure. Thecrude product (10 g) was purified by column chromatography (200 g silicagel, eluting with ethyl acetate/heptane=1/20 to 1/10) to furnish8-bromo-8-(2-chlorophenyl)2,2-dimethyloctanoic acid ethyl ester (7.46 g,81.8% yield) as a yellow oil. ¹H NMR (Field: 300 MHz, Solvent:CDCl₃/TMS) δ (ppm): 7.59 (d, 1H, J=7.8 Hz), 7.34 (t, 1H, J=7.5 Hz), 7.26(d, 1H, J=6.9 Hz), 7.19 (t, 1H, J=7.2 Hz), 5.45 (t, 1H, J=7.5 Hz), 4.09(q, 2H, J=7.2 Hz), 2.26-2.09 (m, 4H), 1.52-1.46 (m, 2H), 1.41-1.31 (m,2H), 1.28-1.18 (m, 2H), 1.20 (t, 3H, J=7.2 Hz), 1.14 (s, 6H). ¹³C NMR(Field: 75 MHz, Solvent: CDCl₃/TMS) δ (ppm): 177.80, 139.43, 132.65,129.64, 129.24, 128.88, 127.45, 60.28, 50.30, 42.25, 39.21, 29.48,27.98, 25.36, 24.88, 14.49. HRMS (GC-Cl): Calculated for C₁₈H₂₆BrClO₂(M+H)⁺ 389.0883. found 389.0867.

Step 4 Synthesis of8-(2-chlorophenyl)-8-(6,7-dihydro-4H-thieno[3,2-c]pyridin-5yl)-2,2-dimethyloctanoicacid ethyl ester. (Compound In)

4,5,6,7-tetrahydrothieno[3,2-c]pyridine hydrochloride (1.30 g, 7.19mmol) was added to sodium hydroxide (1.38 g) in water (86 mL) andextracted with dichloromethane (3×20 mL). The dichloromethane was driedover sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to prepare the free base(1.0 g). 4,5,6,7-Tetrahydrothieno[3,2-c]pyridine free base (1.0 g, 7.19mmol) and 8-bromo-8-(2-chlorophenyl)2,2-dimethyloctanoic acid ethylester (2.8 g, 7.19 mmol) were dissolved in DMF (75 mL) with potassiumcarbonate (1.49 g, 10.79 mmol). The mixture was heated to 65-70° C.overnight. After 18 hours, the mixture was cooled to room temperatureand water (50 mL) was added. The product was extracted with diethylether (3×50 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with water(3×50 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reducedpressure. The crude product was purified by column chromatography onsilica gel, eluting with ethyl acetate/heptane (1/10) to provide8-(2-chlorophenyl)-8-(6,7-dihydro-4H-thieno[3,2-c]pyridin-5yl)-2,2-dimethyloctanoicacid ethyl ester (Compound In, 1.4 g, 43.5%) as a yellow oil. ¹H NMR(Field: 300 MHz, Solvent: CDCl₃/TMS) δ (ppm): 7.49 (dd, 1H, J=7.5, 1.5Hz), 7.35 (dd, 1H, J=8.1, 1.2 Hz), 7.24 (dt, 1H, J=7.5, 1.0 Hz), 7.16(dt, 1H, J=7.8, 1.5 Hz), 7.02 (d, 1H, J=5.0 Hz), 6.68 (d, 1H, J=5.0 Hz),4.18 (dd, 1H, J=8.7, 4.2 Hz), 4.08 (q, 2H, J=6.9 Hz), 3.82 (d, 1H,J=14.1 Hz), 3.48 (d, 1H, J=14.1 Hz), 2.88-2.66 (m, 4H), 1.96-1.76 (m,2H), 1.46-1.41 (m, 2H), 1.26-1.18 (m, 6H), 1.21 (t, 3H, J=6.9 Hz), 1.11(s, 6H). ¹³C NMR (Field: 75 MHz, Solvent: CDCl₃/TMS) δ (ppm): 177.92,134.92, 134.21, 133.53, 129.48, 129.06, 127.94, 126.77, 125.44, 122.60,63.67, 60.27, 50.73, 48.08, 42.29, 40.85, 33.02, 30.52, 26.13, 25.39,25.01, 14.51. HRMS (FIA-ESI-TOFM): Calculated for C₂₅H₃₄ClNO2S (M+H)⁺:448.2072. found 448.2067.

Step 5 Synthesis of8-(2-chlorophenyl)-8-(6,7-dihydro-4H-thieno[3,2-c]pyridin-5yl)-2,2-dimethyloctanoicacid (Compound Im)

8-(2-Chlorophenyl)-8-(6,7-dihydro-4H-thieno[3,2-c]pyridin-5yl)-2,2-dimethyloctanoicacid ethyl ester (0.86 g, 1.92 mmol) was added to a solution of ethanol(32 mL) and sodium hydroxide (0.53 g, 13.4 mmol) in water (10.4 mL). Themixture was heated to reflux for 6.5 hours. The solution wasconcentrated under reduced pressure and water (43 mL) was added to theresidue. Any starting material was extracted with ethyl acetate/heptane(1/10, 43 mL). The heptane extract was discarded. The remaining aqueoussolution was adjusted with 10 N hydrochloric acid solution to pH=6. Theproduct was extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (3×40 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄,concentrated and purified by column chromatography (silica gel, ethylacetate/heptane=1/10 to 1/3) to provide8-(2-chlorophenyl)-8-(6,7-dihydro-4H-thieno[3,2-c]pyridin-5yl)-2,2-dimethyloctanoicacid (Compound Im, 0.35 g, 43.8% yield, 99.6% purity by HPLC) as ayellow oil. ¹H NMR (Field: 300 MHz, Solvent: CDCl₃/TMS) δ (ppm): 10.43(br, 1H), 7.52 (d, 1H, J=7.50 Hz), 7.39 (d, 1H, J=8.10 Hz), 7.28-7.15(m, 2H), 7.03 (d, 1H, J=5.0 Hz), 6.69 (d, 1H, J=5.0 Hz), 4.24 dd, 1H,J=9.3, 4.2 Hz), 3.83 (d, 1H, J=14.40 Hz), 3.51 (d, 1H, J=14.40 Hz),2.92-2.73 (m, 4H), 1.99-1.81 (m, 2H), 1.46-1.41 (m, 2H), 1.28-1.15 (m,6H), 1.13 (s, 6H). (t, 3H, J=7.2 Hz), 1.15-1.08 (m, 2H), 1.07 (s, 6H).¹³C NMR (Field: 75 MHz, Solvent: CDCl₃/TMS) δ (ppm): 184.02, 138.85,135.16, 133.87, 133.42, 129.60, 129.17, 128.17, 126.92, 125.52, 122.74,63.53, 50.54, 47.90, 42.29, 40.70, 32.95, 30.52, 25.75, 25.64, 25.26,24.96. HRMS (FIA-ESI): Calculated for C₂₃H₃₀ClNO₂S (M+H)⁺: 420.1759.found 420.1779. CHN analysis: Calculated; 65.77 C, 7.20 H, 3.33 N.found; 60.77 C, 6.68 H, 3.11 N. Best fit for CHN: C₂₃H₃₀ClNO₂S+HCl

Example 117-(2-chlorophenyl)-7-(6,7-dihydro-4H-furo[3,2-c]pyridin-5-yl)-2,2-dimethylheptanoicacid, hydrochloride. (Compound Ii Hydrochloride)

Step 1 Synthesis of7-(2-chlorophenyl)-7-(6,7-dihydro-4H-furo[3,2-c]pyridin-5-yl)-2,2-dimethylheptanoicacid ethyl ester. (Compound Ij)

4,5,6,7-Tetrahydrofuro[3,2-c]pyridine (0.16 g, 1.3 mmol),7-bromo-7-(2-chlorophenyl)-2,2-dimethylheptanoic acid ethyl ester (0.49g, 1.3 mmol) in DMF (13 mL), and potassium carbonate (0.27 g, 1.95 mmol)were combined under an argon atmosphere at room temperature. The mixturewas heated to 65° C. overnight under an argon atmosphere. The reactioncontinued at 65° C. for 48 hours. After cooling to room temperature andconcentration under reduced pressure, the crude product (0.28 g) waspurified by column chromatography (silica gel, ethylacetate/heptane=1/20 to 1/5) to afford7-(2-chlorophenyl)-7-(6,7-dihydro-4H-furo[3,2-c]pyridin-5-yl)-2,2-dimethylheptanoicacid ethyl ester (Compound Ij, 0.26 g, 48.1% yield) as a yellow oil. ¹HNMR (Field: 300 MHz, Solvent: CDCl3/TMS) δ (ppm): 7.42 (d, 1H, J=7.5Hz), 7.29 (d, 1H, J=7.2 Hz), 7.17 (t, 1H, J=8.7 Hz), 7.14 (s, 1H), 7.09(t, 1H, J=8.1 Hz), 6.08 (s, 1H), 4.12 (t, 1H, J=4.2 Hz), 4.01 (q, 2H,J=7.2 Hz), 3.98 (d, 1H, J=14.4 Hz), 3.26 (d, 1H, J=13.5 Hz), 2.79-2.53(m, 4H), 1.90-1.73 (m, 2H), 1.35-1.32 (m, 2H), 1.20-1.06 (m, 7H), 1.04(s, 6H). ¹³C NMR (Field: 75 MHz, Solvent: CDCl3/TMS) δ (ppm): 177.91,148.97, 140.89, 139.39, 134.93, 129.50, 129.00, 128.02, 126.84, 115.82,108.84, 63.33, 60.54, 47.61, 47.51, 42.28, 40.78, 33.21, 26.23, 25.35,24.65, 14.50.

Step 2 Synthesis of7-(2-chlorophenyl)-7-(6,7-dihydro-4H-furo[3,2-c]pyridin-5-yl)-2,2-dimethylheptanoicacid, hydrochloride

7-(2-Chlorophenyl)-7-(6,7-dihydro-4H-furo[3,2-c]pyridin-5-yl)-2,2-dimethylheptanoicacid ethyl ester (0.26 g, 0.62 mmol) was added to a mixture solution ofethanol (10 mL) and sodium hydroxide (0.17 g, 4.4 mmol) in water (3.3mL), the mixture was heated to reflux for 6.5 hours, when the TLC showedthe starting material was gone. The ethanol was removed under reducedpressure and additional water (15 mL) was added to the residue. Theaqueous portion was washed with a mixture of ethyl acetate/heptane 1/10(10 mL), which was discarded. The aqueous fraction was adjusted withconcentrated hydrochloric acid to pH=6. The product was extracted withdichloromethane (3×15 mL). The combined dichloromethane layers weredried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reducedpressure. The product acid was obtained (0.17 g, 70.1% yield, 97.23%purity by HPLC) as a yellow oil. A portion of the material (0.15 g, 0.38mmol) was dissolved in diethyl ether (5 mL) and added to 2N HCl in ether(0.21 mL). The solid precipitate was extracted with water (10 mL) andfreeze dried to provide7-(2-chlorophenyl)-7-(6,7-dihydro-4H-furo[3,2-c]pyridin-5-yl)-2,2-dimethylheptanoicacid (Compound Ii hydrochloride, 0.11 g, 68.8% yield, 99.08% purity byHPLC) as a light yellow powder. ¹H NMR (Field: 300 MHz, Solvent:CD₃OD/TMS) δ (ppm): 7.80 (br s, 1H), 7.61-7.48 (m, 4H), 6.43 (s, 0.5H),6.29 (s, 0.5H), 5.07 (m, 1H), 4.68 (d, 0.5H, J=13.8 Hz), 4.30 (d, 0.5H,J=13.8 Hz), 4.25-3.95 (m, 1H), 3.64-3.40 (m, 1H), 3.09-2.95 (m, 2H),2.40-2.27 (m, 2H), 1.46-0.87 (m, 6H), 1.11 (s, 6H), 1.09 (br s, 1H).(mixture of rotational isomers). ¹³C NMR (Field: 75 MHz, Solvent:CD₃OD/TMS) δ (ppm): 181.47, 147.11, 141.52, 137.12, 132.84, 132.09131.86, 130.50, 129.75, 112.35, 109.69, 66.20 (br), 43.03, 41.40, 33.10,31.71, 30.18, 27.36, 25.92, 25.70, 25.63, 23.80, 22.26, 14.50. (mixtureof rotational isomers). HRMS (DIP-CI): Calculated for C₂₂H₂₈ClNO₃(M+H)⁺: 390.1830. found 390.1792. CHN Analysis: Calculated forC₂₂H₂₉NCl₂O₃S: 61.97 C, 6.86 H, 3.28 N, 16.61 Cl. found 60.28 C, 6.88 H,3.13 N, 16.24 Cl.

Example 127-(2-Chlorophenyl)-2,2-dimethyl-7-(1,4,6,7-tetrahydropyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridin-5-yl)-heptanoicacid, hydrochloride. (Compound Ik Hydrochloride)

Step 1 Synthesis of1-tert-butoxycarbonyl-5-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-6-methylheptyl]-1H-pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridin-5-iumbromide

A mixture of tert-butyl 1H-pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridine-1-carboxylate (0.81 g,3.73 mmol), 7-bromo-7-(2-chlorophenyl)-2,2-dimethyloctanoic acid ethylester (1.40 g, 3.73 mmol) in acetonitrile (25 mL) was stirred and warmedto 45° C. After 52 hours, the reaction was completed. The solvent wasevaporated under reduced pressure, the residue was washed with diethylether (3×20 mL) to afford1-tert-butoxycarbonyl-5-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-6-methylheptyl]-1H-pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridin-5-iumbromide (1.47 g, 66.5% yield) as a yellow oil. ¹H NMR (Field: 300 MHz,Solvent: CD₃OD/TMS) δ (ppm): 10.54 (s, 1H), 8.84 (d, 1H, J=6.9 Hz), 8.23(d, 1H, J=7.8 Hz), 7.72 (s, 1H), 7.53 (t, 1H, J=4.2 Hz), 7.45 (t, 1H,J=7.2 Hz), 7.39 (d, 1H, J=3.6 Hz), 7.31 (s, 1H), 6.96 (s, 1H), 6.47 (t,1H, J=7.2 Hz), 4.10 (q, 2H, J=5.7 Hz), 2.72 (d, 2H, J=6.6 Hz), 2.40 (m,1H), 1.69 (s. 9H), 1.50-1.32 (m, 4H), 1.21 (t, 3H, J=3.3 Hz), 1.12 (s,6H). (crude mixture. HRMS (DIP-CI): failed, decomposed on analysis.

Step 2 Synthesis of5-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-6-ethoxycarbonyl-6-methylheptyl]-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester

To a solution of1-tert-butoxycarbonyl-5-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-6-methylheptyl]-1H-pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridin-5-iumbromide (2.4 g, 4.0 mmol) in 70% EtOH (60 mL) was added (at roomtemperature, with vigorous stirring, and in portions) sodium borohydride(0.30 g, 8.0 mmol). When the sodium borohydride was completely added,the stirring was terminated and mixture was stirred for 0.5 hours. Thesolvent was evaporated under reduced pressure and water (60 mL) wasadded. The product was extracted with dichloromethane (3×150 mL) and thecombined organic extracts were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, andconcentrated under reduced pressure. The crude residue was purified bycolumn chromatography (silica gel, ethyl acetate/heptane=1/10 to 1/3) toyield5-[1-(2-chlorophenyl)-6-ethoxycarbonyl-6-methylheptyl]-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (1.45 g, 60.9% yield) as a yellow oil. ¹H NMR(Field: 300 MHz, Solvent: CD₃OD/TMS) δ (ppm): 7.50 (dd, 1H, J=7.5, 1.2Hz), 7.37 (d, 1H, J=8.1, 1.5 Hz), 7.27-7.10 (m, 3H), 5.94 (d, 1H, J=3.3Hz), 4.16-4.13 (m, 1H), 4.09 (q, 2H, J=6.9 Hz), 3.62 (d, 1H, J=14.1 Hz),3.28 (d, 1H, J=13.5 Hz), 2.85-2.60 (m, 4H), 1.98-1.76 (m, 2H), 1.55 (s,9H), 1.42 (t, 2H, J=6.9 Hz), 1.28-1.16 (m, 4H), 1.21 (t, 3H, J=7.2 Hz),1.11 (s, 6H). ¹³C NMR (Field: 75 MHz, Solvent: CDCl₃/TMS) δ (ppm):177.98, 149.49, 139.66, 134.90, 129.44, 129.15, 127.93, 127.60, 126.84,120.92, 119.77, 109.20, 83.26, 63.76, 60.33, 48.81, 48.19, 42.30, 40.80,33.23, 32.13, 28.31, 26.07, 25.35, 22.96, 14.52. HRMS (DART-TOF):Calculated for C₂₉H₄₁ClN₂O₂ (M+H)⁺: 517.2828. found 517.2833.

Step 3 Synthesis of 7-(2-chlorophenyl)-2,2dimethyl-7-(1,4,6,7-tetrahydro-pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridine-5-yl)-heptanoicacid ethyl ester. (Compound II)

5-[1-(2-Chlorophenyl)-6-ethoxycarbonyl-6-methylheptyl]-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (1.0 g, 1.94 mmol) was dissolved indichloromethane (40 mL) under an argon atmosphere. Trifluoracetic acid(4.0 mL, 40.7 mmol) was added to the solution. After 2 hours, themixture was poured into ice/water (90 mL) and extracted withdichloromethane (3×20 mL). The combined organic layers were dried oversodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. Thecrude product was purified by column chromatography (silica gel, ethylacetate/heptane=1/9 to 1/3) to afford 7-(2-chlorophenyl)-2,2dimethyl-7-(1,4,6,7-tetrahydro-pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridine-5-yl)-heptanoicacid ethyl ester (Compound Il, 330 mg, 41.2% yield) as a yellow oil. ¹HNMR (Field: 300 MHz, Solvent: CDCl₃/TMS) δ (ppm): 7.93 (br, 1H), 7.53(d, 1H, J=7.5 Hz), 7.35 (d, 1H, J=7.8 Hz), 7.26-7.13 (m, 2H), 6.58 (s,1H), 5.93 (s, 1H), 4.16 (dd, 1H, J=9.3, 3.9 Hz), 4.10 (q, 2H, J=7.2 Hz),3.75 (d, 1H, J=13.5 Hz), 3.39 (d, 1H, J=13.2 Hz), 2.80-2.56 (m, 4H),2.04-1.78 (m, 2H), 1.44-1.39 (m, 2H), 1.21 (t, 3H, J=6.9 Hz), 1.26-1.16(m, 4H), 1.11 (s, 6H). ¹³C NMR (Field: 75 MHz, Solvent: CDCl₃/TMS) δ(ppm): 178.01, 139.87, 134.94, 129.40, 129.22, 127.86, 126.81, 125.01,116.45, 115.70, 105.69, 63.80, 60.37, 48.78, 48.29, 42.31, 40.81, 33.29,26.15, 25.36, 23.95, 14.52. HRMS (DART-TOF): Calculated for C₂₄H₃₃ClN₂O₂(M+H)⁺: 717.2303, 417.2295 found.

Step 4 Synthesis of 7-(2-chlorophenyl)-2,2dimethyl-7-(1,4,6,7-tetrahydro-pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridine-5-yl)-heptanoicacid. (Compound Ik)

7-(2-Chlorophenyl)-2,2dimethyl-7-(1,4,6,7-tetrahydro-pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridine-5-yl)-heptanoicacid ethyl ester (0.21 g, 0.51 mmol) was added to a mixture of ethanol(10 mL), water (2.70 mL), and sodium hydroxide (0.14 g, 3.54 mmol). Themixture was heated to reflux (95-98° C. oil bath) for 16 hours. After 26hours, the flask was cooled to room temperature and the solvent wasevaporated under reduced pressure. Water (15 mL) was added to theresidue and the product was extracted with diethyl ether (15 mL). Theextract was discarded and the aqueous portion was adjusted pH=6 with 10N hydrochloric acid. The product was extracted with dichloromethane(3×15 mL) and the combined dichloromethane layers were washed with water(20 mL) and brine (20 mL). The dichloromethane solution was dried oversodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in under reduced pressure.The crude product was purified by column chromatography (silica gel,MeOH/CH₂Cl₂=1/9) to afford 7-(2-chlorophenyl)-2,2dimethyl-7-(1,4,6,7-tetrahydro-pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridine-5-yl)-heptanoicacid (Compound 1k, 0.11 g, 57.9% yield) as a yellow oil. ¹H NMR (Field:300 MHz, Solvent: DMSO/TMS) δ (ppm): 12.10 (br, 1H), 10.30 (br, 1H),7.53 (m, 1H), 7.43 (d, 1H, J=7.2 Hz), 7.36-7.25 (m, 2H), 6.50 (s, 1H),5.71 (s, 1H), 4.10 (m, 1H), 3.39 (m, 5H), 2.75 (m, 1H), 1.14 (m, 2H),1.34 (m, 2H), 1.23-1.07 (m, 4H), 1.03 (s, 6H). ¹³C NMR (Field: 75 MHz,Solvent: DMSO/TMS) δ (ppm) 178.45, 178.97, 133.83, 129.07, 128.23,126.93, 123.97, 115.83, 113.99, 104.19, 63.11, 48.27, 47.60, 41.19,40.06, 31.59, 25.84, 25.03, 24.96, 24.55, 23.34.

Step 5 Synthesis of7-(2-Chlorophenyl)-2,2-dimethyl-7-(1,4,6,7-tetrahydropyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridin-5-yl)-heptanoicacid, hydrochloride

7-(2-Chlorophenyl)-2,2dimethyl-7-(1,4,6,7-tetrahydro-pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridine-5-yl)-heptanoicacid (0.26 g, 0.67 mmol) was dissolved in diethyl ether (15 mL) andhydrogen chloride solution (2N HCl in diethyl ether) was added. Theether solution was extracted with water (15 mL) and the organic layerwas discarded. The aqueous solution was freeze dried to afford7-(2-chlorophenyl)-2,2dimethyl-7-(1,4,6,7-tetrahydro-pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridine-5-yl)-heptanoicacid, hydrochloride (Compound Ik hydrochloride, 0.19 g, 61.9% yield) asa light yellow powder (purity 97.33% by HPLC, mp. 168-172° C.). ¹H NMR(Field: 300 MHz, Solvent: CD₃OD/TMS) δ (ppm): 10.26 (br s, 1H), 7.65 (brs, 1H), 7.45-7.38 (m, 4H), 6.54-6.50 (2 s, 1H), 5.84 (s, 0.5H), 5.66 (s,0.5H), 4.79 (m, 1H), 4.51 (m, 1H), 4.14-3.82 (m, 2H), 3.43-2.76 (m, 4H),2.43-2.09 (m, 2H), 1.25-1.14 (m, 4H), 1.39-0.65 (m, 2H), 0.96 (s, 6H).(mixture of conformational isomers). ¹³C NMR (Field: 75 MHz, Solvent:CDCl₃/TMS) δ (ppm) 181.52, 137.17, 132.64, 132.32, 131.75, 130.09,129.79, 122.85, 119.88, 109.70, 106.00, 65.79, 51.79, 51.10, 42.98,41.43, 31.84, 27.28, 25.096, 25.76, 21.78. MS (HR, DIP-CI): Calculatedfor C₂₂H₃₀Cl₂N₂O₂ (M+H)⁺: 389.1994. found 389.1996. CHN analysis:Calculated; 62.12 C, 7.11 H, 6.59 N, 16.67 Cl. found; 59.23 C, 7.04 H,6.26 N, 16.93 Cl.

Example 136-[1-(2-Dimethylaminopyrimidin-5-ylmethyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-2-morpholin-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-ol,Compound IIa

Step 1 Synthesis of 4-(2-ethoxycarbonylacetyl)-piperidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester

Piperidine-1,4-dicarboxylic acid 1-tert-butyl ester 4-ethyl ester (0.50g, 1.94 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was mixed with ethyl acetate (0.38 mL, 3.88mmol) and potassium tert-butoxide (0.33 g, 2.92 mmol). The mixture washeated to 50° C. for 20 hours. After cooling to room temperature, waterwas added (50 mL) and the product was extracted with diethyl ether. Theether extract was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated.The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel,eluting with heptane-ethyl acetate to provide4-(2-ethoxycarbonylacetyl)-piperidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester(0.27 g, 47% yield). ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃/TMS): δ=4.20 (q, 2H, J=7.2Hz), 4.18-4.05 (m, 2H), 3.50 (s, 2H), 2.86-2.70 (m, 2H), 2.68-2.55 (m,1H), 1.90-1.78 (m, 2H), 1.60-1.50 (m, 2H), 1.45 (s, 9H), 1.28 (t, 3H,J=7.2 Hz). ¹³C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl₃/TMS): δ=204.21, 167.20, 154.67, 79.91,61.70, 48.93, 47.56, 43.41, 28.73, 27.56, 14.46.

Step 2 Synthesis of4-(6-hydroxy-2-morpholin-4-ylpyrimidin-4-yl)-piperidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester

Morpholine-4-carboxamidine hydrobromide (0.267 g) and4-(2-ethoxycarbonylacetyl)-piperidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester(0.38 g, 1.27 mmol) were stirred in ethanol (10 mL) anddiazobicycloundecane (285 μl) was added. The reaction stirred for 18hours at room temperature. The ethanol was removed under reducedpressure and water (25 mL) was added. The solution was acidified (topH=4) with acetic acid. The product was extracted with dichloromethane(4×30 mL). The dichloromethane was removed and crude product waspurified twice on silica gel (Combiflash), eluting with 10% methanol indichloromethane to provide4-(6-hydroxy-2-morpholin-4-ylpyrimidin-4-yl)-piperidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (0.15 g, 40.5% yield) as a white solid. ¹H NMR(300 MHz, CDCl₃/TMS): δ=5.63 (s, 1H), 4.25-4.05 (m, 2H), 3.75 (m, 8H),2.75-2.65 (m, 2H), 2.47-2.35 (m, 1H), 1.00-1.75 (m, 2H), 1.70-1.50 (m,2H), 1.46 (s, 9H). ¹³C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl₃/TMS): δ=173.35, 166.87,154.96, 154.06, 98.88, 79.70, 66.72, 45.13, 44.24, 30.64, 28.82, 27.58.

Step 3 Synthesis of 2-morpholin-4-yl-6-piperidin-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-ol,hydrochloride salt

4-(6-Hydroxy-2-morpholin-4-ylpyrimidin-4-yl)-piperidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (0.19 g, 0.52 mmol) was added to 2 N hydrogenchloride in diethyl ether and stirred for 18 hours at room temperature.The resultant product was isolated by filtration and washed with etherto provide 2-morpholin-4-yl-6-piperidin-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-ol,hydrochloride salt (0.16 g, 91% yield) as a white solid. ¹H NMR (300MHz, CD₃OD/TMS): δ=6.17 (s, 1H), 3.90-3.78 (m, 8H), 3.60-3.50 (m, 2H),3.26-3.1 (m, 3H), 2.32-2.20 (m, 2H), 2.00-1.80 (m, 2H). ¹³C NMR (75 MHz,CD₃OD/TMS): δ=171.60, 164.86, 155.10, 97.63, 66.93, 45.13, 46.92, 44.81,38.29, 28.41.

Step 4 Synthesis of6-[1-(2-Dimethylaminopyrimidin-5-ylmethyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-2-morpholin-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-ol

2-Morpholin-4-yl-6-piperidin-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-ol, hydrochloride salt(0.16 g, 0.47 mmol), 2-dimethylamino-pyrimidine-5-carboxaldehyde (86 mg,0.57 mmol), and one drop of acetic acid were mixed in drydichloromethane (10 mL) for 3 hours at room temperature. Sodiumcyanoborohydride (88 mg, 1.42 mmol) was added and the mixture stirredfor 3 days. The mixture was poured into saturated sodium bicarbonatesolution and extracted with dichloromethane (3×50 mL). The material waspurified on silica gel, eluting with 10% methanol in dichloromethane toprovide6-[1-(2-Dimethylaminopyrimidin-5-ylmethyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-2-morpholin-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-ol(Compound IIa, 0.11 g, 69% yield) as a white solid. CHN Analysis:Calculated for C₂₀H₂₉N₇O₂: 60.13 C, 7.32 H, 24.54 N. found 57.31 C, 7.11H, 23.68 H. Bestfit is C₂₀H₂₉N₇O₂+1H₂O; 57.54 C, 7.48 H, 23.48 N. ¹H NMR(300 MHz, CDCl₃/CD₃OD/TMS): δ=8.26 (s, 2H), 5.65 (s, 1H), 3.85-3.60 (m,8H), 3.42 (m, 2H), 3.19 (s, 6H), 3.15-2.85 (m, 3H), 2.40-2.00 (m, 2H),2.18-1.60 (m, 4H). ¹³C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl₃/CD₃OD/TMS): δ=173.66, 161.63,158.91, 153.90, 116.63, 98.76, 66.56, 57.62, 53.12, 44.94, 43.65, 37.48,30.26.

Example 14 Preparation ofN-(2,3-Dihydrobenzo[1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-2-(2-methoxy-ethylamino)-acetamide,Compound XIa

A mixture of 2-chloro-N-(2,3-dihydro-1,4-benzodioxin-6-yl)acetamide (2mmol), potassium carbonate (10 mmol), 2-methoxyethylamine (2 mmol) andanhydrous DMF (4 mL) was stirred for 2 hours at 100° C. (monitored byTLC). The mixture was cooled to room temperature, treated with coldwater (30 mL). The precipitate was collected by filtration, washed withdiethyl ether and dried to affordN-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-2-(2-methoxy-ethylamino)-acetamide(Compound XIa, 96 mg, 36%). ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃/TMS): δ=9.29 (s, 1H),7.24 (d, 1H, J=2.4 Hz), 6.97 (dd, 1H, J=8.7, 2.4 Hz), 6.78 (d, 1H, J=8.7Hz), 4.32-4.15 (m, 4H), 3.46 (t, 2H, J=4.8 Hz), 3.36 (s, 3H), 3.34 (s,2H), 2.82 (t, 2H, J=4.8 Hz), 2.17 (s, 1H). ¹³C NMR (75 MHz,CDCl₃/CD₃OD/TMS): δ=169.48, 143.16, 139.87, 131.43, 116.84, 112.74,108.89, 71.41, 64.28, 64.12, 58.68, 52.57, 49.35.

Example 15 Preparation of6-[1-(3-Hydroxy-4-methoxybenzyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-2-piperidin-1-yl-pyrimidin-4-ol,Compound IIb

Step 1 Synthesis of 4-(2-Ethoxycarbonyl-acetyl)-piperidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester

Piperidine-1,4-dicarboxylic acid 1-tert-butyl ester 4-ethyl ester (0.50g, 1.94 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was mixed with ethyl acetate (0.38 mL, 3.88mmol) and potassium tert-butoxide (0.33 g, 2.92 mmol). The mixture washeated to 50° C. for 20 hours. After cooling to room temperature, waterwas added (50 mL) and the product was extracted with diethyl ether. Theether extract was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated.The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel,eluting with heptane-ethyl acetate to provide4-(2-ethoxycarbonyl-acetyl)-piperidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butylester (0.27 g, 47% yield).

Step 2 Synthesis of4-(6-Hydroxy-2-piperidin-1-yl-pyrimidin-4-yl)-piperidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester

Sodium (1 mol) was dissolved in anhydrous ethanol (400 mL). To theobtained solution, Piperidine-1-carboxamidine (0.5 mol) was carefullyadded in portions. Then4-(2-ethoxycarbonyl-acetyl)-piperidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butylester (0.5 mol) was added dropwise, and the mixture was stirred atreflux for 4-6 h (monitored by TLC), cooled to room temperature,concentrated, diluted with water (300 mL) and acidified with acetic acidto pH-4. The formed precipitate was collected by filtration, washed withwater and dried to afford4-(6-hydroxy-2-piperidin-1-yl-pyrimidin-4-yl)-piperidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (89 g, 49%).

Step 3 Synthesis of 6-Piperidin-4-yl-2-piperidin-1-yl-pyrimidin-4-ol,hydrochloride salt

A suspension of4-(6-hydroxy-2-piperidin-1-yl-pyrimidin-4-yl)-piperidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (0.05 mol) in 15% HCl in dioxane (100 mL) wasstirred at reflux for 2 hours. After reaction was completed the mixturewas cooled, precipitate was filtered, washed with dry ether and dried toobtain 6-piperidin-4-yl-2-piperidin-1-yl-pyrimidin-4-ol, hydrochloridesalt (12 g, 81%).

Step 4 Synthesis of6-[1-(3-Hydroxy-4-methoxy-benzyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-2-piperidin-1-yl-pyrimidin-4-ol

A mixture of 6-Piperidin-4-yl-2-piperidin-1-yl-pyrimidin-4-ol,hydrochloride salt (2.0 mmol), 3-hydroxy-4-methoxy-benzaldehyde (2.6mmol), triethylamine (4.0 mmol) and 3 drops of acetic acid in drydichloromethane (20 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours.Then sodium triacetoxyborohydride (6.0 mmol) was added in portions andstirring was continued for 48 hours (monitored by TLC). The mixture wasquenched with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (20 mL), andthe product was extracted with dichloromethane (2×10 mL). The extractswere washed with brine and dried over sodium sulfate. The solvent wasevaporated in vacuo to give a crude product. Purification via columnchromatography (silica gel, ethyl acetate/hexane) afforded6-[1-(3-hydroxy-4-methoxy-benzyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-2-piperidin-1-yl-pyrimidin-4-ol(Compound IIb, 542 mg, 68%).

Example 16 Preparation of6-(1-(4-(methylamino)benzyl)piperidin-4-yl)-2-(piperidin-1-yl)pyrimidin-4-ol,Compound IIc

Step 1 Synthesis of 4-(2-Ethoxycarbonyl-acetyl)-piperidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester

Piperidine-1,4-dicarboxylic acid 1-tert-butyl ester 4-ethyl ester (0.50g, 1.94 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was mixed with ethyl acetate (0.38 mL, 3.88mmol) and potassium tert-butoxide (0.33 g, 2.92 mmol). The mixture washeated to 50° C. for 20 hours. After cooling to room temperature, waterwas added (50 mL) and the product was extracted with diethyl ether. Theether extract was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated.The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel,eluting with heptane-ethyl acetate to provide4-(2-ethoxycarbonyl-acetyl)-piperidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butylester (0.27 g, 47% yield).

Step 2 Synthesis of tert-butyl4-(6-hydroxy-2-(piperidin-1-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)piperidine-1-carboxylate

Sodium (1 mol) was dissolved in anhydrous ethanol (400 mL). To theobtained solution, Piperidine-1-carboxamidine (0.5 mol) was carefullyadded in portions. Then4-(2-ethoxycarbonyl-acetyl)-piperidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butylester (0.5 mol) was added dropwise, and the mixture was stirred atreflux for 4-6 h (monitored by TLC), cooled to room temperature,concentrated, diluted with water (300 mL) and acidified with acetic acidto pH-4. The formed precipitate was collected by filtration, washed withwater and dried to afford4-(6-hydroxy-2-piperidin-1-yl-pyrimidin-4-yl)-piperidine-1-carboxylicacid tertbutyl ester (80 g, 44%).

Step 3 Synthesis of 2-(piperidin-1-yl)-6-(piperidin-4-yl)pyrimidin-4-olhydrochloride

A suspension of4-(6-hydroxy-2-piperidin-1-yl-pyrimidin-4-yl)-piperidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (0.05 mol) in 15% HCl in dioxane (100 mL) wasstirred at reflux for 2 hours. After reaction was completed the mixturewas cooled, precipitate was filtered, washed with dry ether and dried toobtain2-morpholin-4-yl-6-Piperidin-4-yl-2-piperidin-1-yl-pyrimidin-4-ol,hydrochloride salt (12 g, 82%).

Step 4 Synthesis of6-(1-(4-(methylamino)benzyl)piperidin-4-yl)-2-(piperidin-1-yl)pyrimidin-4-ol

A mixture of 6-piperidin-4-yl-2-piperidin-1-yl-pyrimidin-4-ol,hydrochloride salt (2.0 mmol), 2-methylaminopyrimidine-5-carbaldehyde(2.6 mmol), triethylamine (4.0 mmol) and 3 drops of acetic acid in drydichloromethane (20 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours.Then sodium triacetoxyborohydride (6.0 mmol) was added in portions andstirring was continued for 48 hours (monitored by TLC). The mixture wasquenched with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (20 mL), andthe product was extracted with dichloromethane (2×10 mL). The extractswere washed with brine and dried over sodium sulfate. The solvent wasevaporated in vacuo to give a crude product. Purification via columnchromatography (silica gel, ethyl acetate/hexane) afforded6-[1-(2-methylaminopyrimidin-5-ylmethyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-2-piperidin-1-yl-pyrimidin-4-ol(Compound IIc, 637 mg, 83%).

Example 17 Preparation ofisochroman-1-yl(5′H-spiro[piperidine-4,4′-pyrrolo[1,2-a]quinoxaline]-1-yl)methanone,Compound VIIa

Step 1 Synthesis of4,5-Dihydro-pyrrolo[1,2-a]quinoxaline-spiro-4-piperidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester

2-Pyrrol-1-yl-phenylamine (0.05 mol) and N-Boc-piperidone (0.05 mol)were dissolved in ethanol (50 mL), p-toluenesulphonic acid monohydrateas catalyst was added, stirred reaction mixture was heated to refluxduring 2-3 h under argon. The reaction was monitored by TLC. Formedproduct was filtered, washed with cold ethanol and dried affording4,5-dihydro-pyrrolo[1,2-a]quinoxaline-spiro-4-piperidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (7 g, 44%). ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃/TMS) δ 7.30 (d,J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.18-7.12 (m, 1H), 6.97 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 6.84 (t, J=7.6Hz, 1H), 6.78 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 6.30 (t, J=3.0 Hz, 1H), 6.07-6.02 (m,1H), 4.21 (s, 1H), 3.95-3.77 (m, 2H), 3.30-3.17 (m, 2H), 2.15-1.90 (m,2H), 1.90-1.78 (m, 2H), 1.47 (s, 9H). ¹³C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl₃/TMS) δ154.55, 133.87, 133.03, 125.53, 124.59, 119.45, 116.06, 114.49, 114.26,109.83, 102.62, 79.69, 51.10, 39.58, 35.50, 28.38.

Step 2 Synthesis of the Free Amine

4,5-Dihydro-pyrrolo[1,2-a]quinoxaline-spiro-4-piperidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (0.1 mol) was dissolved in isopropanol (100 mL)and was heated to reflux. To vigorous stirred mixture 30-40 mL HCl(14-16%) in dioxane was added drop-wise. The gas was evolved. Producthydrochloride was formed as white precipitate. The mixture was heated toreflux for 30-40 minutes to complete the reaction. Filtration gave4,5-dihydropyrrolo[1,2-a]quinoxaline-spiro-4-piperidine, hydrochloridesalt. 4,5-Dihydropyrrolo[1,2-a]quinoxaline-spiro-4-piperidine,hydrochloride salt was dissolved in water (50 mL) and quenched withsolid potassium carbonate to pH 7-8. The precipitate was collected byfiltration affording4,5-dihydro-pyrrolo[1,2-a]quinoxalinespiro-4-piperidine (22 g 94%) asfree base. ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃/TMS) δ 7.28 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H),7.15-7.11 (m, 1H), 6.96 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 6.86-6.76 (m, 2H), 6.29 (t,J=3.0 Hz, 1H), 6.08-6.04 (m, 1H), 4.39 (s, 1H), 3.69 (s, 1H), 3.07-2.85(m, 4H), 2.03-1.90 (m, 2H), 1.90-1.79 (m, 2H). ¹³C NMR (75 MHz,CDCl₃/TMS) δ 134.13, 134.01, 125.45, 124.49, 119.11, 115.88, 114.41,114.02, 109.77, 102.53, 66.96, 51.26, 42.07, 36.54.

Step 3 Synthesis ofisochroman-1-yl(5′H-spiro[piperidine-4,4′-pyrrolo[1,2-a]quinoxaline]-1-yl)methanone

A mixture of 4,5-dihydropyrrolo[1,2-a]quinoxaline-spiro-4-piperidine(2.0 mmol), triethylamine (2 mmol), isochroman-1-carboxylic acid (2mmol) and Benzotriazole-1-yl-oxy-tris-(dimethylamino)-phosphoniumhexafluorophosphate (2 mmol) in dichloromethane (10 mL) was stirred atroom temperature for 16 hours. The mixture was quenched with saturatedaqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (10 mL), stirred for 2 hours, andthe product was extracted with dichloromethane (2×10 mL). The combinedorganic layers were dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated atreduced pressure to give a crude product. Purification via columnchromatography (silica gel, ethyl acetate/hexane) affordedisochroman-1-yl(5′H-spiro[piperidine-4,4′-pyrrolo[1,2-a]quinoxaline]-1-yl)methanone.¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃/TMS) δ 7.31-7.05 (m, 6H), 6.96 (dd, J=13.6, 6.1Hz, 1H), 6.87-6.71 (m, 2H), 6.30 (t, J=3.1 Hz, 0.5H), 6.25 (t, J=3.1 Hz,0.5H), 6.07 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 0.5H), 5.88 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 0.5H), 5.52 (s, 1H),4.28-4.03 (m, 3H), 3.91-3.68 (m, 2H), 3.48-3.12 (m, 2H), 3.10-2.96 (m,1H), 2.12-1.78 (m, 2.5H), 1.68-1.54 (m, 2H), 1.44-1.36 (m, 0.5H). ¹³CNMR (75 MHz, CDCl₃/TMS) δ 168.30, 133.82, 132.75, 132.61, 132.31,132.18, 129.01, 127.24, 126.29, 125.68, 124.63, 119.64, 116.30, 114.50,114.36, 109.91, 102.92, 102.61, 79.59, 79.39, 64.55, 51.36, 41.63,41.50, 38.67, 36.30, 35.69, 35.52, 28.00.

To a solution (2-Ethyl-phenyl)-hydrazine 1 (35 mmol) and disodiumethylenediaminetetraacetate (20 mg) in methanol (60 ml),2-chloroacrylonitrile 2 (105 mmol) was added dropwise at 60° C., and themixture was stirred under reflux for 8 hours. Then concentrated sulfuricacid (94 mmol) was added and the mixture was further heated for 6 hours.After cooling to room temperature the mixture was quenched withanhydrous sodium carbonate (105 mmol) and the solvent was removed underreduced pressure. The residue was treated with water (100 mL) and theproduct extracted with ethyl acetate (3*100 mL). The combined organicextracts were dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and the solvent wasremoved under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by columnchromatography to give (28 mmol) of2-(2-Ethyl-phenyl)-2H-pyrazol-3-ylamine 3. ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃/TMS) δ7.44-7.35 (m, 3H), 7.30-7.25 (m, 2H), 5.57 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 3.57 (brs, 2H), 2.49 (q, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 1.10 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 3H). 13C NMR (75 MHz,CDCl₃/TMS) δ 145.20, 142.60, 139.62, 135.93, 129.47, 129.41, 127.88,126.55, 88.70, 24.04, 14.34.

To 2-(2-Ethyl-phenyl)-2H-pyrazol-3-ylamine 3 (25.9 mmol) in EtOH (150mL) was added 3-Ethoxy-4-hydroxy-benzaldehyde 5 (28.5 mmol), followed byMeidrum's Acid 4 (28.5 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated to 75° C.,then after 2 hours, the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature,and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was treated withwater (100 mL) and the product was extracted with dichloromethane (200mL). The organic extract was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate andthe solvent was removed at reduced pressure. The residue was purified bycolumn chromatography t to provide (11 mmol) of4-(3-Ethoxy-4-hydroxy-phenyl)-1-(2-ethyl-phenyl)-1,4,5,7-tetrahydro-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridin-6-one6. ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃/TMS) δ 7.44-7.35 (m, 3H), 7.30-7.25 (m, 2H),5.57 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 3.57 (br s, 2H), 2.49 (q, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 1.10(t, J=7.6 Hz, 3H); ¹³C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl₃/TMS) δ 145.20, 142.60, 139.62,135.93, 129.47, 129.41, 127.88, 126.55, 88.70, 24.04, 14.34.

Example 17 Preparation of6-[1-(2-Amino-pyrimidin-5-ylmethyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-2-piperidin-1-yl-pyrimidin-4-ol,Compound IId

To a mixture of ethyl N-Boc-piperidine-4-carboxylate (0.5 mol) and ethylacetate (3 mol) t-BuOK(1.5 mol) was added in some portions at 0 C. Themixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 h (monitored by TLC),concentrated up to a half of volume, diluted with water (200 mL) andextacted with ether. Organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate andevaporated in vacuo. Purification by column chromatography (silica gel,ethyl acetate/hexane) afforded4-(2-ethoxycarbonyl-acetyl)-piperidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butylester (78 g, 52%)

Sodium (1 mol) was dissolved in anhydrous ethanol (400 mL). To theobtained solution, Piperidine-1-carboxamidine (0.5 mol) was carefullyadded in portions. Then4-(2-Ethoxycarbonyl-acetyl)-piperidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butylester (0.5 mol) was added dropwise, and the mixture was stirred atreflux for 4-6 h (monitored by TLC), cooled to room temperature,concentrated, diluted with water (300 mL) and acidified with acetic acidto pH-4. The formed precipitate was collected by filtration, washed withwater and dried to afford4-(6-Hydroxy-2-piperidin-1-yl-pyrimidin-4-yl)-piperidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (82 g, 45%).

A suspension of4-(6-hydroxy-2-piperidin-1-yl-pyrimidin-4-yl)-piperidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (0.05 mol) in 15% HCl in dioxane (100 mL) wasstirred at reflux for 2 hours. After reaction was completed the mixturewas cooled, precipitate was filtered, washed with dry ether and dried toobtain 6-Piperidin-4-yl-2-piperidin-1-yl-pyrimidin-4-ol as hydrochloride(12 g, 82%).

A mixture of 6-piperidin-4-yl-2-piperidin-1-yl-pyrimidin-4-ol (2.0mmol), 2-amino-pyrimidine-5-carbaldehyde (2.6 mmol), triethylamine (4.0mmol) and 3 drops of acetic acid in dry dichloromethane (20 mL) wasstirred at room temperature for 3 hours. Then sodiumtriacetoxyborohydride (6.0 mmol) was added in portions and stirring wascontinued for 48 hours (monitored by TLC). The mixture was quenched withsaturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (20 mL), and the productwas extracted with dichloromethane (2×10 mL). The extracts were washedwith brine and dried over sodium sulfate. The solvent was evaporated invacuo to give a crude product. Purification via column chromatography(silica gel, ethyl acetate/hexane) afforded6-[1-(2-Amino-pyrimidin-5-ylmethyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-2-piperidin-1-yl-pyrimidin-4-ol(606 mg, 82%)

Example 18 Preparation ofisochroman-1-yl(5′H-spiro[piperidine-4,4′-pyrrolo[1,2-a]quinoxaline]-1-yl)methanone,Compound VIIa

Step 1 Synthesis of4,5-Dihydro-pyrrolo[1,2-a]quinoxaline-spiro-4-piperidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester

2-Pyrrol-1-yl-phenylamine (0.05 mol) and N-Boc-piperidone (0.05 mol)were dissolved in ethanol (50 mL), p-toluenesulphonic acid monohydrateas catalyst was added, stirred reaction mixture was heated to refluxduring 2-3 h under argon. The reaction was monitored by TLC. Formedproduct was filtered, washed with cold ethanol and dried affording4,5-dihydro-pyrrolo[1,2-a]quinoxaline-spiro-4-piperidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (7 g, 44%).

Step 2: Synthesis of the Free Amine

4,5-Dihydro-pyrrolo[1,2-a]quinoxaline-spiro-4-piperidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (0.1 mol) was dissolved in isopropanol (100 mL)and was heated to reflux. To vigorous stirred mixture 30-40 mL HCl(14-16%) in dioxane was added drop-wise. The gas was evolved. Producthydrochloride was formed as white precipitate. The mixture was heated toreflux for 30-40 minutes to complete the reaction. Filtration gave4,5-dihydropyrrolo[1,2-a]quinoxaline-spiro-4-piperidine, hydrochloridesalt. 4,5-Dihydropyrrolo[1,2-a]quinoxaline-spiro-4-piperidine,hydrochloride salt was dissolved in water (50 mL) and quenched withsolid potassium carbonate to pH 7-8. The precipitate was collected byfiltration affording4,5-dihydro-pyrrolo[1,2-a]quinoxalinespiro-4-piperidine (22 g 94%) asfree base.

Step 3 Synthesis ofisochroman-1-yl(5′H-spiro[piperidine-4,4′-pyrrolo[1,2-a]quinoxaline]-1-yl)methanone

A mixture of 4,5-dihydropyrrolo[1,2-a]quinoxaline-spiro-4-piperidine(2.0 mmol), triethylamine (2 mmol), isochroman-1-carboxylic acid (2mmol) and Benzotriazole-1-yl-oxy-tris-(dimethylamino)-phosphoniumhexafluorophosphate (2 mmol) in dichloromethane (10 mL) was stirred atroom temperature for 16 hours. The mixture was quenched with saturatedaqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (10 mL), stirred for 2 hours, andthe product was extracted with dichloromethane (2×10 mL). The combinedorganic layers were dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated atreduced pressure to give a crude product. Purification via columnchromatography (silica gel, ethyl acetate/hexane) affordedisochroman-1-yl(5′H-spiro[piperidine-4,4′-pyrrolo[1,2-a]quinoxaline]-1-yl)methanone(Compound VIIa, 527 mg, 66%).

Biological Assays Example 19 Agonist Activity of Illustrative Compoundsof the Invention Using P2Y13 Receptor Transfected Cell Line.v

Compounds were assayed for their agonist activity on P2Y13 GPCRtransfected cells using a Ca++ flux assay (associated to fluorescent dyedetection) with the Reference Compound as positive reference. Two celllines, 1321N1-P2Y13 stably expressing human P2Y13 receptor, and 1321N1parental cell line as control, were used in this assay. 1321N1 Parentaland 1321N1 P2Y13 were seeded into T25 flasks at 3 million cells perflask, respectively. Cells were incubated at 37 degrees Celsius in 5%CO₂ overnight. The day after, cells were transfected with Gqi5 proteinusing Fugene transfection reagent (Roche's Fugene Reagent).

After 24 hours of transfection, cells were collected from flasks andseeded in 384-well plates at 8000 cells per well. The assays werecarried out 48 hours after Gqi5 transfection.

Methods: The Ca++ flux assay was conducted according to themanufacturer's protocol (Molecular Devices FLIPR Calcium 4 Assay kit(R8142). Briefly, cell culture media were aspirated from the wells andreplaced with 25 μL of Hank's buffer or PBS buffer. 25 μL of Ca++ dyewas added into each assay well. The plate was incubated for 1 hour at37° C. in 5% CO₂. After the incubation, the plate was transferred toFlexStation III (FlexStation III (Molecular Devices)). The compoundswere automatically injected into each well.

Results: EC₅₀ values for illustrative compounds of the invention wereobtained. The results are set forth in FIG. 1 and in Table 3. The EC₅₀values were also compared to those the Reference Compound.

Additional illustrative compounds of the invention were assayed fortheir agonist activity on P2Y13 receptor transfected cells and arepresented in FIG. 2 and the EC₅₀ summarized in Table 4.

TABLE 3 EC₅₀ of representative compounds on P2Y13 receptor activitymeasured from data of FIG. 1. Compound of the Invention EC₅₀ (M)Compound Va 5.516e−005

Compound Ih (R- isomer) 4.237e−005

Compound Ih (S- isomer) 3.372e−005

TABLE 4 Values of EC₅₀ on P2Y13 receptor activity measured from data ofFIG. 2. Compound of the Invention EC₅₀ (M) Compound IIa 4.032e−005

Compound IIb 2.987e−007

Compound IIc 6.629e−006

Compound VIIa 4.032e−005

Compound XIa 4.889e−008

Reference Compound 6.322e−009

The chemical name of the Reference Compound isDichloro-(((((2R,3S,4R,5R)-3,4-dihydroxy-5-(6-(2-(methylthio)ethylamino)-2-(3,3,3-trifluoropropylthio)-9H-purin-9-yl)tetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methoxy)(hydroxy)phosphoryloxy)(hydroxy)phosphoryl)-methylphosphonic acid. The ReferenceCompound is also known as Cangrelor®. Its chemical structure is depictedbelow:

In Vitro HDL Internalization in Human Hepatocytes (HepG2) Cells.

The effect of illustrative compounds of the invention on HDLinternalization was measured by an in vitro assay on HepG2 cells (FIG.3). ³H cholesterol Cholesteryl Oleate [Cholesteryl-1,2-³H(N)] labeledHDL] (available from PerkinElmerhttp://www.perkinelmer.com/Catalog/Product/ID/NET746L001MC) was loadedon HepG2 cells in presence of illustrative compounds of the invention(final concentration 1 μM). The Reference Compound was previouslyreported to increase the HDL uptake in HepG2 cells in vitro (Jacquet S,Malaval C, Martinez L O, Sak K, Rolland C, Perez C, Nauze M, ChampagneE, Tercé F, Gachet C, Perret B, Collet X, Boeynaems J M, Barbaras R. Thenucleotide receptor P2Y13 is a key regulator of hepatic high-densitylipoprotein (HDL) endocytosis. Cell Mol Life Sci. 2005 November;62(21):2508-15) and was used as a positive control of the HDL uptake byHepG2 cells. It was determined that Compounds XIa, IIc, IIa and Ih(R-isomer) have a strong impact on HDL uptake by HepG2 cells; CompoundsIIb, VIIa and VIIIa have a modest impact on HDL uptake by HepG2 cells.

Consequences on Bile Acids Physiology after IV Injection of the SelectedMolecules.

Bile acids are derived from cholesterol and their synthesis is thepredominant pathway for catabolism of cholesterol. The HDL uptake by theliver is directly connected with the bile acids secretion and the bilecholesterol clearance. To demonstrate the effect of illustrativecompounds of the invention on the bile physiology, the compounds wereinjected into the tail of C57B16 mice and 4 hours later the mice weresacraficed and the bile content was analyzed (FIG. 5). An increase ofbile acids concentration as well as of the bile volume was observed. Allthe compounds responded as well as or even better than the controlcompound (Reference Compound).

Dose Response of the Selected Molecules on Bile Physiology.

The dose response after oral gavage was determined for illustrativecompounds of the invention. The chosen doses were 0.003, 0.03 and 0.3mg/kg. The selected compounds of the invention were administrated byoral gavage and 6 hours later the mice are sacrificed and the bilecontent was analyzed (FIGS. 6-11). Dose dependent increases in bileacids, bile cholesterol and bile phospholipids were observed for allconcentrations of all the compounds. Compounds IIa, VIIIa, IIc and XIashowed an effect at 0.003 mg/kg; Compounds IIb and VIIa showed an effectat 0.3 mg/kg.

Consequences on Bile Acids Physiology after One Week Daily Treatmentwith Compound IIa

In the previous experiments, illustrative compounds of the inventionwere administrated once and the impact on bile physiology was measuredafter 6 hours. Compound IIa was administrated by oral gavage once dailyfor a week to allow observation of the consequences on bile physiologyof a longer treatment. On the day of sacrifice, the conditions weresimilar to the dose response experiments. The net impact of Compound IIaon the bile secretion was observed. The volume of the individual bilewas also affected with a significant increase compare to vehicletreatment.

P2Y13 Knock-Down in Hepa 1-6 Cells

In order to relate the specific P2Y13 HDL uptake to the illustrativecompounds of the invention, a knock-down P2Y13 in a mouse liver cellline (Hepa 1-6) was investigated. Lentiviral particles coding for themouse P2Y13 shRNA and inducible by the addition of doxycycline onto thecells (pTRIPZ vector from Open Biosystem) were used. In presence ofdoxycycline, a decrease of the P2Y13 mRNA (FIG. 11) was observed. Theuptake of HDL on this cell line was measured in the presence and theabsence of Compound IIa and doxycycline (FIG. 12). A significantdecrease of HDL uptake (8.5%) was observed when the cells were treatedwith doxycycline (group vehicle-p<0.05). This decrease was also observedin presence of Compound IIa (17.5%-p<0.005), thus showing that thetarget of Compound IIa is P2Y13.

Materials and Methods

A bile acids kit was purchased from Diazyme; Phospholipids and totalcholesterol kits were purchased from Biolabo; mice C57B16 were purchasedfrom Janvier. Mouse pGIPZ lentiviral P2Y13 shRNAmir (RMM4431-98723221)was purchased from Openbiosystem and subcloned into pTRIZ (doxycyclineinducible vector). The 1 mL of lentiviral production was prepared byVectalys (France) with 1.2E8 transducing units per mL. The mouse P2Y13primers (Mm 00546978-m1), GAPDH primers (Mm03302249-g1) and ribosomal18S primers (Mm02601777-g1) for real-time PCR assays were purchased fromApplied. HepG2 cells (HB-8065) and Hepa 1-6 (CRL-1830) were obtainedfrom the ATCC.

Lipoprotein Preparation

Lipoproteins were purified from mice plasma by sequentialultracentrifugation on KBr gradient. HDL were obtained at a densityd=1.21. The purified HDL were dialysed against PBS and used for theuptake experiments.

HDL Labeling

³H cholesterol Cholesteryl Oleate [Cholesteryl-1,2-³H(N)] (Perkin Elmer)solution (250 μL) was dried and resuspended in acetone (250 μL). Thesolution was mixed with Lipoprotein delipidated serum (20 mL at 40mg/mL) and DTNB (0.4 μM final concentration). HDL (7 mg) was added andincubated overnight at 4° C. on gentle rotation. The HDL was purified onKBr gradient as previously described.

HepG2 and shP2Y13 Transduced Hepa 1-6 HDL Uptake

Transduced Hepa 1-6 cells were plated at 300,000 cells/well in 6x-wellplates. These cells were treated every day with doxycycline (10 μM) for3 days (for P2Y13 extinction) or not (control for plasmid “leakage”) Theday of uptake, the cells were washed once with DMEM and incubated for 1hour in DMEM at 37° C. 75 μg of radio-labeled HDL (6500 dpm/μg of HDL3.)were added to the medium and incubated for 10 minutes at 37° C. Thecells were washed once with DMEM (2 mL) and incubated for 1.5 hours inDMEM at 4° C., whereupon dissociation occurred. Then the cells werewashed once more with cold DMEM (2 ml) and the incorporated cholesterolether was retrieved from HepG2 cells by the addition ofhexane:isopropanol (3:2) solution (1 mL).

HDL Uptake

Hepatocytes were plated at 300,000 cells/well in 6x-well plates. Twodays later, the cells were washed once with DMEM and incubated for 1hour in DMEM at 37° C. 75 μg of radio-labeled HDL (6500 dpm/μg) wereadded to the medium and incubated for 10 minutes at 37° C. The cellswere washed once with DMEM (2 mL) and incubated for 1.5 hours in DMEM at4° C., whereupon dissociation occurred. Then the cells were washed oncemore with cold DMEM (2 mL) and the incorporated cholesterol ether wasretrieved from HepG2 cells by the addition of hexane:isopropanol (3:2)solution (lmL).

Cholesterol Efflux

Cholesterol efflux capacity was quantified as previously described (Wanget al., 2007), in blood samples from rabbit plasma collected beforeadministration of the dose on day 0 and after 4 weeks of administrationsof Compound IIa. Briefly, oxidised LDL (25 μg/ml), labelled with[³H]-cholesterol (2 μCi/ml; Perkin-Elmer), were added to J774macrophages in culture for 24 h in 2.5% serum medium. [³H]-cholesterolrelease was measured after 6 h incubation of 2.5% (v/v) rabbit plasma orβ-lipoprotein free-plasma (PTA kit—Biolabo, France). All assays wereperformed in triplicate. A rabbit plasma (calibrator) was included oneach plate and the values were normalized by dividing plasma samples bythis calibrator plasma to determine the normalized cholesterol effluxcapacity of the samples.

Animal Protocol

Animal housing and care were in compliance with the recommendations ofDirective 86/609/EEC, and protocol approvals were obtained frominstitutional ethics commitees.

ApoE^(−/−) mice “flow cessation model”: Left carotid of apoE mice wereligatured and placed on Western diet. These mice were given Compound IIaonce a day at 100 μg/kg (0.5% CMC, 0.2% Tween80) for 2 weeks.

ApoE^(−/−) “high-cholesterol diet model”: Mice were placed for two monthon Western diet (0.2% cholesterol, 21% butter milk) then dosed withCompound IIa once a day at 100 μg/kg (0.5% CMC, 0.2% Tween80) for 4 moreweeks. The mice were sacrificed and the aortas were collected forbiochemical and immunohistological characterizations. One set of aorta(n=10) was detached at the base of the heart and placed in a glass tubewith 3 ml of chloroform-methanol 2:1 (v/v), and stigmasterol as theinternal standard. Then analyzed as described above. Another set ofaortas (n=10) were first extensively washed with PBS, then with 4%paraformaldehyde (500 μl) and finally with tissue tek OCT (500 μl). Nextthe aorta was embedded in OCT and frozen at −20° C. Three step frozensections of 10 μm separated one from the other were processed andstained with Oil red O (ORO), Sirius red and hematoxylin/eosin.Macrophages were detected using F4/80 primary rat monoclonal antibody(Abcam) and VCAM was detected using rat anti mouse CD106 (AbDSerotec).

New Zealand Rabbits.

After 2 months of High Cholesterol Diet feeding (0.5% cholesterol) and awash-out period of 2 weeks, the animals were treated (by oral gavage)once day with Compound IIa at 30, 100 and 300 μg/kg for 4 weeks. Bloodsamples were collected before the dose administration on day 0 and after4 weeks of administrations of Compound IIa. After final bleeding, theliver, gallbladder, heart, thoracic and abdominal aorta from heart (leftventricle) to iliac arteries were sampled.

Macrophages and Oil Red O Staining of Mice apoE^(−/−) Carotids.

The left carotid fixed in formalin was embedded in OCT and frozen at−20° C. Four step frozen sections of 50 μm separated one from the otherwere processed and stained with Oil red O (ORO). Macrophages weredetected using primary rat monoclonal anti CD-68 antibody (Abcam).

Rabbit Aortas Staining.

Rabbit aortas were fixed in neutral formalin buffer and embedded inparaffin. Longitudinal 3 μm sections were stained withHematoxylin-Eosin-Saffron for histology analysis. The tissue sectionswere deparaffinized and incubated in protein-free block to inhibit thenonspecific binding of primary monoclonal antibodies used for theimmunostaining of rabbit monocytes and macrophages (RAM11 obtained fromDako Corp. 1:100 dilution) and smooth muscle cell-specific actin (HHF35obtained from Dako Corp. 1:100 dilution). Secondary biotinylatedanti-goat antibody was used at 1:300 dilution (Dako).

Hepa 1-6 Transduction

The lentiviral production in HEK 293T and authorization for lentiviralproduction was obtained by Vectalys. Hepa 1-6 cells were plated at75,000 cells in a 24-well plate a day before the transduction. 24 hoursafter transduction, the number of cells was counted. Medium of otherwells was removed and replaced with 1 ml of DMEM 10% serum containing 8μg/ml of polybrene. Cells were transduced by adding 40 transducing unitsof viral vector (1.2E8TU/ml) per cells. 17 hours after transduction themedium was replaced and the pool of transduced Hepa cells wasestablished.

QPCR

For quantitative PCR experiment the RNA was purified from cultured cellswith the RiboPure™ Kit (AM1924 Ambion). The RNA was reverse transcribedto single-stranded cDNA with the High Capacity RNA-to-cDNA kit (4387406Applied BioSystem). The QPCR was performed using the Taqman technologyaccording to the manufacturer procedure (Applied Biosystems).

Analysis

Bile Acids.

Bile acids were diluted in PBS (1:5000) and the concentration wasmeasured according to the manufacturer protocol with slightmodifications. Concentrations of bile acids in the standard curve werevaried from 50 to 200 mM and the enzymatic reaction was performed for 20minutes. 4 μl of 1:5000 bile dilution was used for concentrationdetermination.

Bile Phospholipids.

Bile phospholipids were measured according to the manufacturer protocol.Briefly, the standards were varied from 0 to 20 μg/ml and 4 μl of bilewas measured in the assay. The reaction was performed for 5 minutes at37° C.

Bile Cholesterol.

Bile phospholipids were measured according to the manufacturer protocol.Briefly, the standards were varied from 0 to 60 μg/ml and 10 μl of bile(dilution 1:10) was measured in the assay. The reaction was performedfor 5 minutes at 37° C.

Example 20 Effect of Compound IIa on the P2Y13R Pathway

Compound IIa demonstrated a dramatic effect on the inhibition of theatherosclerosis progression in mice through the stimulation ofHDL-P2Y13r pathway. The specificity of P2Y13r pathway in vivo usingadenovirus carrying P2Y13r-shRNA in infected apoE−/− mice was alsoshown. Moreover, Compound IIa induced the regression of pre-establishedatherosclerotic plaques in aortas of the rabbits fed with cholesterolchow. These results demonstrate that P2Y13r plays a strong pivotal rolein the HDL metabolism and atherosclerosis, and that P2Y13r is a usefultherapeutic target for exploring biology of atherosclerosis.

Heterocyclic compounds that were designed as orally active P2Y13receptor agonists were used. These compounds were selected based ontheir specific binding and activity in 1321N1 cells expressing P2Y13receptors (not shown) (Kim, Y. C. et al. Synthesis of pyridoxalphosphate derivatives with antagonist activity at the P2Y13 receptor.Biochem Pharmacol 70, 266-274 (2005)). The compounds were further testedfor their propensity to stimulate the [³H]-cholesterol-labelled-HDLuptake in vitro in mouse hepatocytes (Hepa) and human hepatoma cells(HepG2). Specificity of the uptake was also confirmed using P2Y13 siRNAprobe (not shown). It was hypothesized that administration of P2Y13ragonists in animals would increase the reverse cholesterol transport,i.e., the HDL uptake by the liver and subsequently enhancing bile acidand bile cholesterol secretion. First, when C57B1/6J mice wereintravenously given Compound IIa (10 nmol/kg), after 4 h of treatment anincrease of bile acids (BA) and free cholesterol secretion into bile wasobserved, the effect being slightly higher than with Cangrelor (TheMedicines Company), a known agonist of P2Y13r (FIGS. 16 A and B)(Jacquet, S. et al. The nucleotide receptor P2Y13 is a key regulator ofhepatic high-density lipoprotein (HDL) endocytosis. Cell Mol Life Sci62, 2508-2515 (2005)). The stimulation of the bile acid and cholesterolsecretion in the bile of animals given P2Y13r agonist by oral gavage atdoses as low as 30 μg/kg was confirmed (FIGS. 16 C and D). This increasein bile acid secretion observed with P2Y13r agonists could be aconsequence of either a secretion of BA from an intra-hepatic pool tothe bile duct (Schwartz, C. C., Halloran, L. G., Vlahcevic, Z. R.,Gregory, D. H. & Swell, L. Preferential utilization of free cholesterolfrom high-density lipoproteins for biliary cholesterol secretion in man.Science 200, 62-64 (1978)) or a de novo synthesis of BA by the liverfollowing stimulation of the HDL uptake by the P2Y13r pathway. Anincrease in liver bile acid content at 30 μg/kg of P2Y13r agonist inagreement with the stimulation of the HDL uptake by the liver which inturn results in an increase in the BA synthesis was clearly shown (FIG.16 E). It is noteworthy that the plasma cholesterol and HDL were notsignificantly affected (FIG. 16 F) after 4 h of treatment with theexception of the unesterified cholesterol, which could representspecific HDL cholesterol liver uptake as already described (Schwartz, C.C., Halloran, L. G., Vlahcevic, Z. R., Gregory, D. H. & Swell, L.Preferential utilization of free cholesterol from high-densitylipoproteins for biliary cholesterol secretion in man. Science 200,62-64 (1978)). To further delineate the implication of the HDL in theincrease of bile secretion after treatment of the mice with CompoundIIa, in vivo liver uptake analysis of [3H]-cholesterol labelled mouseHDL (FIG. 16G), [3H]-cholesterol ester labelled mouse HDL (FIG. 16H) and[3H]-cholesterol labelled mouse LDL (FIG. 16I) was performed. Theintravenous treatment of the animals with 10 nmole/kg with the P2Y13ragonist showed a specific stimulation of the uptake of the HDL ascompared to LDL, which supports the hypothesis of a stimulation of theHDL-mediated reverse cholesterol transport

The effect of the stimulation of the P2Y13r pathway by the agonists onthe atherosclerotic plaque lesions in apoE−/− mice that are verysusceptible to develop atherosclerosis on a short term Western (i.e.high-cholesterol) diet was investigated. To be closer to humanpathology, atherosclerotic lesions were developed using the methodologydescribed as “flow cessation model” in apoE−/− mice (Godin, D., Ivan,E., Johnson, C., Magid, R. & Galis, Z. S. Remodeling of carotid arteryis associated with increased expression of matrix metalloproteinases inmouse blood flow cessation model. Circulation 102, 2861-2866 (2000);Ivan, E. et al. Expansive arterial remodeling is associated withincreased neointimal macrophage foam cell content: the murine model ofmacrophage-rich carotid artery lesions. Circulation 105, 2686-2691(2002); Lessner, S. M., Martinson, D. E. & Galis, Z. S. Compensatoryvascular remodeling during atherosclerotic lesion growth depends onmatrix metalloproteinase-9 activity. Arterioscler Thromb Vasc Biol 24,2123-2129 (2004)). Briefly, the left carotid artery of the mouse wasligated to cause local inflammation, resulting in well-definedatherosclerotic lesions after 2 weeks of feeding with Western diet. Theconcomitant dosing with the P2Y13r agonist for 2 weeks along withhigh-cholesterol diet showed a dose-dependent inhibition of theprogression of the atherosclerosis lesions compared to control animalsbased on the lesion cholesterol content (Riedmiiller K, Metz S,Bonaterra G A, Kelber O, Weiser D, Metz J, Kinscherf R. Cholesterol dietand effect of long-term withdrawal on plaque development and compositionin the thoracic aorta of New Zealand White rabbits. Atherosclerosis 210407-13(2010)) (FIG. 17A). The quantification of plaque components byhisto-pathological analysis of the treated carotids withhematoxylin-eosin (FIG. 17B, E, H), oil-red O staining (FIG. 17C, F, I)and with CD68 antibody (specific of the macrophages), (FIG. 17D, G, J)further confirmed this observation. The staining clearly showed adecrease in lipid content of the carotids of the treated animals. TheP2Y13r agonist inhibition of cholesterol deposit was also observed inthe non-inflammatory right carotids of the “flow cessation model”apoE^(−/−) mice (for example, 18.2+/−3.6 and 7.5+/−3.4 nmole/mg oftissue for vehicle and Compound IIa at 100 μg/kg, respectively.

To certify the P2Y13r specificity, prior to carotid ligation and Westerndiet, the mice were infected with adenovirus carrying either mock orspecific shRNA targeted against the P2Y13r where a strong knock-down ofP2Y13r was observed (FIG. 18 A). The concomitant dosing with the P2Y13ragonists (at 0.1 mg/kg/day) for 2 weeks along with high-cholesterol dietshowed a remarkable decrease in the cholesterol content (60% decrease)of the ligated carotids in mock adenovirus, indicating a significantinhibition of the progression of the atherosclerosis lesions as compareto control animals (FIG. 18 B). This observation was further confirmedby histo-pathological analysis of the treated carotids withhematoxylin-eosin and oil-red O staining (not shown). The effects ofP2Y13r agonist on cholesterol content in carotids were abolished in micetreated with shRNA targeted against the P2Y13r, strengthening thespecificity of the P2Y13r in this model when P2Y13r expression wasknocked-down (FIG. 18 B). This specific role of P2Y13r was also observedon plasma cholesterol content (FIG. 18 C) and more specifically on LDLand VLDL cholesterol (FIGS. 18 E and D, respectively), the mainlipoprotein classes in this particular animal model, where a decreasewas observed in mock adenovirus P2Y13r agonist-treated mice andabolished in to P2Y13r shRNA agonist-treated mice. These data representthe first evidence that the stimulation of P2Y13r could have a positiveinfluence on the atherosclerosis progression.

The prevention of progression of the plaque in aorta was furtherevaluated in the cholesterol diet-fed apoE−/− mice (FIG. 19). After 8weeks of diet followed by 4 weeks treatment at 100 μg/kg/day of CompoundIIa, the treated animals had significant decreases in plaque area (FIGS.4B, 4G and 4J), cholesterol content (FIG. 19A), VCAM1 expression usingspecific antibody CD106 (FIGS. 4F, 4I and 4L), decreased macrophagecontent (F4/80 antibody—FIG. 19C) of the aortic wall and the plaque anda decrease of the lipid staining (FIGS. 19D, H and K). The collagencontent of the wall was improved (FIG. 19E).

The issue of whether stimulation of the P2Y13r pathway could affect theregression of atherosclerosis pre-induced in the high-cholesterol dietfed rabbits was also addressed. These animals, after 2 months ofhigh-cholesterol diet (0.5% cholesterol in the diet) followed by a 3weeks wash-out period, developed atherosclerotic lesions in the aorta.In addition, they expressed cholesteryl ester transfer protein (CETP,not expressed in mice) and also presented a lipoprotein pattern similarto the human. Following lesion induction and washout period, theseanimals were treated with Compound IIa given orally at doses up to 0.3mg/kg for 4 weeks. There was significant regression of theatherosclerotic plaques in aorta (30% decrease) of the agonist treatedanimals as measured by the cholesterol content of the entire artery(FIG. 20 A). Again, the immuno-histological analysis of different partsof the aortas (from proximal-to-distal) using hematoxylin-eosin, HHF35antibody (specific for smooth muscle cells) and RAM11 antibody (specificfor macrophages) confirmed the regression of the plaques (not shown).The lipoprotein profiles analyzed by HPLC showed a trend towards anincrease of the HDL cholesterol (FIG. 20 D) as well as the rabbitapoA-I, as measured by SELDI-TOF analysis, while the VLDL and LDLdecreased slightly (FIGS. 20 B and C, respectively). No change in mRNAexpressions (as measured by QPCR) of LDL receptors and SR-BI wasobserved in the liver of treated rabbits (not shown). These observationsindicated that the activation of P2Y13r did not have direct impact onthe β-lipoprotein metabolism, also confirmed by the modest modulation ofthe plasma VLDL, LDL apoB and triglycerides. As observed previously inmice (FIG. 16), the bile acid content in the liver increased in therabbits treated with P2Y13r agonists (FIG. 20G) strengthening the roleof P2Y13r pathway in the observed effects in the rabbits. Thisrelatively modest effect on the plasma HDL levels could be due to aneo-synthesis of new HDL particles, which would compensate the uptake ofmature HDL by the liver due to Compound IIa effect. As a confirmation,the observed increase in plasma apoA-I (FIG. 21A) associated with theincrease in the apoA-I mRNA expression in the liver (FIG. 21B) is infavour of the generation of new HDL particles in the circulation.

In addition, due to the efficient HDL turnover mediated by P2Y13r andtheir strong capacity to efflux cholesterol from macrophages, thenascent HDL particles could efficiently promote regression of theatherosclerotic plaques.

To evaluate this hypothesis, the size of HDL particles in the treatedanimals were analyzed using Lipoprint® technique. The HDL content of thetreated animals showed a very consistent pattern with a specificdecrease in large HDL and increase of the “intermediate” size HDLparticles as compare to control animals (FIGS. 21 C and D). Theseintermediate HDL particles are considered as more potent particles forthe removal of cholesterol from atherosclerotic plaques by promotingefflux of cholesterol from the macrophages presents in the lesion(Khera, A. V. et al. Cholesterol efflux capacity, high-densitylipoprotein function, and atherosclerosis. N Engl J Med 364, 127-135(2011); deGoma, E. M., deGoma, R. L. & Rader, D. J. Beyond high-densitylipoprotein cholesterol levels evaluating high-density lipoproteinfunction as influenced by novel therapeutic approaches. J Am CollCardiol 51, 2199-2211 (2008)). Finally, the measurement of cholesterolefflux in [3H]-cholesterol loaded J774 macrophages using either theplasma (FIG. 21E) or apoB-particles-depleted plasma (FIG. 21F) from thetreated animals showed a dose-dependent efflux of cholesterol aftertreatment with the P2Y13r agonist, indicating that plasma HDL fromtreated animals are more powerful to efflux cholesterol from macrophages(Khera, A. V. et al. Cholesterol efflux capacity, high-densitylipoprotein function, and atherosclerosis. N Engl J Med 364, 127-135(2011)).

In conclusion, it was demonstrated for the first time in vivo that P2Y13receptors are key partners in the HDL metabolism, i.e., in the reversecholesterol transport process and in their final major physiologicalfunction, i.e., atherosclerosis protection. These data support amechanism in which the stimulation of the HDL uptake or endocytosis bythe liver via P2Y13r pathway promotes cholesterol catabolism by theliver and secretion in the bile. It is likely that the uptake of largeHDL particles by the liver also stimulates de novo synthesis of nascentHDL particles and hence improves the efflux capacity of the serum. Inanother words, it was demonstrated in vivo that positive directintervention on the functionality of the HDL, instead of acting only onthe level of HDL, could have dramatic impact on the atheroscleroticpathology. These data also support that P2Y13r agonists, such asCompound IIa and the other compounds of the invention, are highly usefulas pharmacological therapeutics for the treatment of atheroscleroticdisease or its complications.

1-101. (canceled)
 102. A compound of Formula (XI):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of R^(11a),R^(11b), and R^(11c) is independently H, hydrocarbyl, aryl, aralkyl,heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —C(O)(alkyl), —C(O)O(alkyl), —C(O)NH₂,—C(O)NH(alkyl), —C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), or —SO₂NH₂; each of X¹ and X² isindependently CHR¹⁰, S, O, NR⁹, or N-acyl; each R⁹ is independently H,hydrocarbyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —C(O)O(alkyl),—OC(O)(alkyl), —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NH(alkyl), —C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl),—NHC(O)(alkyl), —N(alkyl)C(O)(alkyl), —OC(O)O(alkyl), or —SO₂NH₂; eachR¹⁰ is independently —H, —OH, —NH₂, —NH(alkyl), —N(alkyl)(alkyl),hydrocarbyl, —O-hydrocarbyl, aryl, —O-aryl, aralkyl, —O-aralkyl,heteroaryl, —O-heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —O-heterocyclyl, halo, —OCF₃,—C(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)(alkyl), —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NH(alkyl),—C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —NHC(O)(alkyl), —N(alkyl)C(O)(alkyl),—OC(O)O(alkyl), —OC(O)NH₂, —OC(O)NH(alkyl), —OC(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl),—CHNH, —CHN(alkyl), or —SO₂NH₂; and each m is independently an integerfrom 0-3.
 103. The compound of claim 102, wherein the compound has thestructure:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 104. A compositioncomprising an effective amount of a compound or pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt of a compound of claim 102 and a pharmaceuticallyacceptable vehicle or carrier.
 105. The composition of claim 104,wherein the composition is formulated for oral administration.
 106. Thecomposition of claim 104, wherein the composition is in the form of atablet or capsule.
 107. The composition of claim 104, wherein thecompound or salt thereof is present in an amount of about 1 mg to about1,000 mg.